HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

L I B R A K Y

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

V ^ ^-3. S \

SEP

RKCORDS

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

EDITED BY THE CURATOR

Vol. VI.

F'RINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES.

R. ETHERIDGE, Junr., J.P.,

(Cttx-ator*

SYDNEY, 19G5— 1907

A

CONXENT^S.

No. 1.
Published 15th Jane, J 905,

Page
The Breeding habits of tlie Paradise Fish. By Edgar R. Waite ... 1

Description of the Miitihited Cranium of a large Fish from the Lower

Cretaceous of Queensland. By R. Etheridge, Junr. ... ... 5

Studies in Australian Araneidic No. 4. By W. J. Rainbow ... ... 9

An addition to tlie Lacertilian Fauna of the Solomon Islands. By Edgar

R. Waite 13

The Fiu'ther Discovery of Dugong Bones on the Coast of ]S^ew South

Wales. By R. Etheridge, Junr ... 17

On an Insular Form of Melithreptus brerirostnx, Vigors and Horsfield.

By Alfred J. North 20

Notes on tlie Architecture, Nesting Habits, and Life Histories of Austra-
lian Araiieida', based jn Speciuiens in the Australian Museum. By
W. J. Rainbow 22

Notes on the Varied Honey-Eater. By Alfred J. North 29

Opal Pseudomorphs from White Cliffs, N.S.W. Bv C. Anderson, M.A.

B.Sc., and H. Stanley Jevons, M.A., B.Sc. ...' 31

Occasional Notes —

I. Climbing Habits of an Australian Snake. By Edgar R. Waite, 38

II. Pxpudaphri/is urvil/ii, Cuv. & Val., a Fish new to Western
New South Wales. Hy Fd gar R. Waite, F.L.S

IV RICCOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

No. 2.
Published 1 5th September, 1905,

Arollusc-a from One Hundred and Eleven Fathoms, East of Cape Bvron,

New South Wales. Bj Charles Hedlej. ... ... ... ... -) I

Notes on Fishes from Western Australia, No. 3. Bv Edgar K. Waite 55

Mineralogical Notes, No. 2. — Topaz, Barite, Anglesite, Cerussite and

Zircon. By C. Anderson, M.A , B So. ... .. ... ... ii'S

On a Large Example of Megalatracius 'iruanus, L. By Cliaries Hedley. 98

Notes on Australian Siphonaptera. By W. J. Kainbow ... ... 101

TJie Osteology of tlie New Guinea Tvu-tle. By Edgar K, Waite 110

Occasional Notes —

III. Western Australian Prawns and Sponges. By T. Wliitelegge. .11'.}

No. 3.
Published 1 9th June, 1906.

On Two Karly Australian Ornithologists. \',y Alfred J. North 121

The Cranial Buckler of a Dipnoan Fish, from the Devonian Beds of tlie .
Murrumbidgee River, N.S.W. By R. Etlieridge, Junr. ... .. 129

]\lineralogical Notes: No. 3. — Axinite, Petterdite, Crocoite, and l)afi']ite.

By C. Anderson, M.A., B.Sc 133

A Synopsis of Australian Acarina. By W. J. Rainbow ... ... ... 145

Description of and Notes on some Australian and Tasmanian Fishes. By

Edgar E. Waite, .'.194

Mollusca from Three Hundred Fathoms, off Sydney. Bv C. Hedle\-, aiui

W F. Petterd ' " ... 211

Studies in Australian Shark.^, No. 3. By Edgar E. Waite 226

Ona \ nrieiy oi Gov.ra coronata. By Alfred J. North ... ... ... 230

Occasional Notes —

V\ . Crustacea new to \ustralia. Bv Allan E. McCiilloch ... ... 231

COXTKN'TS. V

No. 4.

Published 23rd January, 1907

Aborij^iiial WVirkshups ou ihe Oo.ist of New South Wales, and their Con-
tents. J3y R Etheridge, Junr, and Thomas Whitelegge ... ■ ^-^^

On the Oligoclueta from the Blue Lake, Mount Koseiusko. Bv Prof. W.

B. Benliam, D.Sc, M.A. " 251

Mineralogical Xotes : No. 4. -Ortlioehise in Xco' South Wales. By C.

Anderson, .M. .\., B.Sc. ... ... .. . 2(55

The Re-sults of Deep Sea Investigation in the Tiisman Set. I. Tlie Ex-
pedition of II.M.(;.S. '• Miner."

1. Introductory Note osi tlie First Deep-t^ea Cruise. Bv Prof.

W. A . Haswell, M. A., D.Sc. and C. Hedley ..'. .271

2. Tlie Colonial Radiolaria of the Tasman Sea. By Prof. W.

A. Haswell, M. A., D.Sc 273

3. Mollusca from Eighty Fathoms off Xarrabeen. By C. Hedley 283

J-. Koraminiieral Sand Dredged Twenty-two Miles east of
Sydney at a Depth of Eighty Fathoms. By E. J. Goddard,
B.A./B.Sc ■ ■ 305

Note upon Mas tompsoni, Ramsay. By Allan R. McCullocli ... 312

Two New Species of Ct;//e?MAoZa. Bj W. J. Rainbow .. ... .313

Occasional Notes —

V. The Gi-eneric Name C/'e/?iV/o^a.9<e/'. By Edgar R. Waite ... 315

VI. Note on an Unusual Set of Stone Plover's Eggs. By .1. J. North 315

No. o.

Published 1 8th July, 1907-

Lower Cretaceous Fossils from the Sources of tlie Barcoo, Ward and

Niva Rivers, South Central Queensland. By R. Etheridge, Junr. ... 317

Notes on the Architecture of Australian Arcineida>. Part 6, Entelegynaj.

By W. J. Kainbow 330

Additions to the .\-vi-Fauna of the County of Cumberland. By Alfred

J Nortli * 339

VI RECORDS OF THK ACSTKAMAX MUSKUM.

Results of Deep-Sea Investigation in tlie 'I'asnian Sea. 11. The
Expedition of the " S.S. Wo_v Woy."

1. Fislies and Crustaceans from Eiglit Huinh-ed Fathoms. Bv

Allan R. McCulloch ".345

Mollusca from Eiglit Hundred Fathoms, Thirty-five Miles
East of Sydney. By Charles Hedley. .. .. 356

?(ovt]i Queensland Etlinograph\ . Bulletin No. 9. Hurial Ceremonies

and Disposal of the Dead. ■ Hy Walter E. Koth 365

Mineralogieal Notes : Xo 5. — Ca-siterite, Cerussite, Zeolites and other

Australian Minerals. By C. Anderson, M yV., B.Se. .. .. 404

Occasional Notes —

VTT. Elytra oi ('ircoiii'iiifis iiis/if^n/fiis. {i^ini\i\. Hy A. J. North ... 423

No. 6.
Published 20th March, 1908

Title Page and Index.

LIST OF THE CONTRIIU TOPvS.

With Reference to fhe Articles contributed by each.

Anderson, Chas —

Puare
Miticralof^it-al Nolu:^, No. IF.— T<)))az, Barite, An^lesite, Ceriissiteinui

Zircon 83

Xo. III. — Axinite, Petterdite, Crocoite, and Datolite .

Xo. IV. — Ortlioflaife in New South Wales

No. V. — Cassiterite, Cevussitc, Zeolites and other Aus
tralian Minerals

133
265

404

Anderson, Chas-, and H S- Jevons —

Opal PseiidoiiK.r])lis from WliiteClitfs, X.S.W 31

Benham, W B -

On the Oligoclia'ta from ihe Uliie Lake, Mount Kuseiusko ... 251

Etheridge R , lunr. —

Description of the Mutilated Cranium of a large Fi?li from the

Lower Cretaceous of Queensland . . ... . . ... 5

The Further Discovery of Dugong Bones on the Coast of Xew South

Wales ■ 17

The Cranial Buckler of a Dipnoan Fi^h, from tlie Devonian Beds of

the Murrnnibidgee River, X.S.W. ... ... ... ... 129

Lower Cretaceous Fossils from the Sources of the Barcoo, Ward, and

Xive Rivers, South Central Queensland . . ... .. 317

Etheridge, R , Junf. and Thos Whitelegge —

Aboriginal Workslio])s on the Coast of Xew South Wales, and their

Contents ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... 233

^1" RRCOKDS OF Till-; AUSTUALIAX MUSEUM

Goddard, E. J —

Foraminifei-al Sand Dredged Twenty-two Miles eiist of Sydney at a

Deptli of Eiglitv Fatlioms ... " " ... 3o5

Haswell, W. A -

TIu- C'uloni;il Eiidiolnrin of the 'I'a^niaii Sea ... ... ... .. 278

Haswell, W. A. and Chas- Hedley—

Introductory Note on the rirst Deej) Sea Cruise ... ... 271

Hedley, Charles —

MoUusca from One Hundred and Eleven Fathoms, East of Cape

Byron, New South Wales ... ... ... ... ... 41

On -A l^ar^ti TLxAmple of .1/egn/a/rirctit.s- arKariii.i ... ... ... 98

.Mollusea from Eighty Fathoms off Narrabeen ... ... ... 283

Mollusca from Eight Hundred Fatlioms, Tliirty-five Miles East of

Sydney. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 85(i

Hedley Chas- and W- F- Pettctd—

Mollusea from Tliree Hundred Fathoms, off Sydney .. .. ... 211

McCuIIoch, Allan R.—

Crustacea new to Australia ... ... ... ... ... 231

'Note \i\:)on 31 iix fompsoni. Rfimsay ... ... ... ... ... 312

Fishes and Crustaceans from Eiglit Hiuidred Fathoms, thirty-five

miles East of Sydney ... . . , ... ... ... 345

North, A. J.^

On an Insular Form of Melithreplia hrevirostrit, Vigors and Hors-

field 20

Notes on the Varied Honey -Eater ... ... ... ... ... 29

On Two Early Australian Ornithologists ... ... ... ... 121

On a Variety of Go»ra eoro««!^rt ... . ... 230

Note on an Unusual Set of Stone Plover's^ Eggs .. ... 315

Additions to the Avi-Fauna of the County of Cumhei'land ... ... 339

Eggs of Cacowaw//.'.- i^.v/ie^'a^^M*, Gould ... ... ... ... 423

LIST OF THE CONTRIBUTORS. IX

Ratnbow, W. I —

Studies ill Australian Ai'cineida-, No 4.... ... ... ... ... 9

Note.s oil tiie Airliitecture, Nesting Habits, and Life Histories of
Australian .A.raneida% based on Specimens in the .Australian

^ruseuin ... ... ... .. ... 22

Notes on Australian Siplionaptera .. ... . ... inl

A Synojjsis of Australian Acarina ... . . . . ... ... 1 45

Two New Speeies of ''o//e>H/>o/'f ... ,., ... ... 313

Notes on the Airhiteeture of AustiMJian .\i'aiieid!e, Part (i. Entele-

gynse ... ... ... 330

Roth, Walter E.—

North Queensland Ethnography. Bulletin No 9. Burial Ceremonies

and I)is)3osal of the Dead . ... ... 365

Waite. Edgar R.—

'i'he Breeding habits of the Paradise Fish ... ... . I

An Addition to the Laeertilian Fauna- of the Solomon Islands ... 18

Climbing Habits of an Australian Snake ... .. .. ... 38

Pseudaphriti^ urvillii, Ciiv & Val., a Fish new to Western New

South Wales 38

Notes on Fishes from Western Australia, No. 3 ... ... . . 55

The Osteology of the New Guinea Turtle ... ... ... ...IIU

Description of and Notes on some Australian and Tasnianian Fishes 194

Studies in Australian Sharks, No. 8 ... ... ... ... ... 226

The Generic Name CrepUlopaxter ... ... ... .. ... 315

"Whitelegfge, T- —

Western Au-tialian Prawns and Sponges ... ... ... ... 119

LIST OF THE PLATES.

PART J.

I-II. Ichlliyodectts marathonensis.

III. Portion of web of Amanrobiiix socialis.

IV. Portion of rib of Halicore diiqotiff.
V. Mdithrcpins hreciros-tris.

Melithreptus nioqn irosfris.
Nest and Eggs of Ptilotia versicolor.
VI. Opal Pseudouiorplis.
VII. Glauberite Crystals and Opal Pseudomorplis

PAKT 11

VIII.

iSi/,iu(lii-s .stiffen f 111.

tj i/iioff/oss-i'x hroinllni I'sli.

IX.

Terapoii /iiniier/i/ix.

X

NeafiipKH uhliquHS.

XI.

dhij'fodon assarius.

Dipi(/ifs crecKS.

XII.

Hi^psi/p ops micro Irp is .

XIII.

Psendoluhrus punctulati's.

XIV.

Bram ichthi^s icoodivfirdi.

XV.

Patreciis wacii/afiix.

XVI.

Pseudomonacatithus ffitlii.

XVII.

Ch(Ftodermis maccHllochi.

XVI II.

Topaz.

XIX.

Topaz.

Earite.

Aligelsite.

XX

Ceriissite.

Zircon.

'CXI. -XXII. Meqalatractiin aruanus.

XXI T I

EcJiidnophaga amhii/nns.

XXIV.-

X XV IT . Carettocheltis inscn 1 pta

RKCOHDS (JF THE AUSTRALIAN' MISEUM.

xxvria

XXVI II
XXIX-XX
X VXI.

XX. VII.
XXXIII.
XXXIV

XXXV.
XXXVI.

XXXVII

XXXVITI

XXXIX.
XL.

XLI.

PAET III.

\Iuial I'alilct ill St. James Cliurch, Sydney, erecteJ in i;iemoiy of
John Gilbert, Oniitlidlogist.

Giniurhynchus sussmilchi. Eth. fil.

X. Axinite.

Axinite, Pettfi-dite, and Crocdite.

Petiei-flite (Miuietite).

Datolite

Peltorharnph ii %• hKxsenxi-s.

nil otn boftolea lU^xoidcs.

ClieUohra-'chns vufux.
Crepidoijasiier spatula.
Diplocre/i is purripinnix,

,, cardinalin,

Bleiniins faxmaniamts.
Op/iiuch''iv» i/aljrif^Ii.

„ ffraciUx.

JJoni/ea oleacea.
li Issoa Jiloci icta.
Bathi/toma agnata.
Cerithiopsis caciiminatus.
Pleurotoma casearia.
Murex liciiiun
Emayginula superha.
Te.rehra lauretanm.

1> ifU urn fuscocapitui tun.
Caneellaria scohinn.
Tiheria nUidula.
Limopsi.s eiectus.
I'oromi/a undosa.
Aiiiusii(m thetidis.

Carcharicn firachi/urti.s.

Cctiilns aaaiis, egg-case.

rrirasci/ Ilium collare, egg-case.

PART IV.

XLII-XLIV. Flint luiplenienis from Aboriginal AVorksliojJs.

XLV. Views of the principal sandhill at Eellambi.

XLVI-XLVII. Oligochffita I'rom Mt. Kosciusko, X.S.W.

XLVIII-LII. Orthoclase. New England, X.S W.

LIII. Radiolaria of the Tasman Sea.

LIV-LVI. Alollusca from eighty fathoms off X.iirabeen.

LIST OF THE PLATKS.

PART V.

LVII-LXII. Lower Cretaceous Fossils froin tlie li-.n-coo, W'ai.i, and
Nive River?, Soiitli Centra] Queensland.

LXIII-LX\'. Fishes and Crustaceans from eight hnndred fatlionis.

LXYI-LXVII. Molhisoa fVoni eight hundred fatlumis, tliirtj -five miles
Eas.t of Svdnev.

LXVIII LXXIV. North Queensland Ethnograpliv.

LXXV. Cassiterite.

LXXVILXXYII. Cerussite.

LXXYIII Ijarite, Mona/.ite, Si-licclitc. Vesuvianiteand Heulandite,

LXXIX-LXXX. Chabazite.

CORRECTIONS.

Page 34, in description of text figure — for " h" read " B"

„ 83, line 7 — for " and " read " witli."

„ 92, line 16 — for " anlirydroiis" read " anliydroiis."

,, 134, line 14 — for " ortliogonal " read " ortliograjjliic."

„ 256, footnote — for "portion " read " position."

„ 367, line 18- for " off " read " of."

„ 390, ] ine 21 — for " born " read " borne."

„ 393, line 18 — for " dessication " read '' desiccation."

„ 404, line 18 — for " the faint line " read "a faint line."
Plate XX. explanation line 7 add o (112).

,, xxvii. — read xxviia.

Plnd's xlii., xliii., xlv., at foot of plate — for " H. Barnes, Junr., read " T.
Wliitelegge."

Plate liii — substitute tiie plate inserted in part 5 for that previously issued
in jKirt 4, on which the figure numbers were omitted.

,, Ixxii. explanation — for " Rosewell " read " Russell."

Ixxii explanation — for " dessicnticjii " re:id " desi<'cation."

RECORDS

OF THE

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

EDITED BY THE CURATOR.

Vol. VI, No. 1.

PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES

R. ETHERIDGE, Junr., J.P.,
Curator.

SYDNEY, 15th JUNE, 1905.

The Swift Printinsr Co., Ltd., .5 Jatuieson Lanp, Sydney.

CONTENTS.

PAGE.

The Breeding habits of the Paradise Pish. By Edgrar R. Waite,

F.L.S, Zoologist ... ... ... ... 1

Description of the Mutilated Cranium of a large Fish from the
Lower Cretacious of Queensland. By R. Etheridge, Junr.,
Curator . . . . . . . . . . .5

Studies in Australian Araneidse No. 4. By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S.,

F.E.S., Entomologist ... .. .. .. 9

An Addition to the Lacertilian Fauna of the Solomon Islands.

By Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S., Zoologist . . . . . . 13

The Further Discorery of Dugong Bones on the Coast of New

South Wales. By R. Etheridge, Junr., Curator ;'...' i/ ... 17

On an Insular Form of Melithreptus hrevirostris, Vigors and Hors-
field. By Alfred J. North, C M.Z.S., C.M,B.O,U., Ornitho-
logist .. .. .. .. ..20

Notes on the Architecture, Nesting Habits, and Life Histories of
Australian Araneidae, based on Specimens in th« Australian
Museum, By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S., F.E.S., Entomologist . . 22

Notes on the Varied Honey-Eater, Bv Alfred J. North, C.M.Z.S.,

C.M.B.O.U., Ornithologist ... ' ... ... ... 29

Opal Pseudomorphs from White Cliffs, N.S.W. By C. Anderson,
M.A., B.Sc, Mineralogist to the Australian Museum, and H.
Stanley Jevons, M,A., B.Sc, Lecturer on Mineralogy and
Petrology, University of Sydney .' ^ ..< ... ... 31

Occasional Notes. —

I. Climbing Habits of an Australian Snake. By Edgar R.
Waite, I.L.S., Zoologist ... ... ... 38

II. Fseudaphritis urvilUi, Cuv. & Val., a Fish new to Western

New South Wales. By Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S., Zoologist 38

THE BREEDING HABITS of the PARADISE FISH,

(POLYACANTHUS OPERCULARIS, Limunis).

Bv Edgar R. Waitk, F.L.S., Zoologist.

In a former paper^ I described the nesting habits of the Fighting
Fish (Betta jni^jnax, Cantor) as observed in my aquaria. I have
since had the good fortune to secure a number of living specimens
of the Paradise or Rainbow Fish, Polyacanthus opPTcularis, Lin-
naeus," which name, according to Dr. Boulenger,^ represents the
original species whence the domestic Macropodui^ viridianratuH,
Lacepede,^ is derived.

This fish is breeding very freely with me, but as its life history
is well known I do not propose to do more than point out in
what respects its habits differ from those of Betta.

The male is larger than tlie female, has the fins more produced
and the caudal filamentous. Ordinarily the coloration of the
sexes is similar, but when breeding the hues of the male are
intensified, while the female becomes very pale and loses the
beautiful greenish blue bars on the body. None of the illustra-
tions I have seen do justice to this beautiful fish. My specimens
exhibit ten bars as described by Linnaeus ; published figures
show a smaller number.''

The nest of Folyacdidluis is usually not so extensive nor so
dome-shaped as that of Betta : this may be accounted for by the
former fish showing a greater preference for nesting beneath
some shelter, as the leaf of a Nardoo {Marsilea) or the crossing-
ribbons of Valisneria. The first batch of eggs is frequently
produced when but a few bubbles are formed, others being added
below as oviposition proceeds. As a consequence the eggs are
raised quite out of the water and hatched in this situation.
The young ones may be seen wriggling within the egg on the
surface of the nest : this lends support to the observation that
some existing shelter is used, beneath which the bubbles are
blown, otherwise the young would be very conspicuous to an
enemy above.

1 Waite— Ree. Aust. Mus.. v., 1904, p. 293, pi. xxxviii.

2 LinnfEus — Syst. Nat., ed. x, 1758, p. 283.

3 Bouleiiijer — Cambridge Nat. Hist., vii., 1904, p. 669.
* Lacepede— Hist. Nat. Poiss., iii., 1802, p. 417.

^ Cuvier et Valenciennes — Hist. Nat. Poiss., vii,, 1831, pi. 197; Valen-
ciennes — Rep:. Anim. 111. Poiss., pi. Ixxiv., fig. 2; Pouchet — Rev.
Mag. Zool., xxiii., 1872, pi. xxv.

5i RECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

A marked diiFerence is observable in the relative specific
gravity of the eggs of Betta and Polyacanthus.. As previously
described those of the former are heavier than water, and the
male collects them as they sink and places them beneath the
nest. In the latter the eggs are lighter than water, and thus
ascend to beneath the bubbles without the aid of the male. At
the moment of extrusion the female is quite inverted, so that the
eggs, apart from their relative lightness, are directed upwai'ds.
As the nest may be of but little extent, say, at first, of the size
of a shilling, the eggs frequently rise to the surface in the clear
water beyond its margin ; these are collected by the male and
placed beneath the bubbles. This does not, however, occur until
some little time after the eggs are produced, for, unlike the con-
dition in Betta, it is the male who is most exhausted, the female
being the first to move away.

The female Paradise Fish seems to have greater motherly
instinct than the female Betta, and frequently takes part in
collecting the eggs and placing them in the " cradle," though this
is quite subject to the whim of the male, who assumes complete
control.

I now have eight pairs of Polyacanthus breeding, and there is
much diffei-ence in the amount of toleration extended to the
female by their respective mates. Though I had three nestings
of Betta the progeny was the i-esult of but one pair, so that my
generalisations in this respect may not be quite fair. The
female Betta certainly devoured all eggs and young that came
within her reach. One of the female Polyacanthiis, on the other
hand, obtained three or four eggs from the nest, evidently with
the view, like the male, of rearranging their position. She was,
however, driven away, but at the first oppoi'tunity returned the
eggs to the nest, having had them in her mouth for more than a
minute.

As I had so many pairs breeding I could afford to sacrifice one
family in order to ascertain, if possible, what real object the male
has in so zealously tending and guarding the eggs. To this end,
as soon as a complement of eggs was pi'oduced I removed them
en masse, by means of a tablespoon, to another vessel. They
hatched in the usual course, and the larva3 developed, so that now,
at the end of six weeks, they are as lai'ge, active and healthy as
those left under the care of the male.

With the view of asceitaining the function of the bubbles, I
removed from another nest some of the newly-deposited eggs, and
carefully rejected all bubbles. As before, these eggs de^^eloped
equally with those left under paternal care. It would seem,

BREEDING HABITS OF THE PARADISE FISH — W'AITE. 6

therefoi'e, that the pui-port of the nest and care of the parent is
simply protective. The mass of spume hides the eggs or young
from aerial or teri-estrial enemies, while the attendance and
vigilance of the male secures them from attack of aquatic foes.

In Betta, whose habits are, apparently, more highly specialised,
the nest must have a more important function, seeing that
without it, and the care of the male, the eggs would naturally
sink and doubtless perish.

I had not hitherto numbered Utricularia among my aquatic
plants, but having procured a spray, I placed it in a vessel in my
study at the museum : this contained a pair of Paradise Fish and
fry a few days old. Paying me a visit next day, my colleague,
Mr. T. Whitelegge, warned me of the jiossible fate of the young,
having in mind the well-known carnivorous habit of the Bladder-
wort.

An inspection of the vessel showed that the number of young
had very seriously diminished, and the missing ones were found
in the bladders of the plant. Some were seized by the head, and
some by the tail, as originally described by Mr. Simms in the
case of roach fry.

In the hope of seeing a fish actually caught, my assistant, Mr.
A. R. McCulloch, watched the plant, and had scarcely seated
himself at the aquarium before he called me. I saw one of the
fry caught by the extreme tip of the tail. It had been swimming
close to one of the bladders, and possibly touched the mouth,
when instantly it was trapped. At intervals its struggles were
frantic, and the bladder was shaken by the vibi'ations. At the
end of seven minutes the tail was entirely engulfed, and con-
tinued to wriggle within the bladder, while the head and body
were shaken without.

The little fish lived for an hour and a half, but it was not
until the following morning that the whole was taken into the
bladder.

Articles dealing with the carnivorous habit of Utrindaria are
very numerous. The following refer especially to its piscivorous
practice : —

Moseley (Sinims) — Nature, xxx., 1884, p. 81.

Simms — Loc. cit., p. 295, figs. 1-3.

Halperine — Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., v., 1885, p. 353, pis. i., ii.

The housing of the fry has provided an interesting example of
the principle detailed by Semper*" as to the influence of the
volume of water on the growth of an individual.

'' Semper — Animal Life, 1881, p. 159, et seq.

4 EECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

In order to study the de^•elopment of the j'ouiig, I i-emoved
as I thought, the whole of a young family from a large aquarium,
where they had been bred, to a small vessel at the Museum.

I aftei'wards discovered that five young ones had escaped my
search and remained in the original aquarium. These grew at a
rapid rate, whereas those placed in the smaller vessel showed no
increase at all. So marked was the difference that I took one of
the former- from my home and placed it with its smaller brethren.
It appeared as a veritable giant among them, and had all its fins
properl)" differentiated, whereas in the othei-s the}- had not
developed beyond the lar^•al stage.

To say that the later-introduced fish is twice the length and
four 01- five times the bulk of the others may give some idea of
its relative size, but its greater development may be better
appi^eciated when I mention that it took to feeding on the
smaller fish, so that now, after a partnership of about three
weeks, it is the sole vertebrate occupant of the vessel.

As regards food, this fish may be said to have had what
Semper calls its optimum, and yet about the time it assimilated
the last of its companions it was noticeably inferior in size to the
other four with which it was previously associated, though tliey
had not been so lavishly supplied with food. They had, howe^'er,
abundance of water. The i-emoval of the fry j^laced the volume
of water for the individual also at its optimum, so that now it
appears to have regained its ratio of development. Thus Semper's
conclusions receive interesting confirmation.

I may mention that we have had a tadpole of one of the
Hylido', in a small body of water for over a year ; it has grown to
a large size, but has never got beyond the lai-val stage. Other
larvae left in the pond, whence this was removed, completed their
metamorphoses months ago.

DESCRIPTION OF the MUTILATED CRANIUM of a

LARGE FISH, from the LOWER CRETACEOUS of

QUEENSLAND.

By R. Etheridge, Junr., Curator

(Plates i. — ii.)

A comparatively recent visit to Queensland yielded to Mr.
P. G. Black's researches in the Lower Cretaceous beds at Mara-
thon, Flinders River, the mutilated skull of a fish. A reproduc-
tion of this fossil has been made for the Museum collection,
with Mr. Black's permission, the original returning to his cabinet.

The skull is crushed from above downward, and consequently
expanded to some extent laterally, and also pressed backwards
Above, the bones are firmly encased in the close-grained argillace-
ous limestone forming the matrix, but below are weathered to a
great extent free of the latter. The displacement arising from
this downward and backward pressure renders the determination
of the osseous members of the cranium difficult and uncertain ;
but the jaws ai^e in a much better state of preservation. A pre-
liminary inspection shows considerable portions of the maxillaries,
and mandibles i7i situ, parts of the opercular apparatus, the hyoid
bones, the pectoral fins, some of the anterior vertebne, and
remains of some ribs.

Photographs of this head were forwarded to Dr. A. Smith
Woodward, who has been good enough to afford me some valu-
able suggestions as to its affinity. In correspondence, I indicated
the genus Portheus, Cope, a species of which is believed to exist
in the Lower Cretaceous of Queensland, but Dr. Woodward sug-
gested Elapopsis, Heckel, as a more fitting resting-place. As,
however, the teeth are implanted in sockets, and not merely at-
tached to the margins of the jaws,^ I have rejected this referenct
in favour of one that appeal's to me to suit the case better. Irx
the Ichthyodectida? (Crook), the margins of the jaws bear a row
of strong, conical teeth implanted in sockets,^ and the maxilliB

1 At least, so I infer from Dr. A. Smith "Woodward's remarks (Brit.

Mus. Cat. FosP. Fishes, pt. 4, I'JOl. p. 8); see also J. J. Heckel—
Denks. K. K. Akad. Wiss. (Math. Nat. Classe), xi., 1 Abth., 1856,
p. 251.

2 Zittel— Text- Book Pal. (Ed. Eastman), ii, 1902, p. 95.

6 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

are long and stout. Within this family we meet with two genera,
Portheus, Cope,^ and Ichthyodectes, Cope/ the latter of which
appears to possess stronger affinities with our fossil. In the first
of these, the maxillary and dentary teeth are large but of variable
size, but in the latter the teeth are of uniform proportion. Fur-
thermore, in our fossil the vertebral centra bear lateral longitu-
dinal pits, and not mei'e ridges, as in E/o2x>2)sis.^

In its present depressed condition, the skull measures seven
and a half inches, whilst the transverse width across the combined
maxilla? and dentaries is three inches.

The maxillfe (m.) are stout bones approximately four and a half
inches long, but are not perfect anteriorly. The pi-emaxilla has
disappeared, leaving a large, open space between the anterior ends
of the maxilla;. The dentaries (de.), in consequence of compression,
are overlapped by the maxillae, and are stout and strong, approxi-
mately five inches long, by five-eighths of an inch deep, with
deeply V-shaped posterior ends for the insertion of the articulars
(ar.) ; the latter are stout bones also, in keeping with the den-
taries, and are about two and a quarter inches long. The superior
bones of the skull, in common with the orbits, are so crushed
togethei- that an attempt to distinguish them can result only in
provisional determination, but perhaps, on the right side parts of
the ethmoid and frontal (pth. &/.) ai'e I'epresented by the crushed
mass of osseous matter seen above the maxilla. Immediately
behind the gape is a curved transverse bone that may be a portion
of the hyomandibular or preoperculum {hvi. ■pr-)i and behind that
again, particularly on the right side, a flat exfoliated bone, which
cannot be other than the operculum {op). From this
obliquely inwards to the middle line of the head, is a thick pro-
minent surface (])■(/ ■), but thinly-covered with bone here and there,
and again repeated on the left side. The two halves form be-
tween them a wide open V-shaped figure, casting a deep shadow
over the depression in which the vertebra? lie ; possibly this re-
presents some portion of the pectoral gii-dle.

Between the dentaries (de.) at their posterior ends may be seen
the diverging hyoids {hi/.), and a number of the branchiostegal
rays {br.), the anterior vertebne {v.), some ribs (v.), and the sup-

8 Cope— Eept. U.S. Geol. Survey Territories (Hayden's), ii., 1875. p. 190.
^ Cope — Loc. cif., p. 205. By Woodward both these <j;enera are placed

in the Chirocentridse (Brit. Mus. Cat. Foss. Fishes, pt. 4, 1901,

p. 87), and by Dr. G. A. Boulenger in the Saurodontidse (Cambridire

Nat. Hist., vii.. Fishes, 1904, p. 561).
s Smitl) Woodward— Brit. Mus. Cat. F<iss. Fishes, pt. 4, 1901, pp. 9

and 99.

MUTILATED CRANIUM OF A LARGE FISH — KTHERIDGE, 7

posed pectoral fins {/.). Of the branchiostegal rays there are
portions of nine protruding through the matrix on the right-hand
side, and a less number on the left. There are ten anterior
vertebne partially weathered out, occupying a length of four and
a half inches, but as the four posterior have slid slightly from
their normal position, the actual fore-and-aft space occupied by
the series of ten will be rather less. The normal anterior vertebrte
are from five-sixteenths of an inch to three-eigths in length, and
all bear defined rims at both ends, and pits, almost round on the
second and third from the front, but more oval in a fore-and-aft
direction on the succeeding centi^a. The ribs are long and
moderately stout, no trace of neural arches remaining. At the
sides of the vertebrje, but separated from them by mati'ix, ai-e
roughened bony surfaces of some extent, which my colleague,
Mr. E. R. Waite, suggests may be the larger basal joints of the
pectoral fins compressed together and transversely displaced.
Teeth are visible on both maxillte, but not on the dentaries in
consequence of the overlapping of the former over the latter, ex-
cept at their immediate fractured anterior ends ; at these points
one tooth is visible on either side. The teeth are strong, hollow,
and conical, and not compressed to a sharp edge, extending along
the whole length of the maxillae as far as these bones are pre-
served, and set in alveoli. The remains of about twenty-four are
visible on the right maxilla and about fifteen on the left. The
single teeth preserved at the anterioi- fractured ends of the den-
taries do not appear to differ in size or character from those along
the maxillae.

The vertebrae closely resemble those figured by Dr. A. Smith
Woodward "as possibly referable to [his] Claclocycliis siveeti"*^ a
species dependant on certain detached scales from the Lower Cre-
taceous of Queensland. Dr. Woodward has also figured the left
lateral view of the anterior portion of a skull from the same series
of rocks as Foi-thp'ii,s mistralis,'' to which the present fossil bears a
very suspicious resemblance. In the light of Cope's type figure
of the cranium of Portheiis^^ and his remarks on the teeth — " Sizes
irregular ; the premaxilla, median maxilla, and anterior dentary
teeth much enlarged"" — there is a possibility of Dr. Woodward's
fish being an Ichthyodectes also. In the figui-e of Fortheus aush-alis

s Woodward— Ann. Mag. Nat. Hi&t., (6), xiv., 1894, pi. x„ f. 7.

■^ Woodward — Loc. ft/., pi. x., f. 1, la.

** Cope — Report U. S. Geo). Survey Territories (Hayden's), li, 1875, p.

184, f. 8, pis. xxxix and xli (P. molossus).
3 Cope — Report U.S. Geo). Survey Territories (Hayden's), ii, 1875, p.

190.

» KECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

there is no greater degi'ee of variation in the size of the teeth
than there is in those of our fossil. The maxillae and dentai-ies in
both are large bones, although larger in P. mistralis, whilst in
Ichthyodectes marathonetisis, as I purpose terming Mr. Black's
specimen, the space left by the accidental removal of the pre-
maxilla, would accommodate nearly as large a bone as that repre-
sented in the figure of that of P. australis.

If my selection of Ichthyodectes be correct, /. marathonensis
resembles /. ctenodon, Cope,^° in possessing straight maxillte, and
apparently similar dentaries also. /. ctenodon, in common with
/. anaides, Cope,'^ is a much lai'ger fish, and the bones are cer-
tainly moi'e massive. With /. serrideiis, Sm. Woodw.,^- /. tenui-
dens, Sm. Woodw.,-'^ /. Ttiinor (Egevton), Newton," and /. elegans,
Newton,^* hardly any comparison is necessary. In /. hamatus,
Cope,"' tlie maxillae are again much curved.

^^ Cope — Loc. cit., pi. xlvi., f. 1 and 2.

11 Cope — Loc. cit., pi. xlv., f. 1.

i-^ Smith Woodward— Brit. Mus. Cat. Foss. Fishes, pt. 4, 1901, pi. viii.

13 Smith Woodward — Loc. cii., pi. ix., f. 6.

1^ Newton — Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, xxxiii., 1877, pi. xxii., f. 14.

Newton — Loc. cif., pi. xxii., f. 15.
1" Cope — Report U.S. Geol. Survey Territories (Hayden's), ii., 1875, pi.
xlvi., f. 5, 5a.

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ARANEID^.

No. 4.

By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S., F.E.S., Entomologist.

(Plate iii. and text fig. 1).

Familij DICTYNID^.

(rf'.fms Amaurobius, C. Koch.

A.MAUROBIUS SOCIALIS/ .y}. aov.

$ Cepholathorax, 5-5 mm. long, 3-5 mm. broad ; abdomen, 61
mm. long, 4*2 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax. — Obovate, dark brown, hairy. Pars cephalica
large, sti'ongly arched. Pars thoracica broad, sloping posteriorly,
arched, median depression and normal grooves distinct.

Eyes. — Eight, disposed in two transverse, nearly parallel rows,
and occupying almost the entire space in front ; front row almost
straight, rear- row gently recurved. Of the front row the median
pair ai'e very slightly the largest, and are placed closely together,
nearly touching one another ; each lateral eye is sepai'ated from
its median neighbour by a space equal to once its own diameter ;
those compi'ising tlie rear row are slightly smaller than their
anterior neighbours ; the median pair are separated from each
othei" by a space equal t(i aliout twice their individual diameter,
and from their lateral neighbours by about two and a half
diameters.

Lexis. — Robust, yellow-brown, clothed with long hairs, and
armed with strong spines. Measurements (in millimetres): —

1 SocirilLs — Social, sociable.

10

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Leg.

Coxa.

Trochanter

and

Femur.

Patella

and
Tibia.

Metatarsus

and

Tarsus.

Total.

1

11

4-4

4-4

3-8

13-7

2

M

4-4

4-4

3-8

13-7

3

1-0

3-6

3-6

3-4

11-6

4

1-0

4-2

4-3

3-8

13-3

Palpi. — Concolorous, short, similar in clothing and armature
^0 legs. Measurements : Coxa, 04 mm., trochanter and femur,
I'S mm.; patella and tibia, 1"8 mm.; tarsus, 1"3 mm.; total,
5 "3 mm.

Falces. — Dark brown, long, robust, arched, hairy, margins of
the furrow of each falx armed with three teeth.

Alaxilhr. — Longer than broad, robust, arched, inclining inwards,
hairy, the surface dark brown, apices and inner angles pale
yellowish.

Lahiiun. — Concolorous, longer than broad, hairy, apex trun-
cated.

Sternum. — Concolorous also, shield-shaped, convex, hairy.

Abdomen. — Ovate, moderately overhanging base of cephalo-
thorax, hairy, yellow-brown, with faintly-visible broad transverse
bars, the first three of which are straight, or
nearly so, whilst the lower pair are each formed
like a short, broad, inverted V ; below these,
again, there is a large concolorous elongate-oval
patch. Laterally and beneath, the surface is
hair}", and yellow-brown.

E'pigyne. — As in figure (fig. 1).

Crihellum. — Transverse, nearly parallel, and
divided into two plates.

Ohs. — In gravid females, the abdomen appears much ligliter in
colour.

Hab. — Grand Arch, Jenolan Caves.

Some time ago, Mr. J. C. AViburd presented to the Trustees
two large shawl-like webs, taken from the roof of the Grand Arch,
Jenolan Caves. Each web was closely and densely- woven, and
had been fabricated by a large number of individuals living

Fig. I.

STCDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ARANEIDiE — RAINBOW. 11

together as a community. No spiders wei'e forwarded w'ith the
first example, but from its folds I picked a quantity of exuvm,
which convinced me that the architects belonged to the genus
Ammifobius, C. Koch. I thereupon wrote Mr. Wiburd — who
has on different occasions presented the Trustees valuable Arach-
nological collections from the Cave districts — asking him to try
and secure some of the spiders responsible for the construction.
This he succeeded in doing, so that I am now enabled to describe
both the spider and the web.

The larger web presented by Mr. Wiburd measures twelve feet in
length, and rather more than four feet at its greatest width, and
when hanging in, situ was festooned amongst the stalactites
depending from the roof of the cave. The webs are full of holes,
each of which had evidently been the entrance to a retreat tube.
These webs are closely and densely woven, and are suggestive of a
fabric — such as a shawl. Scattei-ed over the surface of this huge
web are a large number of empty cocoons, or ova-sacs. These are
pure white. Hat, more or less discoidal and closely woven. Each sac
consists of two strong, paper-like discs — an upper and a lower —
between which the eggs had been placed. None exhibited any
trace of loose, flocculent silk. The discs do not appear to vary in
size. A number were measured, and from seven to eight milli-
metres in diameter was the result obtained.

Family (ECOBIID^.

In my last paper of this series, I recoi'ded for the first time in
Australia the occurrence of the family Mimetidii^J' The present
paper records, also for the first time here, the family (Ecobiidfe.
The family is a very small one, consisting of only one genus, and
fifteen species. The genus (Ecobius, Lucas, is distributed over
" Regio mediterranea ; ins. Atlanticse j Arabia me rid.; Japonia ;
Nova Caledonia; America septent. et merid.; Antilla?,"" to which
I now add — Sydney, N. 8. Wales.

The species occurring here appears to be, unquestionably, the
widely distributed CE. navus, Bl. This form has been previously
recorded from the islands of the Atlantic, Japan, New Caledonia,
Venezuela, southern parts of the United iStates, and the Antilles.
This distribution Simon suggests is, without doubt, due to the
agency of commerce.

■2 Kainbow— Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 1904, p. 329.

3 Simon— Hist. Nat. des Araignees, 2nd Ed., i., 1892, p. 247.

12 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

The species are all microscopic. Their webs, which are also
small, are closely woven and transparent, and are usually con-
structed under stones, and in the angles of walls. When at rest
in the web, these spiders hang motionless, but when disturbed
they ai'e decidedly active, and in endeavouring to escape des-
cribe circles. Their cocoons are flocculent, rather transparent,
plano-convex, fixed, and contain each seven or eight non-agglu-
tinated eggs.

There are three specimens in the Australian Museum cabinet
and they were collected by myself in the Museum building.

An addition to the LACERTILIAN FAUNA of the
SOLOMON ISLANDS.

By Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S., Zoologist.

(Fig. 2).

The Trustees have received a fine female Gecko from Mr.
Charles M. Woodford, British Resident, Solomon Group.

Mr. Woodfoid's knowledge of the fauna of the group under
his administration led him to suggest that the Gecko was an
undescribed species ; though previously known, it indeed proves
to be new to the Solomon Islands. This is the more interesting
as the group has been so well worked by Messrs. Guppy and
Woodford. In this connection Dr. G. A. Boulenger remarks^ : —
" The fact that, in spite of the extent of the collection (over 200
specimens) and the special attention paid by the collector [Mr.
Woodford] to this group of animals, only four species are there-
by added to the herpetological list of the Solomons, shows that
our knowledge of this part of the fauna approaches completion."
In the paper quoted Boulenger gives a complete list (28) of
the reptiles of the Solomon Group, to the date of publication.
Several species have, however, been added since that time, and it
is now my piivilege to add another.

Mr. Woodford's Gecko proves to be : —

Gymnodactylus louisiadensis, De Vis.

Ann. Rep. Brit. New Guinea, App. cc, 1892, p. 5, and Ann.
Queensland Mus., ii., 1892, p. 11.

The type was obtained at Sudest Is. (Tagula Is.) Louisiade
Archipelago. A species from Moroka, British New Guinea, was
described and figured by Boulenger'^ under the name G. h>ri«'.
Dr. Franz Werner^ thoroughly reviewed these two forms and
inclined to the belief that they are not specifically distinct. For
present purposes I assume this to be so. Mr. Woodford's speci-
men, however, seems to be a typical example, differing from the
type only in respect to arrangement of the colour bands, in having
the internasal plates broken up into four, and the subdigital
lamellae and labial plates slightly different in number,

1 Boulenger— Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888, p. 88.
, -^ Boulenger— Ann. Mus. Civ. Sto. Nat. Genova, (2), xviii., 1897 (1898),
p. 695, pi. vi.
3 Werner— Verb. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, li., 1901, p. 604.

14

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

In 1901 Mr. Samuel Garman^ reported on the reptiles of Mr.
Alexander Agassiz's Expedition to the Barrier Reef, and des-
cribed a member of the genus Gymnodactylns under the name
G. olivii. He contrasts its characters with those of G. pelayicus
and evidently did not consult the descriptions of G. lotcisiadensis
or G. lo7-i(f. G. olivii is certainly identical with our specimen,
agreeing with it in the disposition of the colour bands which, as
above mentioned, differ somewhat from those of the type.

In G. louisiadensis there are but five body bands, the first of
which, connecting the eyes across the occiput, is V-shaped ; the
disposition of the other bands is not mentioned, but their
arrangement is probably similar to those of G. Im-icp. In this
form there are three pairs of markings between the fore and
hind limbs, and a fifth at the base of the tail. The markings
are not in the form of bands, but consist of pairs of oblique
streaks, each pair forming a V-like figure, those only of the nape
and the base of the tail, howevei-, produce a complete V.

In both Mr. Garman's and Mi-. Woodford's examples the bands
are six in number ; the first is U-shaped, the second connects the
shoulders, three occupy the space between the fore and hind
limbs, and the sixth connects the thighs, having a much more
anterior position than the last band in G. louisiadeAisis or G. lofice.
These bands are incomplete below.

Of Dr. Werner's adult examples, one resembled G. louisiadensis
the other G. lorice, while a young one exhibited eight pairs of
spots or streaks. This author ^particularly i-efers to structural
details, tabulated below, the characters of G. olivii and Mr.
Woodford's specimens being now included.

Name.

Lamellae under

Supralabials.

Rows of body

4th toe.

tubercles.

G. louisiadensis . . .

10-11

12

26

G. loi-id" ...

12

—

Dr. Werner, i. ...

18

U-15

26

, ii.

12

17-18

28

„ iii.

12

11-13

22

G. olivii ...

—

13

24

Mr. Woodford ...

12

13

26

* Gartnan — Bull. Mua. Coinp. Zool. Harv. Coll., xxxix., 1901, p. i., pi. i.
fig. 1.

AN ADDITION TO THE LACERTILIAN FAUNA WAITE. 15

In both examples which have been figured {G. lorim and G.
olivii), the tail has been reproduced, and as usual in such cases
the colour-pattern and distinctive scutation of the original member
is lost. In our example the tail has not suffered mutation and
opportunity is taken to illustrate its character. It is covered
with flat juxtaposed scales which are smallest above, increasing
in size towards the lower surface ; those bordei-ing the large
inferior scutes are quite one-third the width of the scutes. The
tubercles upon the upper and lateral aspects of the proximal
portion, as far as the hinder edge of the first caudal colour band,
are similar to those of the body ; thence the arrangement assumes
a distinctive character, the tubercles being confined to the upper
surface and disposed in widely spaced transverse rows. Of these
the first three ai-e composed each of six
tubercles, the two in front having a sup-
plementary row of four tubercles an-
teriorly ; the next five rows are formed
each of four tubercles and the three fol-
lowing of two each only, the latter of
which is but little differentiated from the
ordinary scales. The tubercles occupy
the proximal three-sevenths of the tail
only.

As on the body, the markings are in
the form of bands though of darker hue,
and similarly they do not compass the
lower surface. The colour increases in
intensity posteriorly and the distal two-
fifths is without markings. There are
five dark bands on the tail, each twice
the width of the interspaces, and on the
median line above they are deeply in-
cised befoi-e and behind. The accom-
panying figure (fig. 2) illustrates the
features described.

The type was, as before stated,
taken at Sudest Is. in the Louisiades,
and the British Museum possesses
examples from Fergusson Is., Wood-
lark Is., and British New Guinea.
From the latter locality the types
of G. Im-icE were obtained, Dr. Wer-
ner had three specimens from Dutch New Guinea, and Mr.
Garman's G. olivii is recorded from Cooktown. Mr. Woodford

Fiij. 2.

16 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

informs us that his example was taken in the chart drawer at
the Government Residence, and that he has since seen another
specimen about the grounds. During a subsequent conversation
with Ml'. Woodford, in Sydney, he told me that when disturbed
this Gecko walks very high upon its legs, and curves its tail over
its back in a menacing mannei*. The Queensland locality must,
I think, be accepted with some reservation ; Cooktown is
the port of call for vessels trading to New Guinea, the
Louisiades and the Solomon Group and it seems highl}' probable
that the Lizard was obtained by some trader and taken to Cook-
town, whence it passed into the hands of Mr. Agassiz's collectors.
Further evidence will be required of the occurrence of this species
in Australia before it will be safe to admit it as an undoubted
membei' of our fauna.

On March 19th, more than two months after the above was
penned, I received a letter from Mr. E. A. C. Olive : he writes : — "I
have your letter of February 3rd with sketch of reptile enclosed.
I think I must have obtained the original from New Guinea, as
I do not recognise it as one of our local lizards, and I remember
receiving a variety of specimens from that place."

THE FURTHER DISCOVERY of DUGONG BONES
ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

By R. ETiiEKiDfiE, Juni'., Curator.

(Plate iv.)

Fur an opportunity of again recording the occurrence of honea
of the Dugong (Halicore duyoruj, Gmelin, sp.) on the coast of
New South Wales, I am indebted to Mr. P. E. Williams, Comp-
troller of the Government Savings Bank, and Secretary to the
Sydney Etlniological Committee.

During the excavation of Shea's Creek, Cook River, Botany
Bay, for the canal bearing the same name, portions of a Dugong
skeleton were discovered near the top of the estuarine clay,
iind just above the extensive estuarine shell bed which is so
marked a stratigraphical feature in the alknial section laid bare
by the canal cutting. " They were five feet six inches to eight
feet six inches below the present high-water level, and a total
depth of four feet six inches to seven feet six inches below the
swamp surface level, previous to excavation."^ The bones re-
covered were vertebra^, ribs, and the nearly perfect skull. It was
pointed out by Messrs. T. W. E. David, J. W. Grimshaw, and the
writer, that the present southerly limit of the Dugong is probably
Wide Bay, on the Queensland coast, although it was formerly to
be caught in Moreton Bay.- Only two reliable records of the

1 Etlipridije, David, and Grimshaw — Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxx
1896, p. 171.

^ I have since learned that the Du^ono^ is still caught in Moreton Bay
Mr. C. Hedley has called my attention to a footnote in Britton and
Bladen's " History of New South Wales" (ii., 1894, p. 97) quoting
a paragraph from Collins, which reads as follows: — " Abouc this
time (March, 1795j, the spirit of inquiry being on foot, Mr
Cummings, an officer of the Corps, made an excursion to the
southward of Botany Boy, and brought bacii with him some of
the head bones of a marine animal, which on inspection Cap-
tain [William] Patterson the only naturalist in the country,
pronounced to liave belonged to the animal described by M. de
Buffon, and named by him the Manatee (Collins — Ace. English
Colony N.S.W., 1st Ed., 1.. p, 409.)" The wording in the second
edition differs slightly. If for Manatee we read Dugong we have
confirmatory evidence of the Shea's Creek occurrence, and at a
slightly more southern locality.

18 RliCORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Dugong's presence on the coast of New South Wales, i.e., further
south than either of those mentioned, are extant, viz., at the
Tweed and Richmond Rivers', and Broken Bay, immediately to
the north of Port Jackson.^

The chief point of interest in connection with these bones
from Shea's Creek was the presence of transverse and oblique
curved cuts and scars, particularly on the ribs at their outer
or distal ends, as if produced by a blunt-edged cutting or cliop-
ping instrument. No doubt whatever was entertained by my
co-wi'iters and myself that sucli was the origin of these markings.
The fact was used as corroborative evidence, pointing to the
occupancy of this part of the coast by man at a much earlier
date than previously supposed. It was felt at the time that any
additional facts relating to the Dugong's presence so far below
its usual haunts would be most welcome.

The fortunate discovery of Dugong bones by Mr. C. A. Rudder
in a large kitchen-midden on " Arakoon" at the entrance of the
Macleay River, supplies the needed evidence. The midden in
question lay about one and a-half miles from the ocean and was
in course of removal for the construction of oyster beds. It
consisted of shells, black sand, and stones with oysters attached,
in diameter about thirty feet, and seven feet in thickness. The
bones found near the bottom of the midden are four rib pieces,
portion of a lai'ge worn molai' tooth, and a rib of a seal. Three
rib pieces exhibit traces of hacking. Like the ribs found at
Shea's Creek, one of the Arakoon bones is deeply scarred and cut
by some blunt instrument, in fact even more so than either of
those from the metropolitan locality, and a second, the most
perfect rib (Plate iv., fig. 2), less so. The bones still retain the
solid homogenous appearance and weight characteristic of those
of the Dugong ; no other objects of interest were discovered
duringthe removal of the midden material. One may infer a
considerable age for the Arakoon bones from their appearance, so
much so that the markings on the most complete rib have nearly
disappeared, but not so with the two smaller portions. At the
thicker end of one of the latter (PL iv., fig. 1) are several deep sub-
parallel cuts lengthwise, united in places by cross-hacking, and at
the other end, one or more pieces of bone have been chipped off

» Ramsay — Cut, N.S. Wales Court Gt, Interiiaf-.Fisheiiefi Exliib. Lond.,
1883, p. 50.

^ Etlieridufe, David, and Griiiisliaw — Journ. Roy. So(\ N.S. Wales, xxx.,
1896, p. 172.

FURTHER DISCOVEi;V OF DUGONG BONES —ETHEKIDGE. 19

tlie surface, but still leaving traces of sharper blows. On the
other (PI. iv., fig. 3), the scars are confined to the centre of the
bone and are transverse to its lengtli.

The occurrence of these hacked bones at the Macleay iliver
adds corroborative evidence f)f the use of the Dugong as fcxxl by
the old Aborigines just as it is now partaken of by their descend-
ants fuither north, and adds another record of the animal's
presence on a part of the eastern coast-line not now frequented
by it. This case may be accepted as an example of the good
results likely to arise by a systematic examination of our coast
middens before they have totally disappeared through the agency
of modern man. The importance of midden exploration cannot
be too forcibly impressed on those who may have facilities for
such work. It is only through the excavation of similar heaps,
the examination of interments, the exploration of the hearth-refuse
heaps of rock-shelters, and the opening up of ossiferous caves that
we can now liope to learn much about the habits and manners of
the earlier inhabitants of this Continent.

ON AN INSULAR FORM of MELITHREPTUS
BREVIROSTRIS, Vigors and Horsfield.

By Alfred J. North, C.M.Z.S., C.M.B.O.U., Ornithologist.

Melithi'fiptus nuu/nit'ostris, sp. nov.

(Plate v., figs. 1-2.)

Being at present engaged on the Jfeliphagidce for the next
[)art of " Nests and Eggs of Birds found breeding in Australia
and Tasmania,"^ among other species, Mr. A. Zietz, the Assistant
Director of the South Australian Museum, Adelaide, has kindly
drawn my attention to three skins of which he writes — " You
will notice three specimens of Jfelithreptus hrevirostris with
I'emarkably strong bills ; the birds were shot on the 3rd October,
1901, by my son Mr. F. R. Zietz out of a flock at Eastern
Cove, Kangai'oo Island. This might be an insular form of the
mainland species."

On the head and nape these specimens, two adult males, and an
adult female, more closely resemble New South Wales examples
of Melithreptus hrevirostris. the forehead and crown being of a
lighter brown, and the dull buffy-white and blackish-brown bands
on the nape being but slightly indicated in comparison with
South Australian specimens ; they resemble the latter in having
•a dull white loral streak but which is even moi'e pronounced ;
the cheeks and sides of the throat of an adult male are dull
white, which passes into a very faint creamy buff" on the remainder
of the under surface, darker on the centre of the breast and
abdomen, the centre of the throat and the fore-neck having
a, greyish tinge, the flanks slightly washed with brown. The bills
of all three specimens are distinctly larger than in continental
bxamples. The adult male previously referred to measures —
iotal length .5-3 inches, wing 2-75, tail 2-4, tarsus 0-65, exposed
portion of bill from base of forehead where the feathers end to
tip 0'55, breadth of cutting edge at centre of nostril O'l 9, height
■)f bill at centre of nostril 0"19.

Remarks. — The outer secondaries of the type are externally
•fudged with olive, as is also found in some adult New South Wales
.specimens. The white cheek stripe of the specimen labelled a

North — 4mtr Mu8. Spec. Cat , i.

AT^ INSULAK FORM OF MEUiUREPTUS BREVIROSTKIS — NORTH. 21

feinaU' is shorter, the under surface is more distinctly tinged with
brown, and the wing measurement is 2-8 inches. There is only a
slight indicati(jn of the white cheek stripe in the other male.
Wing measurement, 2-75 inches. The bill of the type is mea-
sured as are the bills of all the specimens in the already (juoted
Catalogue from the end of the feathers at the base of the forehead
to the tip, with a pair of finely-pointed calipers irrespective of
any curve of the culmen.

Types. — To be placed m the South Australian Museum, Ade-
laide.

Co-ty])e. — Australian Museum, 8ydney.

Habitat. — Kangaroo Island, South Australia.

These birds with the larger bills constitute a well-defined and
apparently constant insular form, ^\■hich I propose in contradis-
tinction to specifically distinguish under the name of Mpliflircpfus
maytiirostris, the Large-billed Honey -eater.

The figures in the accompanying plate are of the natural size,
and ai'e reproduced from a ])hotograpli of two bird skins laid side
by side. One is of an adult male of Jlelithreptus hrevirostris,
Vk;. and Horsf., from the collection of the South Australian
Museum, Adelaide, procured by Dr. A. M. Morgan at Laura,
South Australia ; the other of the type, an adult male, of Mdi-
thrrpfiis nuu/nirdstris, obtained by Mr. F. R. Zietz on Kangaroo-
Island.

NOTES ON THE ARCHITECTURE, NESTING HABITS, and

LIFE HISTORIES of AUSTRALIAN ARANEID^E, based

ON SPECIMENS IN THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S., F.E.S., Entoinolijoist.

(Fig. 3.)
Part v.— ENTELEGYN.(E (vonfinufd).

Family PHOLCTD^.

The genus Fholcnn, Walck., was erected by C. Koch, in 1S50, tu
family rank.' Prior to this date, it had been inckided in tlie
family TheridiidiF. Simon, in his masterly work,'- lius defined its
position, and to this the student is I'eferred.

The family Pholcidse has since been divided into two sub-
families — the Pholcinse and Ninetidinye. With the first of these,
twenty genera are now associated, of which thi'ee occur in Aus-
tralia : the second embraces only one {Xiupfis, Sim.), and its
habitat is defined as " Arabia felix."'

The genus Artmna, Walck., has a wide range, its distribution
being: "Africa tota : Arabia; Asia occid., centr. et merid.;
Malaisia et Polyne.sia ; America antillana et merid."* This being
so, it is quite possible tl'.at it may liereafter be recorded from the
Australian I'egion.

The genus FholcuK, Walck., is exceedingly ubicjuitous, its range
being : " Orbis utriusque reg. calid. et temp. ""' Only one species
— P. litoralis, L. K. — is known to me as occuii'ing in Australia.
It has been recorded from Rockhampton and Biisbane, and is
very common in the neighbourhood of Sydney, where it is known
popularly as " Daddy Longiegs."

The Pholcidie are of sedentar}^ habits, and are most fre^juentl)'
met with in buildings, whei-e they construct theii- webs in the
angles of walls and ceilings. Their snares are irregularly con-
structed, the lines comprising them being drawn in e"\ery con-
ceivable direction. The Pholcid* have been formed into a ^■roup
under the name of Filiteles, from their habit of spinning long fila-
ments of silk whenever or wherever they move. When an insect

1 C. Kocli— Ueb. Ar. Syee., v., 1850, p. 31.

- Simon — Hist. Nat. des Araignees, 2nd Ed., i., 1892, p. 456.

•'' Simon — Loc. cit., p. 487.

^ Simon — Loc. cif., p. 466.

-' Simon — Loc. cit., p. 471.

NOTES ON ARCHITECTURE UF AUSTRALIAN! ARANEID.^ — RAINBOW. 23

is captured in the wel) of one of these spiders, the owner imme-
diately shakes the snare violently in order to secure its i)rey.
When irritated or disturbed they will gyrate rounfl and rcjund
most rapidly, usually describing circles from right to left. When
I'esting in the web, they invariably hang body downwards, as illus-
trated in the figure (fig. 3) ;
occasionally they may be de-
tected resting in a vertical
position, in which case the
usual posture is head down-
wards. The eggs are held
together in an agglutinated
spherical mass ; sometimes
the}' are covered with silk. Fit'. 3, rkolcus /itoralis, L. K.

The female carries the mass of ova with the falces, and always
approximated to her sternum ; nor will she for one moment relin-
([uish lier burden until the spiderlings have hatched out. The
eggs includefl in the splierical mass are numerous, and are usually
of a whitish-yellow tint.

These spiders may sometimes be collectetl from under over-
hanging rocks, in rock-shelters, and in the hollows of trees.

In 1877, Mr. H. B. Bradley erected the genus Micromeri/>:, for
the reception of a species collected by the " Chevert" Expedition
at Cape Yoi^k. The genus, however, is widely distributed. Simon
gives its geographical area as " Africa occid. ; ins. Madagascar
{marjagascfo-ensifi, E. 8im.) ; ins. Philippine (rirnilfiyrmift, E.
Sim.); Nova-Hollandia septr. {(/raei/is, Bradl.) ; America trop.;
Venezuela (conica., E. Sim., etc.).'"^

J/, (jracilis, Bradl., is long and cylindrical, being about 8 mm.
]ong and 1 mm. broad, witli excessively long and thin legs.

Psilochorus, Sim., occurs in "America sept, et merid. : India
orient; Oceana."' In this genus also, (jnly one species is known
to occur in Australia — P. sph(eroides, L. K. It was placed by its
author in the genus Pholcus, but Simon has removed it to Psilo-
choriiK. This species occurs at Rockhampton. Nothing has been
recorded of its life habits.

Family THERIDIID^.

This family includes upwards of seventy genera, and an
immense number of species. Of the genera recorded at least
a dozen ai'e known to occur in Australia, and one in Tasmania.
These spiders are also sedentary, and foi"m a group by themsehes

* Simon — Loc cit., p. 474.
^ Simon — Loc. cit., p. 482.

24 KKCOKDS 01" THE AL'STRALIAN MUSEUM.

— the lletitele.s, spiders which form webs with open meslies and
irregular chambers, and which lurk in the centre or at their
sides.

Individually considered, the members of this family are small,
the largest being those of the genus Latrodectus, Walck. — spiders
ha^•ing a somewhat evil reputation.

Many of the sjjecies are remarkable for their bright and strik-
ing colours, as well as inteiesting and curious forms. All — or
nearly all — sedentary spiders construct webs for the capture of
prey, and these are of two distinct types — (1) the irregularly-
formed snare, or retitelarian web : and (2) the wheel-like, or orbic-
ular web. The first of these is characteristic of the Theridiida?.

Morphologically, this family is a most interesting one. It has
been studied by many authors, no two of whom are wholly in
accord as to its classification, while some are absolutely at vari-
ance. The reader who desires to pursue the subject further sliould
carefully peruse Simon's remarks on this family."

In order, however, to satisfactorily study this group, it would
be necessary not only to bring together an extensive collection,
but to devote possibly years to patient and laborious investigation.
Simon found he could not satisfactorily divide this family into
sub-families, but in order to facilitate its study he broke it up into
about eighteen groups, of which six occur on the mainland of
Australia and one in Tasmania.

Argyrode^.

This group embraces thi'ee genera, each of which is widely dis-
tributed. They are Ariamnes, Thor., Rhompha^a, L. K., and
Argyrodes, Sim. The range of the fii'st of these is defined as
" Orbis reg. tropic, omn.;"" and of the second and third, " Orbis
totius I'eg. trop. et sub-trop."'" Ariamnes and Argyrodes each
occur in Australia.

Ariamnes colubrinns, Keys., was originally recorded from Peak
Downs, but I have had it from various parts of this State. Mr.
A. M. Lea collected it in the Northern Rivers District, and I have
collected it at Guildford and Waterfall. It is a long, vex'miform
spider, and constructs a small web amongst the branchlets or
spurs (^f shrubs and coarse herbage. When disturbed or alarmed
it drops out of its web and hangs suspended by a thin silken line.
Owing to its colour, and the manner in which it folds its legs
when dangling in the air, it has the appearance of a piece of dead
stick hanging on a web.

** Siiiidii — Loc. cif., pp. 488, et seq.

^ Simon — Loc. cif., p. 502.

19 Simon— Loc. cif., pp. 502 and 503.

NOTES ON ARCHITECTURE OF AUSTRALIAN AKANEID.?:— RAINHOVV. 2o

The spiders of the genus J/v/y/-orA\s' are small, and many of them
exceedmgly lirilliant, lot)king, when suspended in their webs, like
atoms of burnished silver, or dewdrops glistening in the sun. In
habits they are parasitic, and usually construct their irregular
webs among the outer lines of the snares of large orb-weaveis
such as Ch-ytopliura, 8im., and Xephila, Leach. Their food consists
of the smaller insects that have become entangled in the huge
orb-webs, and which are too minute to attract the attention of the
legitimate tenant. A. lo/fipodiana, Cambr., occurs both in New
Zealand and Australia. I have collected specimens around Sydney
in the autumn. A. incif<i/rons. Keys., has been recoi'ded from
Bowen and Sydney : and Mr. Lea collected A. nKdyarifarin.^,
mihi, at the Clarence River, N. 8. Wales.

Episin.e.

Nine genera are included in this group, two of which, EpisivKs,
Latr., and Janiilna, Thor., occur in Australia. The spiders of the
former genus ai-e, according to Simon, " walking Theiidiides," and
are most frequently met with outside their webs. All these spiders
are of striking form. The first, second, and fourth pairs of legs
are long, and the third pair very short. The abdomen is usually
rhomboidal, wide and high in front, and attenuated behind. The
genus occurs in " Europa et reg. medit. ; Asia centr. ; ins. Tapro-
bane ; Africa austr.; N. Hollandia {anstralis, Keyserl.) ; N. Zea-
landia (((ufijxKlianus, Cambr.) ; America sept, et merid.; Vene-
zuela, Brasilia, Paraguay. "'^^ Keyserling's species, E. auatrrdis,
originally recorded from Peak Downs, is the only form so far re-
corded from Australia.

The genus Ja>tuhi.s, Thor. (of which our Australian form, ./.
hicornix, Thor., is the type species), is recorded from " ins. Tapro-
bane ; pen. Malayana ; N. Hollandia sept.; America merid.; An-
tillje, Venezuela, Brasilia.''^- Although so widely distributed,
only a dozen species have, so far, been assigned to this genus.
./. bicovitis is at present unknown to me ; the type was collected
by D'Albertis, at Somerset, Cape York.

EuRYOPEiE.

There are six genera in this section, three of which occur in
Australia. The first of the Australian series, Enryopis, Menge,
is widely distributed, its range being: "Europa et. reg. medit.;
Asia centr., merid. et orient; Nova-Hollandia et Polyn.; Anieri.
sept, et merid. "^" Only one species occurs in Australia — E. am-

11 Simon — Loc. cit., p. 520.
1- Simon — Loc. cit., p. 521.
1^ Simon — Loc. cit., p. 529.

26 HKCORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

bilicata, L. K. This species is widely distributed. I liave seen
specimens from many localities. Koch's tpye specimen came from
Port Mackay. The species is common around Sydney, and may
be collected all the year round. It lui-ks undei- stones, or almost
any refuse lying upon the ground, under which it may rest
in security. When disturbed it rushes off in (}uest of shelter with
great rapidity. It constructs a small web, consisting of a few
lines, but this is useless for the capture of prey. I have often
sought, and in vain, for the ova-sac.

Diaprocarns, Sim., is recorded from "Nova-Hollandia merid.""'^
This contains only one species, D. nndtipunctatun, Sim., from
" Nova-Hollandia merid.," and it is unknown to me.

Phylarchus, Sim., contains six species. The range of this genus
is '' Asia centr. ; ins. Taprobane ; ins. Philippin^e ; N.-Hollandia ;
N. -Caledonia. "^^ P. splendens, iiim.( — E^iryop is elegcms, Keys.),
occurs in Australia and New Caledonia. Keyserling's tpye came
from Peak Downs. This species has the same habit as B. nmbili-
cnta.

THERIDIE.f:.

The spiders of this group are distinctly sedentary. They
are to be found inside buildings, in caves, under rock-shelters, on
the spurs and bi'anches of shrubs and trees, and sometimes on the
trunks of trees. Their retitelarian snares are of indeterminate
form, and are composed of brilliant threads, which cross each other
at every conceivable angle. The cocoons are, as a general rule,
globose in form, rai-ely elongate. They are composed of a tough,
silken tissue, closely Avoven and opaque ; the outer and inner walls
have a somewhat woolly appearance. The colour varies : some
are white, some yellowish, some brown, and some are of a dull
greyish tint. With few exceptions, the cocoons are attached to
and suspended from the web. 71iPridio7i himaculatnm, Linn.,
and Thfirid^ila, sj^p., are recorded by Simon as carrying their ova-
sacs attached to their spinnerets, in exactly the same manner as
those of the genus Lycosa, Latr. Those species which suspend
their cocoons to the web, usually construct three or four, or even
more, and these are generally placed close to each other ; but those
which carry their ova-sacs make only one. Each ova-sac contains
an immense number of eggs. In addition to being sedentary, the
Theridiete are, as a rule, solitary. Thpridion pximuim, Keys., of
South America, is a social species, many individuals living to-
gether, each uniting its web to that of its neighbour, the whole
thus making, apparently, one large, comprehensive snare.

'^ Simon — Loc. cif., p. 529.
1' Sitjioii — Loc. cit., p. 529.

NOTKS OX ARCHITKCTL'HE OF AL'STKALIAX ARAXEfD.t: — KAINBOW 27

Ten genera have been assigned by Simon to this group, and of
these one occurs in Australia, namely, Thpvidion, Walck. This
genus is widely distributed, its geographical area being : " Orbia
totius reg. calid., temper, et frigid."^" Some of the species asso-
ciated with it are also ubiquitous, for instance, 1\ rujipes, Lucas,
and T. tppidarioriim, C. Koch. The latter is common around
Sydney, and sometimes invades buildings. It occurs in Europe,
Africa, Asia, and America. The snare constructed is large and
usually dome-shaped, and the lines of which it is composed, al-
though exceedingly fine, are nevertheless strong enough to arrest
large insects. Some of the victims, if there be too many for the
owner's immediate neerls, are carriefl to the upper part of the web,
and enswathed with silk. Tlie ovti-sacs are more or less round,
and are usually of a reddish-brown tint.

The genus Theridion is one of the most numerous of the entire
order. Koch has recorded ten species from Australia in his stan-
dard work.^^ One of the species, T. nJho-xtriafirm, L. K., i« widely
distributed, and occurs not only on our Australian mainland, but
also in the South Pacific Islands. Keyserling, in the supplement
to Koch"s monograph,^" records four others, all of which appear to
be peculiar to Australia.

PlIOROXCIDIiE.

The Phoroncidiie includes some very striking and grotesque
forms. The abdomen is large, and in some species, such as
Pharuncidia, Westw., armed with long, strong spines. This genus
does not occur in Australia, so far as we know at present, but
seeing that its geographical area is "India et ins. Taprobane ;
Malasia et Papuasia ; ins. Madagascar ; Africa trop. occid.,"^^
we may certainly expect it to occur in Northern or Tropical Aus-
tralia.

Ulesanis, L. K., is distributed over " Reg. medit. occid.; Africa
trop. orient, et Afr. austr. ; ins. Taprobane ; ins. Philippine ; N.
Hollandia, N. Zealandia et Polynesia ; Amer. sept., trop. et
austr. "■^" Six species of this genus are recoi'ded from Australia
and Polynesia. U. sextuhei'cnlata, Keys., occurs in Queensland,
where it was originally recorded from Gayndah ; it is also found
in the Richmond River District. These spiders are usually found
on shrubbs or bushes, where they construct their retitelarian snares.

^'■' Simon — Loc. riY., p. 5.50.

" L. Koch — Die Arachniden Australienp, i., 1871, p. 256, et serj.

^'^ Keyserling — Die Aracliniden Australiens, Suppl., 1890, pp,24l,f^ .vf^.

^'•' Simon — Loc. cU., p. 561.

'■^^ Simon — Lop. cit., p. oW.

28 I.KCORDS OF THK AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

DlPCENE^.

This is a small group, consisting of three genera, only one of
which occurs in Australia, namely Latrodpctiis, Walck. Tlie range
of this genus is " Orbis totius reg. trop. et sub-trop."-' For this
genus Thorell desci'ibed what he supposed to be two distinct Aus-
tralian species — L. hasseltii and L. srelio.'^'^ They are, howe^■er
synonymous, and hasseltii must be accepted as the specific
name.

L. hasseltii is widely distributed throughout India, Malaysia,
Papua, Australia, New Zealand, and Polynesia. The Indian form
(L. hasseltii var. indicus, Sim.) has been recorded by Simon from
Arabia.*^ In Australia it is known as the " Venomous Spider,"
and in New Zealand by the Maori name " Katipo, which is said
to mean " night-stinger." In respect of the bite and its effects,
the matter is at present under investigation, and will be dealt
with on a future occasion.

The webs of this species are established in all sorts of dark
corners, in old and empty cans, or amongst any loose rubbish ; they
also occur under stones and I'ock shelters.

The snare is of the usual retitelarian type, somewhat dome-
shaped ; the lines are very strong, and are capable of arresting-
large and powerful beetles. The cocoons are yellow, closely-
knitted, somewhat woolly in appearance, and each encloses a large
number of eggs. The inner walls have much the same appearance
as the outer. A large number of cocoons are made, and these are
always suspended together.

ASAGENK.E.

This is a group of stridulating Theridions. It is remarkable
that of the ten genera referred to it by Simon — some of which are
most widely distributed — none are known to occur on the main-
land of Australia. There is only one genus which may be
considered as part of our fauna, namely, Aiicoccelus, Sim., of
Tasmania, and that has only one species — A. livens, Sim. This
genus is most nearly allied to the European and American Steatoda,
Sund. The Tasmanian species is unknown to me.

'•^1 Simon — Loc. cit., p. 569.

'^* Thorell — Aranea nonnullse Nova Hollnudia, in Oiv. Kontcl.

Vet.-Akad. Forhandl., 1870, 4, p. 369 ; also Koch— Die Aracliiiidwii

Australieiis, i., 1871, pp. 276 aud 279.
■i» Simon— Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat.. 1897, 3. p. 95; and 1902, 4. u.

252.

NOTES ON THE VARIED HONEY-EATER
{PTILOTIS VERSICOLOR, GOULD.)

By Alfred J. North, C.M.Z.S., C.M.B.O.U., Ornithologist.

PtUotis versicolor, North, Vict. Nat., xxi., 1905, p. 167.

(Plate v., fig. 3.)

The Varied Eoney-eater was described by Gould in 1842 from
a fiingie specimen contained in a collection of bird skins from
Northern Australia, and was for many years regarded as a rare
species. It is an inhabitant of the coastal districts and adjacent
islands of Northern and North-eastero Queensland and Southern
New Guinea, and is also found on some of the intermediate
islands of Torres Strait. Off the coast of North-eastern Queens-
land, MacGillivray obtained this species on Dunk Island, and
Elsey on Albany Island. Many specimens were procured by
the "Chevert" Expedition, fitted out by the late Sir William
Macleay, since when it has been obtained by various collectors
both in New Guinea and Australia.

Among a small collection of bird skins sent me for examination,
made by Mr. Albert F. Smith, principally near Cairns, North-eastern
Queensland, and the neighbourhood, was a specimen of Ptilotin
versicolor, Gould, collected by him on one of the Frankland Islands
on the 16th October, 1901. Subsequently I received a second
specimen from him, shot in company with the other, also their
nest and a set of two eggs taken at the same time.

The nest of PtUotis versicolor, as will be seen from the accom-
panying plate, is an open cup-shape, and somewhat scanty struc-
ture, daylight being visible through the greater portion of the
sides. Externally it is formed of fibrous rootlets, held together
with plant down and spider webs, with which are intermingled
a few egg-bags of spiders and their green silky covering, the
inside being sparingly lined with fine pale brown rootlets and
fibre, and at the bottom with a small (quantity of silky- white plant-
down. It is attached by the rim on one side to a leafy horizontal
branch from which springs a thin twig at right angles, but this is
concealed in the structure, two leaves being worked on to the
side of the nest. Externally it measures three inches and three-
(juarters in diameter by two inches and a quarter in depth, the
inner cup measuring three inches in diameter by one inch and a
half in depth.

30 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

The eggs, which were in an advanced state of incubation, are
two in number, oval in form somewhat pointed at the smaller
end, the shell being close-grained, smooth and lustrous. They
are of a uniform tieshy-buff colour, being of a slightly richer
shade on the larger end, where on one specimen, with the aid of
a lens, a few very minute darker dots may be seen. The eggs of
this species are indistinguishable in colour from a variety of those
of its close ally Ftilotis sonm'a, Gould, also from those of the
Pallid Cuckoo (Cucuhis pallidus, Latham).

Relative to taking the above nest and set of eggs, Mr. Smith has
kindly supplied me with the following notes: — "This species is fairly
plentiful on one of the Frankland Islands off the coast of north-east-
ern Queensland. It has a loud call that attracted my attention
as our boat drew near the island, as something quite difierent to
anything I had heard befoi'e, but cannot describe it at all. There
is a shrub with a number of thin upright leafy twigs which grows
over half the island, and it was in one of these about ten yards
from the beach the nest was built. It was seven feet from the
ground, and attached to thin upright twigs on one side, and the
horizontal branch on the other side which remains fastened to
the nest. It contained two eggs very much incubated, and while
I was taking them the pair of birds perched on a tree alongside
and uttered their loud cries. I brought both down with one
shot without damaging either as specimens."

OPAL PSEUDOMOPvPHS from WHITE CLIFFS,
NEW SOUTH WALES.

By C. Anderson, M.A., B.Sc, Mineralogist to tlie Australian
Museum, and H. Stanley Jrvons, M.A., B.Sc, late
Lecturer on Mineralogy and Petrology, University of Sydney.

(Plates vi — vii., text fig. -1).

The occurrence of Opal at White Cliffs as pseudomorphic crystals,
called locally "fossil pineapples" has been known for some time ;
they have been described by several observers, but no agreement
has yet been i-eached as to the species of the original mineral.
Recently se\eral good specimens have I'eached Sydney and were
examined by Professor T. W. E. David and the authors, the
conclusions arrived at being set forth in the present paper.

Occnrreuce. — Before proceeding to the description of the speci-
mens themselves, their mode of occuirence, so far as known to us,
may be briefly alluded to. The White Cliffs Opal-field was first
geologically examined in detail by Mr. J. B. Jaquet, and it is cliiefiy
to his report^ that we must turn for our knowledge. The opal
is found in the Upper Cretaceous or " Desert Sand-stone" Series,
wliich at White Cliffs rests on Palyeozoic slates of probably
Silurian age. Overlying the Palaeozoic strata are (d) coarse grits
and sandstones, succeeded by (c) a thickness of fine white, kaolin-
like material of highly siliceous composition and containing large
waterworn boulders of quartzite with Devonian fossils. Con-
cretionary nodules, and moi'e rarely thin beds of gypsum occur in
these deposits. Above this are [h) conglomerates consisting of
small pebbles in a white siliceous mati'ix similar to c. It is in
the beds h and e that the opal occurs. It is often found replacing
various oi'ganic remains as Sauropterygian bones, Crinoid calices,
stems, and separate ossicles, Belenniite guards and bivalve and
univalve shells, as well as coniferous w'ood-^.

1 Jaquet— Ann. Kept. Dept. Mines and A<?ric. N. S. Waler, 1892

(1893), pp. 140—14.2.
- Ethpiidtre— Rec. Austr. Mup., iii., 2, 1897, p. 19; Mem. Geol. Surv.
N. S, Waifs, Pal. No. 11, 1902, p. 10; Rec' Austr. Mu.-.. v., 4, 1904,
pp. 248. 251 ; loc. cit., v., 5, 1904, pp. 306-316.
Pittman— Min. Kes. N. S. Wales, 1901, p. 405.
Tate— Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxii.. 1898, p. 77.

32 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

The presence of Crinoids indicates an open fairly deep sea,
whilst the conglomerates, boulders, opalised saurians and wood
rather point to shallow water conditions with land at no great
distance. In the absence of exact knowledge as to the vertical
distribution of these fossils, it is idle to speculate on the geo-
graphical conditions obtaining at the time when the beds con-
taining these enigmatical specimens were laid down. The presence
oi gypsum is not conclusive, for gypsum may originate
either as a chemical deposit in an inland sea, or salt
lake, or, on the other hand, may be formed subsequently
to the deposition of the beds in which it occurs, for
example by the action of decomposing pyrites on calcareous
matter. According to Prof. J. D. Dana^ where gypsum occurs
not as continuous layers but in embedded, nodular masses, it was
formed after the beds were deposited. This criterion does not
help us to a conclusion, for Mr. Jaquet says^ that the gypsum
occurs both as isolated masses and as thin beds. In the recent
surface deposits of the western districts of New South Wales
gypsum is commonly met with as crystalline masses, where it is
undoubtedly of secondary origin and due to chemical interaction
between the constituents of the soil, and it is possible that a similar
origin is to be assigned to the gypsum found in the opal-bearing
beds. Against the likelihood of the gypsum being the result of
evaporation in a land-locked sea is the compaiutive abundance of
organic remains, for, when the water of an enclosed basin has
reached a degree of concentration that permits of the deposition
of gypsum from solution, animal life is usually absent. But it is
conceivable that a temporary lake may have been formed as a
remnant of a retreating ocean, and then subsequently re-united to
the waters of the Cretaceous sea. Any solution of the problem
presented by the pseudomorphs must be compatible with the pre-
sence of gypsum in the same beds.

Both gypsum and the mineral now known to us only as opaline
casts have been converted into opal, the former partially, the
latter entirely, by the action of highly silicated springs to which
the general opalisation of the Desert Sandstone is usually
attributed.

Previous Ohse7-vers. — The pseudomorphs were apjiarently first
observed by Jaquet,* by whom they wei-e referred probably to

■'' Dana — Manual of Geolojry, 4th pd., 1895, p. -Doi.
^ Jaquet — Loc. cit., p. 141.
■' Jaquet — Lor cif., p. 141.

OPAL PSEDDOMORPHS FROM WHITE CLIFFS — ANDERSON AND JEVONS. 33

uypsum. Later Weisbach^ measured the angles and came to tlic
conclusion that the original mineral was oi'thorhombic in system ;
lie suggested sulphur. He was followed by Pelikan'', who
compared them to aggregates of gypsum crystals. Giirich" gives a
more detailed account and concludes that the original mineral
was monoclinic and probably identical with the original of the
well-known " barley-corn"' pseudomorphs from Sangerhausen, and
similar pseudomorphs from elsewhere. But even if this conclu-
sion be justified it does not settle the question, for at least five
mifierals have been suggested as the original of the 8angerhausen
and similar specimens, celestite, perhaps, being regarded as the
most likely,^

Description nf SpecimPMs. — The material for this paper was
furnished by two specimens in the collection of the Geological
Department, Sydney University, and five from the Australian
Museum collection. That represented in PL vi., fig. 1, is the
largest and best developed, hence it has supplied the bulk of the
angular measurements by the contact goniometer. Unfortunately
it is found that the angles vary somewhat, thus giving an element
of uncertainty to the conclusions di"awn therefrom ; yet, by
making a large number of measurements and taking means, it is
hoped that a fair approximati(m has been made to the true
angles.

The seven specimens vary in their greatest diameter from 1 1
cm. to 7"5 cm. approximately. They present a fairly unifoini
appearance, which is that of an iii-egular, radial aggregate of
acute, tapering, four-sided pyramids. Owing to the curvature of
the faces it is scarcely possible to secure exact measurements of
the angles, tliough an attempt was made to counteract this source
of error by making the goniometer arms tangent tt) the part of the
faces close to the edges. An important feature in most of the
pseudomorphic crystals is the w(>ll-mark(!d cleavage (PI. vi., fig. 2)"
Tt generally crosses one <mly of the four terminal edges, but
sometimes passes over the apex and appears, though less strongly

6 Weishach— Neues Jahrb., ii., l.syS, p. 150.

» Pelikan — Tsehermak's Min. petr. Mitth.,xix., 1900, p. 336.

« Giirich— Neues Jahrb., Beil. Bd., xir., 1901, pp. 478-483, fit;.

9 Dana— Bull. U.S. Geol. SurT., 12, 1884, pp. 2.5 28 ; Sjst. Minora) .
Gth Ed., 1892, pp. 271, 907.

Miers— Min. Map^., xi., 1897, p. 26*.

84

RECORDS OF THE AT'STRATJAN MUSEUM.

marked, on the opposite edge. In direction it is appi-oximatelv
parallel to the plane of two opposite edges, nameh' the iilanc
bisecting the angles bq and pd (tig. 4). There is no sign of a second
cleavage perpendicular to this plane. Three systems of striations
are j^resent, but they will hv more fully described below.

As regards their composition, the pseudomoi'phs consist of
precious opal of inferior quality and prevailing green or bluish
tints, in other cases of common milky opal, or of clear glassy
livalite, with patches of the rarer black opal.

Measurements were made as a rule by each of us independently,
but the agreement being close, only the mean values are given in
the subjoined table. Provisional letters are assigned to the four

pyramidal faces, the crystal
being oriented by means of the
edge on which the cleavage
appears (fig. 4). The mean
normal angles obtained plainly
indicate that we are dealing with
a monoclinic mineral having a
plane of symmetry bisecting the
angles hd and pq.

h'i^. 4.
So.lieraatic projection on a plane at
right angles to the axis of elonga-
tion, with cleavage traces on edge h.

Conchisioiis. — The problem
now is to find a mineral, mono-
clinic in symmetry, having a
prominent cleavage perpendicular to the plane of symmetry,
with angles approaching the values found, and the mode of
occurrence of which is compatible with the geological conditions
of the AVhite Cliflf's Upper Cretaceous beds. Obviously the facts
of form ali-eady l)rought out dispose of the claims of gypsum,
anhvdrite, celestite and sulphur, while the angles do not even
approximate to those of gay-lussite. After passing in review
all the likely minerals that suggest themselves, we huxe come to
the conclusion that the species most nearly fulfilling the requireri
conditions is glauberite, sulphate of soda and lime, which is mono-
clinic in crystallisation, and has a perfect basal cleavage. In
accordance with this theory, we have incorporated in the table
the theoretical angles of glauberite, which we regard as cor-
responding to the measured angles of the pseudomorphs,

Oi'AL I'SEtJDOMORPHS FKOSl WttlTK CLIFFS ANDEKSON ANT) .1 K\(iNS '6b

. 1

_.^

3

"M t-

X

X

■»-f«

o

I"

^

^

r: i-~

l~

)~

vr X

1-

'~

•

x »:

2 -2

r: I--

\Z

»

OJ

•^ P

iC X

I-

1-

^

;h 3

<o

■<

a

F— r— ■

1 »— '

l""^

C

^

'— 1

— (

r—

o

< <

<

<

M

1

__

■~

—

—

^

^

^

=3 '^

- <1>

X ^

i t

< <

<

<

S5 -fl

•A ;^

x

"v:

— "M

s

t'^, 1*^

:^'

:^

a)

iX> X

X

X

^irj. ^^

HH

ri ^

cc

X

>

t-

1^

■t^ 1

c^

X

f*

to 1

t^

1^

1— 1

<fj 1~

-t"

-^

>

tr> X

X

X

m

"3

—I'M -^ITI

>

O X

X

X

^j

^

1 1

o

K-»< r-ri

— TI

— 71

>

• S X

X

-§

s
g

Ph

"M "M

~ I

!-

X

X

-I'M

M

Xi Ci

^

X

(-C

CO oc

t^

t^

^ -+

1-^

X

■-D X

1 -

X

"3 O!

?> -^

■^

►o

2 -1

< <

<

<

C P

-^

o

y. <

"^

"^

an

KECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

If we are correct in regarding these specimens as pseudouiorplis
after glaiiberite, the original crystals must ha^e been acute pyra-
midal in habit, with elongation in the direction of the clino-axis
(PI. vii., figs. 7, 9).

As the amount of error in measurements does nut exceed 2'^,
the disagreement between the values obtained for the same angle
on different crystals must be due to the varying amount of curva-
ture and imperfection of form.

We next proceeded to confinn our results, and to explain, if
possible, the divergence of the measurefl angles from the true
values by determining the terminal angles between the edges A
and B, and C and C '^" (fig. 4), and the terminal pyramidal angles
Hii" and .s'';^'" (using the lettering of glauberite for corresponding
faces of the pseudomorphs). The results are tabulated below : —

Augles.

Measured.

No. et Detei-
uiiuatious.

Cplculated.

Error.

o

o '

cac
AaB

681
64^

10
4

78 42

79 1.311

10
15

s n" }
s n" j

50i

12

61 :W

11

The difference between the measured and the true angles is
considerable, and some explanation must be forthcoming if our
conclusions are correct. Now, on several specimens it is apparent
that the cleavage is not exactly parallel to the plane of the two
opposite edges C and C. (fig. 1). This would be explained
(assuming the oi'iginal mineral to have been glauberite in which
the cleavage is parallel to this plane) by a curving downward of
those edges towards the cleavage. This downward curving could
be accounted for by oscillatory combination of the s faces with a
form hkh (k>h). No such form is recorded in Dana, but
observation reveals the presence of a set of striations on the faces
s and s' running parallel to the edge A. These striations would
be a natural result of such an oscillatory combination, which

A is the edge between -v and -s'; B tlie edtje between j/' and «'"; C
and C the edges between s and u" and s' and w" respectively.

Taken fioiu stereos^ram by Penfleld's protractor.

OPAL PSEtJDOMORPHS PROM WHITE CLIFFS ANDERSON AND .TEVONS. 37

would have the effect of displacing the edges C and C ' towards
the cleavage lines crossing the edge B (PI. vii., figs. 8, 9),
and also of rendering the angle CC measured over the
apex more acute (PL vii., figs. 2, 3). Another series of
striations observed on the *• faces of other crystals, and
having a diiection nearly parallel to the edges C and C ' may be
due to the coming in of the m (110) face. The n faces are
strongly striated, and in some cases distinctly stepped, the direc-
tion of the strife and steps being parallel to the cleavage. These
must be due to oscillatory combination of u with C (001), or ti
with 71 (112) or v (113), any of which would make the angle be-
tween the edges A B more acute than it would be in a perfect
crystal (PI. vii., figs. 8, 9).

We may now enquire what effect the oscillations described
would have on the normal angles. It is readily seen that by their
means the normal angle ss ' would be enlarged, and the angle n"n' ' '
diminished, while the angles su would be either diminished or
enlarged according as the effects of the oscillation of (hkh) on s or
of (001) on n predominate. Now, from the mean values obtained
by measurement, it will be observed that the departure from
theory of the angles ss ' and n''n" ' is in the direction we should
have expected. The mean value for the angle hu was found to
be greater than the theoretical, which accords with our observation
that the oscillation on the n faces is frequently much more pro-
nounced than that on the s faces.

Glauberite is commonly found in association with rock salt,
thenardite, mirabilite, and other sulphates, carbonates, itc, char-
acteristic of salt lake deposits. It is soluble in water, and can,
therefore, occur only in jDrotected places or in arid regions. Most
likely at White Cliffs it was formed in deposits of mud or ooze
and not directly from solution. The consequent interference with
the regular growth of the crystals may possibly account for the
cur\ature of the faces through oscillatory combination. It is
noteworthy that with the single exception of the thinolite of
Lake Lahontan all the pseudomorphs resembling the 8angerhausen
mineral, as also the pyramidal crystals of celestite from Virginia
described by G. H. Williams,'- which furnish the chief argument
for the celestite origin, have been found embedded in clay, mud
or marl. Thus it may be that the resemblance between
specimens from different localities, which after all consists mainlv
in the curved and tapering form, is to be referred rather to the
similar conditions of growth than to identity of species.

1- Williams — Am«i-. Journ. Sci., xxxix., 1890, p. ls;3.

OCCASIONAL NOTES.

I.— CLIMBING HABITS of an AUSTRALIAN SNAKE.

Mr. Percy G. Peard, of the Public Scliool, Dal wood, New Soutli
Wales, recently forwarded some snakes for identification from the
vicinity of Lismore, Richmond Rivei-.

Respecting llojducephalus stephensii, Krefft, Mi-. Peard writes : —
" I neglected to mention, in describing the ' Banded specimen,'
that it was caught climbing an ironbark tree."

This is an extremely interesting obsei'vation, and confirms any
suspicion one may have had as to the use of the notched keels of
the ventral plates.

When describing the species, Krefft drew attention to the
similarity in structure to members of the genus Deud?-ophis. Mr.
Peard's happy remark shows that the structural peculiarity has
been independently developed for tree-climbii:ig purposes in two
widely different genera of reptiles.

In future, therefore, Hoplocephalus atephensii, If. bitorquatus,
and, perhaps in a lesser degree, //. buuyaroides, should be regarded
as partially arboreal in habit.

Edgar R. Waite.

ll.^PSEUDAPUlilTIS UEVILLII, Cuviku c^- Valen-
ciennes, A Fish new to Western New South Wales.

As this fish is known from South Australia, it might naturally
be assumed to occur in the western waters of our State.

Dr. C. C. Cocks, of Wentworth, Darling River, has forwarded
a specimen to the Trustees for identification, remarking that it
was caught by one of the oldest fishermen of the district, who had
never seen its like before. To Dr. Cocks, hhnself an angler (if

OCCASIOKAL NOTES. 39

tlie locality for thirty years, tho fish was a novelty. Tt was taken
in the Murray Kivpr, about a quarter of a mile below its junction
with the Darling Ri\er, and is a new record for our western fauna.

Oiiginally described fi-om Tasmania, the species is also known
from South Australia, Victoria., and the southern rivers of New
South Wales.

Ogilby^ suggests that Fseudaphritii^ urvi/lii, is itlentical with
Eleghius hu7;siuus, Cuvier and Valenciennes, said to have been
taken in Port Jackson, in which case the name would be Pi^puda-
phritis bvrsimis.

Edgar IJ. W'ArrK.

1 Offilby— Proc. Linn. Sgc. N. S.Wales, xxii., 189S. p. .560.

Sufi IS

RECORDS

OF THE

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

EDITED BY THE CURATOR.

Vol. VL, No. 2.

PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES.
R. ETHERIDGE, Junr., J.P.,

SYDNEY, 15th SEPTEMBER 1905.

The Swift Printing Co., Ltd., 5 Jamieson La ne, Sydney.

CONTENTS.

PAGK.

MoUusca from One Hundred and Eleven Fathoms, East of Cape

Pyron, New Soutli Wales. By Charles Hedley, Con chologisfc 41

Notes on Fishes from Western Australia, No. 3. By Edgar E.

Waite, F.L.S., Zoologist ... ... ... ... 55

Mineralogical Notes, No. II, — Topaz, Barite, Anglesite, Cerussite

and Zircon. By C. Anderson, M.A., B.Sc, Mineralogist ... 83

On a Large Example of Megalafraetus aruanus, L. By Charles

Hedley, Conchologist ... ... ... ... 98

Notes on Australian Siphonaptera. By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S.,

F.E.S., Entomologist ... ... ... ... 101

The Osteology of the New Guinea Turtle. By Edgar E. Waite,

P.L.S., Zoologist ... ... ... ... 110

Occasional Notes —

III. Western Australian Prawns and Sponges. By T.
Whifcelegge, Zoologist ... ... ... ... 119

JiJN X3 I9G6

MOLLUSCA FROM ONE HUNDRED AND ELEA^EN
FATHOMS, EAST of CAPE BYRON, NEW SOUTH
AVALES.

By Charles Hedley, Conchologist.

(Figs. 5-L>L>).

Incidental to his official duties on the Coast Survey, Mr. G. H.
Halligan, L.S., Government Hydrographer, took, on the 10th
of November, 1902, a haul of the dredge in 111 fathoms, at
twelve and a half miles due east of Cape Byron, itself the
easternmost point of Australia.

The product was at once sent to the Australian Museum for
examination, but constant pressure of work has delayed an earlier
report.

The contents of the dredge were mostly shells and foraminiferal
sand. Accompanying these was an interesting Hydro-coralline,
identified by Mr. T. Whitelegge as Conopara tenuis, Moseley,^
hitherto known only from the Kermadec Archipelago.

Mr. H. J. Jensen has given an account of the Foraminifera
obtained.'^

A number of the shells discovered by the "Thetis" Expedition
recur here, thereby extending their range northwards.

Omitting the pelagic shells dropped from the surface the knowii
^tollusca taken at this station are as follows : —

Area reticidata, Gmelin.
Amusium thetidis, Hedley.
Bathyarca jiervpvsidfns, Hedley.
Ccdyptr(Pa calyjitrreformis, Lamk.
Cardita caratica, Hedley.

,, (lilerta, Smith.

Capidns drratiis, Hedley.
Chione denprcta, Hedley.
Ciraonclla ireldii, Ten. Woods.

i Moseley— Phil. Trans. Eoy. Sqc, 169, 2. 1S78, p. oO:5 ; Chall. Rppt..

Zoo],, ii., 1881. p, 82, pi. xii.. f. 5 a, b, 6.
- Jensen — Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxix., 1L(0.3, pp. S17-822,

42 RECORDS OF TUB AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Crassatdlites securifonne, Hedley.
Crossea carinata, Hedley.
(hoia particula, Hedley.

„ coucentrim, Hedley.
('liclofttrciiia )iiicron, Ten. Woods.

,, inacnptiuii, Tate.

Ci/lichna protnmida, Hedley.
VentalUnn crectum, Sowerby.
Dimya comuiata, Hedley.
Dn'llia dilecta, Hedley.

„ ncnia, Hedley.
Kniari/inida dilecta, A. Adams.
Kidunella titrrita, Petterd.
Led a iniliacea, Hedley.
Leinstraca lodderce, Hedley.
Leuvotina micro, Pritchard and Gatliff.
Lima hullata, Born.
Limopux tenisoni. Ten. Woods.
Jiiotia anniilata, Ten. Woods.
„ rninpacta, Petterd.
„ minima. Ten. Woods.
,, taamanica, Ten. W^oods.
Mar;iinella ant/ad. Brazier.
„ Irerii/ata, Brazier.

,, )nustelli)ia, Angas.

„ (ichracea, Angas.

„ stilla, Hedley.

irhani, Pritchard and Gatliff.
MatJdlda decorata, Hedley.
Melanella c(iiiiiiiensali.s, Tate.
Mitra strawiei, Angas.
(hcilla liiiata, Angas.
Purpura sertata, Hedley.
Pedictdaria ^ti/lasteri.^, Hedley.
Pseudoriss()i)U( exitjiia, Hedley.
/?/.s.sofl oliracea, Frauenfeld.
Scala minittida, Tate and May.
ScJdsmope atkinsoni. Ten. Woods.
Siliqiiaria n-eldii, Ten. Woods.
Siriua badiiis. Ten. Woods,
Turhonilla rcricifer, Tate.
'rurritclla scitida, Donald.
Tliraciopis arenosa, Hedley,
Ver)iietiisjtaitei, Hedley,

MOLLUSCA EAST OF CAPE BYKON.

43

Tlie Bracliiopoda are : —

Liothijris lira, Brod.
'!'( iihratuUna raJula, Hedley.
Miiji'iiia irillciiKicfii, Davidson.

BRACHIOPODA.

CAMPAfiES, (jeii. nov.

A genus of the Terebratellida", whicli externally lias the aspect
of Magellania, but whose adult brachial frame has developed
only to the Miihlfeldtian stage.

Type — C. Jn'fcij'era.

Campages furcifera, cj). nov.
(Figs. 5-6).

Shell rather solid, compressed at the sides, subtrigonal, broadest
anterioi'h'^, in front deeply
bifurcate. Pedicle valve very
deep, brachial valve lid-like.
A fairly deep and broad
sinus extends along the latter
half of the pedicle valve.
.Surface smooth with fine con-
centric growth lines, but no
radial sculpture, microscopi-
cally punctate. Colour pale
yellow. Beak short, incurved.
Foramen large, ciicular, com-
plete. Deltidium a trun-
cated triangle with emargi-
nate base. Hinge teeth
well - developed, placed at
the base of the deltidium.
Hinge plate with four
rays divided by deeply
incised grooA'es. Beneath
tlu' median groove is the

Fiif. 5.
Campages furcifera.

44

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

septum. From the two side grooves branches descend and con-
verge to produce the crura ; again descending and broadening,
they unite on the one side to the septum and on the other
form a recurved dorsal margin to the loop wings (fig. Qa). From the
septum the brachial process arises directly. It does not here
develope into the ordinaiy loop, but assumes the aspect of a

Fi?. 6.
Campages fiircifera.

hood with large outstretched wings, narrowing posteriorly into a
funnel with an open neck. Under the hood the base of each
loop wing is pierced by a small rent. This structure seems to
represent in adolesence that which elsewhere appears as a phase
of early life.

Length — 24 mm. ; breadth, 17 mm.

A single specimen attached to a stone.

Hemithyris colurnus, sjj. nov.
(Figs. 7-8).
Shell shallow, triangular-cordate, smooth except for faint
o-rowth lines, glossy, translucent though solid, pale horn colour.

Edges of valves broad and
bevelled.

The brachial valve has
the beak incurved. Crural
plates separate to the umbo,
projecting, forked distally,
furrowed along the upper
surface. Teeth sockets
sharply transversely gro-
oved. There is no septum,
but in old and thickened
individuals a bilobed shelly
mass appeal's in its place.
The pedicle valve has the
The small oval foramen completed by the
Teeth strong projecting. Tn front the central

Ficr. 7.
HemitJij/ris coin runs.

beak pi-oduced.
deltidial plates.

MOLLUSCA KAST OF CAPE BYRON.

45

third of the valve projects outward and upward into the mesial
sinus of the corresponding valve ; behind it is a broad shallow
sinus.

Heii,'ht, 18 mm.; breath, 18 mm.; depth of pedicle valve, 6 mm.

This species appears to be nearest to H. beecheri, Dall.,' from
313 fathoms, off Honolulu ; but, so far as I can judge, ours is a
broader, shallower shell, less flexed in front.

Besides its occui'-
rence in 111 fathoms
east of Cape Byron, it
was taken by ]\Ir.
Halligan and myself
in 1 00 fathoms east of
Wollongong. From
tills parcel the type
was selected. Re-
cently it was again
procured by Mr. W.
F. Petterd and myself
in 250 fathoms twenty
three miles east of
Sydney. The species
appears to be common, since every haul on the margin of the con-
tinental shelf has yielded single and broken valves. No perfect
specimen has yet appt^ared.

AVhile on the subject of the Brachiopoda, I might here notice
that Theculea maxilla, Hedley,* has lately been taken by Mr. D.
IMawson in the New Hebrides.

"Fig:, 8.

Hemithyris colurnus.

PELECYPODA.

Adacnarca squamea, sj). nov.
(Fig. 9).

Shell minute, rounded-cordate, oblique inflated. Colour pale yel-
low. No epidermis apparent. External sculpture, faint, regular,
concentric growth lines. Prodissoconch depressed at the summit,
radially punctate, passing into the dissoconch without an elevated
margin, Hinge line straight, exactly divided by a small chon-
drophore, finely perpendicularly striated. The valve edge has
yentrally a broad, smooth, contact surface, like that of Limopsis ;
dorsally it carries on both anterior and posterior sides a series a

s Dall—Proj. U.S. National Miisenni. xvi^., 1894, p. 717.
^ Hedley— Aiiptr. Mup. Mem., iii.. ls()9, p 508.

46

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

interlocking tubercles, which are probably the homologues of what
Bernard described as the dysodont teeth of Fhilohrya. Three or
four radial grooves and complementary ridges, directed to the
extreme ventral margin, which they undulate, traverse the interior,

Fig. 9.

Adacnarca sqiiamea.

but are not visible externally. Perhaps the interlocking tubei'cles
aid the weak hinge by clasping the ventral margins. Pallial line
indistinct. Anterior and posterior adductor scars pi'esent, situated
high up. Height, 1'8; length, 1-81 ; depth, 0-5 mm.

The genus Adacnarca was formed by Prof. P. Pelseneer for the
reception of a larger species taken by the Belgica Expedition.^
It appears to me to belong to the sub-family Philobryinae, froni
the known members of which it chiefly differs by its greater
symmetry. Hochstetteria forms a link between it and the more
eccentric Philohrya. Some chai-acters of Adacnarca suggest a
more distant relation to the Limopsida?. I would prefer to range
the Philobrj'infe rather with the Taxodonts like Pelseneer than
with the Pearl shells like Bernard. Indeed an ideal sketch of
the primitive Taxodont stage by H. Fischer* would almost serve
as a picture of our shell.

Prof. Paul Pelseneer has very kindly compared specimens of this
with his type. He remarks (5 April, 1905) that the hinge of the
Australian species is shorter, and that the two stiiated plateaux
on either side of the ligamentary fossette are higher than in the
type. These differences he regards as specific, and accepts the
species for inclusion in his genus.

LiMEA ACCLINIS, sp. nov.

(Fig. 10).
Shell small, thin, oblique, inequilateral, subangled anteriorly,
externally resembling L. linguatula, Lamk. Colour white. Sculp-
'" Adacnarca nitens, Pelseneer — Voy. " Belgica," Moll., 1903, p. 24,

pi. vii., f. 83.
* Fischer — Journ. de Conch., xlv.. 1897, p. 211, f, 1.

MOLLUSCA EAST OF CAPE BYKON.

Fior. 10.

Limea acclinus.

tuiv of alxHit forty narrow sharp radiating ribs, most prominent in
the centre, where they strongly denticulate the margin, gradually
vanishing at the sides; in the groove between each a row of minute
prickles. At intervals concentric
zones mark rest stages of growth. yj^jv-w^^^

Prodissoconch smooth, sliarply
defined. Hinge line short, with
a broad, shallow central pit, and
three or four feeble teeth radia-
ing from each eiid. Interior
slightly grooved by external rib-
bing. Height, 9-6 mm.; length,
6 mm. : depth of single ^•alve,
2'5 nnii.

Tlie thin, inequilateral shell
readily distinguishes this from
other Australian species which
have been referred to this genus.
It was also taken by jSIi'. Halli-
gan and myself in 100 fathoms
off Wollongong ; and again re-
cently by Mr. W. F. Pettei-d and
myself in 300 fathoms, twenty seven and a half milos east of Port
Jackson Heads. It seems a characteristic species of this zone.

CUSPIDARIA TRUNCATA,

(Fig. 11). _

Shell small, thin, rather convex, trapezoidal, very inequilateral ;
dorsal mai'gin straight, the length of the shell ; posterior side
oblique sinuate ; ventral margin slightl}' rounded ; anterior side
abruptly truncate. Colour white. Sculpture, of delicate spaced
lamella?, obsolete anteriorly, developed most on the rostrum, on
either side of which they form scales. Between the lamellse are

fine hair lines. Rostrum
blunt, short, broad, running
up as a flat wedge towards
the umbo. A broad, shallow
furrow runs from the apex
beneath the rostrum to the
dorsal margin. Prodisso-
conch smooth, distinct. In-
terior smooth, muscle scars
indistinguishable. No la-
teral teeth ; a small car-

Fi^. 11. dinal tubercle under the

Cuspidarid fruncata.

S]).

48

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

umbo. Length, 3 '5 mm.; height, 2 '-to mm.; depth of single valve,
1-5 mm.

Only two left valves were obtained of this species, which be-
longs to the same section of the genus as C brazieri, Smith, from
wliich, as from other co-generic forms, the abrupt anterior end
distinijuishes it.

BORNIA RADIATA, ^j). HOV.

(Fig. 12).

Shell thin, diaphanous, rather compressed, oblong, inequilateral,
the posterior side being twice the length of the anterior ; a slight
median sinus. Umbo prominent, prodissoconch conspicuous.

Surface dull.
Colour pale
yellow, irre-
gularly zoned
with opaque
white. Sculp-
ture, of fine,
dense, radiat-
ing hair lint s,
which gi'ow
coarser on ap-
proaching the
valve margin,
with reticu-
Fi? 12. late fine and

Bornia radiata. COarse con-

con centric growth lines. Hereand there concentric sulci, indicating-
growth interruptions, break the continuity of the surface. Within
smooth and glossy; muscle scars hardly visible; external sculpture
appearing through the valve. Height, 4"6 mm.; length, 6 mm.;
depth of single valve, 1 "25 mm.

Numerous odd valves were secui'ed.

GASTEROPODA.

ASTELE BILIX, sjy. noi\

(Fig. 1.3).

Shell small, depressed-conical, a little broader than high ; spire
gradate. Nucleus lost, six whorls remain. Colour, base white;
upper surface lemon yellow, articulated on the periphery with

MOLLUSCA EASl' dl' CAPE IIVKON

i9

X

white and chocolate. Sculp-
ture, of fifty sharp beads
arranged as a projecting
keel around the periphery.
Above the suture and perip-
hery runs a spiral cord which
doubles on the last whoi'l.
P^i'oni suture to peiiphery,
overriding the spirals in their
ct)urse, radiate sharp, narrow,
elevate lamellte. They con-
spicuously lattice a furrow
beneatli the peripheral bead
row, and there end abruptly.
The radiate lamellre continue from whoi'l to whorl, here and there
fresh rows are intercalated. Base flattened, oi-namented by eight
narrow-spaced spiral riblets, broken into fine close-packed granules.
Umbilicus a quarter of the diameter of the base, deep and steep,
margined by a row of small tubercles. Aperture simple, rhom-
boidal. Columella margin a little reflected, inserted on the' um-
bilical bead-row. Height, 2-6 mm. ; maj. diam., 3-2 mm,: min.
diam., 2 -75 mm.

A single specimen, apparently not adult, was collected. Like
several other Aside it resembles Basilissn, to which, when perfect
examples arrive, it may have to be transferred. The peculiar
sculpture will, at any rate, serve to distinguish the species in any
stasi'e of lii'owth.

Fi^. 13.
Asle/e hilix.

LlOTIA ALAZON, Sjy. ttOV.

(Fig. U).

Shell minute, solid, turbinate, elevate, tricarinate, descending at
the aperture, narrowly umbilicate. Surface smooth and glossy.

Colour, porcelain white. Wliorls
three, the first a protoconch. Sculp-
ture, of three projecting lamellate
keels revolving from the protoconch
to the aperture. The third keel of the
penultimate whorl is half covered
by the suture of the following whorl.
From the first keel, which runs
along the shoulder, a nearly flat
shelf extends to the suture. From
the first to the third keel the side of
the shell is nearly perpendicular.

Fig. 14.
Liotia alazon.

50

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Around the umbilicus are three spiral cords. Aperture oblique,
angled above, rounded below, outer lip neither thickened nor
reflected. Umbilicus deep, narrow, contracted by the columella.
Major diam., 1*75 mm.; minor diam., 1'37 mm.; height, 1-5 mm.
A single sjiecimen occured.

Adeorbis axgulata, sp. nov.
(Fig. 1.5).
Shell of moderate size, surface dull. The summit a Hat expanse,
from which the protoconch and fii'st whoi'l project, and which is
bounded by an angle or spiral rib, whence the side descends per-
pendicularly. A similar keel occurs where the side meets the base,
and a third margins the wide concave umbilicus. Colour, pale yel-
low. AVhorls four and a half, rapidly increasing. Sculpture, some-
what like that of Vanikm\h The first adult whorl has strong
spaced radial lamellate ribs which gradually fade away with the
increase of the the shell, but which persist longest as scales
upon the keels. Fine, irregular growth lines occur on the

Fi^. 15.

Adeorbis (mgulata.

last whorl. Spiral sculpture absent. Aperture oblique, rhom-
boidal, lip thin. The type is 3"65 maj. diam.; 2-5 min. diam.
2-0 mm. height, but a fragment of a larger individual indicates
that the species forms another whorl, and attains a height of 6 mm.

There are but three species of the genus reported from Australia,
A. angasi, from New South Wales, A. vincentina, Angas, from
South Australia, and A. plana, A. Ad. i^A. siyaj-etiniis, Pilsbxy)
from Queensland.

The keeled whorls readily distinguish the novelt3'from A. angasi,
which it approaches nearest.

MOLLUSCA EAST OB' CAPE UYKON.

51

Ckkitiiiopsis halli(;axi, Kp. nor.

(Fig. 16).

Shell small, slender, elongate-conical, pale yellow, the upper rib
on each whorl white. Whorls twelve, incliuUng a three-whorled
protoconch. .Sculpture, on the first adult wliorl, two, on the
following three, and on the last four, sharp pi'oject-
ing spiral keels. The third or anterior keel of the
spire whorls is larger than the others, and is
sepai-ated from them by a broader sjjace than in-
tervenes between the first and second. The fourth
keel of the body whorl reappears on a few of the
preceeding whorls as a small supersutural thread.
Fine radial strife cross the grooves between the
keels. The protoconch is smooth, with whorls
bulging in the middle like that of C. turbonilloidet<.
Aperture quadrate, canal short. Base rounded.
Length, 5-6 mm.; breadth, 1-4 nnii.

A single specimen.

The species is related to C imrpihrea, Angas,
but differs by being half the size, more conical in
outline, with closer ribs, round base, and different
colour.

Ficr. 16,

Cerithiopsis

haUif/aiii.

PsKUDORISSOIXA ELEOAXS, sp. 7(.rn\

(Fig. 17).

Shell minute, glassy translucid, tapering. Whorls six, and an
involute tilted protoconch. Below the
suture appears an opaque flattened zone,
defined by a revolving groove. The zone
grows narrower with the increase of the
whorls. Aperture effuse, pyriform ob-
lique, peristome slightly thickened and
incurved, outer lip retreating to tlie
suture. A callus is spread on the pre-
ceeding whorl. Behind the columella
is a minute umbilical crevice. Length,
3-15 mm.; breadth, 1-15 mm.

Several specimens were taken. This
species is a northern representative of
P. tasmanica than which P. elpgans is
a third smaller, but has an extra whorl,
tapers more rapidly, and has the sub-
sutural stricture more defined.

Ficr. 17.
Pneudorissoina elegans.

52

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM,

8CALA TURRISPIIARI, Sp. ttOV,

(Fig. IS).

Shell minute, solid, very tall and slender, conspicuously tabu-
late. Colour, pale cream. Whorls eight and a half (including
two and a half whorled protoconch), deeply con-
stricted at the suture, flattened medially, and
angled above and below. Sculpture, the proto-
conch smooth and glossy, extreme apex asym-
metrically protuberant, remainder with two spiral
keels, and a third margining the suture. After
the protoconch the adult sculpture commences
suddenly without transition. The adult whorls
are obliquely crossed by about seventeen blunt,
close set, widely and squarely projecting lamella,
which disappear on the base. Both lamellse and
interstices are crossed by fine, dense, spiral grooves
which fret the lamellti? blades. Aperture I'ound.
Length, 2-64 mm.; breadth, 0-8 mm.

The four specimens before me are not suffi
ciently perfect to furnish full details of length,
number of whorls, apertui'e, and base. The
turrited spire, peculiar ribbing, and small size
of the novelty, amply distinguish it from any
Austra'ian species.

Fig. 18.
Scala turnxphari

ScALA MINUTULA, TcUe and May.

(Fig. 19).

Scalaria {Acrilla) mimitula, Tate and May,

Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austi"., xxiv., 1900, p. W^*

This species has not hitherto been traced so
far noi'th. It appears to me to be i-elated
rather to the Eissoidse than to the Scalida?. ^'^0ff

Fisr. 19.
Scala minntula.

MOLLUSCA EAST OF CAPE BYRON.

53

Mangelia emixa, .yj. nov.

(Fig. 20).

Shell fusiform, variable in contour, colour, and development
of sculpture. Whorls, five and a half, including a two-whorled
protoconch, rapidly increasing, slightly shouldered. Protoconch
smooth, glassy, globose. Colour variable ; sometimes entirely drab
or buff, often with the protoconch and the subsutural space darker.
The example figured has a ground colour of pale
cinnamon, banded or spotted with pale cream,
below the suture a band of chocolate, deep
within the inner lip a tinge of purple, proto-
conch a clear hazel-brown. Sculpture, longi-
tudinal wave ribs sharply bent near the suture,
fading away on the base, and leaving a bare
space behind the aperture, wider spaced above,
more crowded and irregular below ; on the
last whorl are fourteen, on the penultimate
eighteen. Both ribs and intei'spaces are crossed
by sharp, minute, close, waved, spiral grooves.
The flat-topped interspaces of these grooves,
four times their width, are again cross-cut by
close minute furrows into oblong beads. Aper-
ture narrow, thi-ee-fifths of the shell's length,
fortified without by a broad but low incurving
\arix, which rises above the suture, enclosing
a shallow sinus ; a layer of callus ovei'spreads the inner
Canal short and broad. Length, 11 mm.; breadth, -I'O mm.

One specimen.

I have long been acquainted with this species, though an
example perfect enough for description has hitherto evaded me.
The " Thetis " took it in 63-75 fathoms off Port Kembla ; in
50-52 fathoms off Botany Bay ; and in 22-38 fathoms oft' Port
Hacking. It occurred to me in 100 fathoms off Wollongoiig.

In its immature state it has a general resemblance to Cythara
kubgensis, Petterd, from which the varix of the adult immediately
severs it.

McDir/elin emina.
lip

BaTIIVTO.AIA SAKCINULA, i^p. noV.

(Fig. 21).

Shell small, solid, ovate-fusiform. Colour, pale yellow, with a
rusty tinge at the suture. "Whorls, three and a half, including a
protoconch of one Hat wliorl. Sculpture, on the protoconch

54

RECORDS OF THE AUSTKALIAN MUSEUM.

Fitf. 21.
liarthytoma sarcinula.

fine spiral grooves, continued on the adult
as broad, shallow furrows, which are-
broadest at the sutuie becoming smaller
and closer antei iorly. On the last whorl
are twenty-two spiral i-ibs, on the penul-
timate six ; the latter ai-e latticed by fine
radial riblets. The whole shell is crossed
by fine, arcuate growth lines. Aperture
narrow, sinus deep, lip thin, straight, pro-
duced medially, edge crenulated by the
sculpture. No callus on the inner lip.
Columella broad and twisted ; canal not
produced. Length, 7 mm.; breadth, 4
mm. ,

One specimen represents this species,
which is broader than B. biconica,' at a
corresponding length.

Cylichxa tenuis, sj). nov.

(Fig. 22).

" Shell small, elongate, subcylindrical, a
little contracted at each extremity ; trun-
cate at the summit, smooth translucent,
.sometimes with an o^jaque belt or row
of patches around the upper quarter of
the body whorl, Sculpture, a small spiral
thread keel runs around the vertex, fine
growth lines radiate the summit, but are
scarcely perceptible on the sides of the shell.
.•\pical perforation narrow, deep, a seventh
of the shell's diameter, partly showing tlie pen-
ultimate whorl. Aperture long, perpendicular,
narrow, a slight callus laj'er spread on the
iinier lip. Columella a little thickened, spirally
twisted.

Length, 245 mm.; breadth TOo mm.

Two examples.

h
Fig. 22.
Ciilicna tenui-^.

7 Hedlev— Austr.Mus. Mem., iv., 1903, p 385 f. 98.

NOTES ON FISHES from WESTERN AUSTRALIA.— No. 3.i

By Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S., Zoologist.

(Plates viii. — xvii., and fig. 23.)

A third collection of Fishes from Western Australia has heen
forwarded to the Trustees, by Mi-. Bernard H. AVoodward,
Curator of the Western Australian Museum.

This collection is larger, and richer in novelties than the pre-
ceding ones, and yields three new genera : —

Neatyiyns of the family Scorpididse
Bramichthys of the Bramidte
Dipulus of the Brotulidte.

Nine species are described as new : —

Catidus labiosus.
Synodus sayeneus.
Neatypus ohliquus.
Ch(ftodon assaritis.
Bramichthys woodwca rlL
Cynoglossus broadhursti.
Diptdus cjHcus.
PseudomonacmitJi us (jalii.
Chddoderm is viaccidlochi.

Figures of the^e are supplied, and also of the following known
species, not previously illustrated : —

Terapon hiimeralis, Ogilby.
Hypsipops viicrolepis. Giinther.
Pseudofabfus punctulatns, Giinther.
Fat(fcus mncnlatus, Giinther.

Many of the fishes received are duplicates of those pre^•iously
determined, and *are not included in the present paper. A
number of species, however, known from Western Australia is
herein enumerated ; these claim inclusion by virtue of the precise
localities recorded. The majority of such are new to the west
coast, they having previously been known from King George's
Sound only, which, though politically in the Western State, is
on the south coast of the Continent.

1 No. 1. Rec. Austr. Mus., iii., 1900, pp. 210-216, pi. xxxvii. ; No. 2.
Ihid., iv., 1902. pp. 170-194. pis. xxvii-xxxi.

56 KEC01U)S OV THE AL'STKALIAN MUSEUM.

The types of the new species have been returned to the
Western AustraUan Museum.

The collection, as originally received, was supplemented by a
number of fishes recently taken by means of the trawl.

I am indebted to Mr. C. F. Gale for a copy of the Annual
Report on the Fishiug Industry of Western A.ustralia.- The
Report for 1904 contains an account of the first trawling oper-
ations undertaken in the State. From this we learn that the
ketch " Rip," a vessel of ninety tons, was chartered for the pur-
pose and that the trawl was shot no less than one hundred and
one times, the greatest depth reached being 40 fathoms. Five
charts accompany the report, showing various stations from
Cape Naturaliste, northward to Shark's Bay. Trawling was also
tried ofi Rottnest Island and Houtman's Albrolhos.

It is to be deplored that no professional zoologist was aboard
the " Rip," and it cannot be doubted that, in consequence, much
valuable material and information has been loat. A tally was
certainly taken in fishermen's style, but the mere enumeration
of " soles, gurnard, flathead, rays, cod, leather-jackets, etc.,"
conveys no precise information. Records of edible fishes only
appear to have been preserved, no detailed account having been
taken of the smaller forms which furnish food for the edible ones
or which may be, in other ways, concerned in their economy.
With the exception of crustaceans and sponges no account what-
ever was taken of the Invertebrate life, such being entered as
"marine growth," and, judging by the experience gained in
H.M.C.S. ''Thetis" in the waters of Nevv South Wales, an im-
mense wealth of such forms must have been netted.

The collection is said to contain representatives of all the
fishes obtained ; it requires, however, a trained eye to discrimi-
nate in this matter, and it must be evident, as above hinted, that
many species taken were lost sight of ; in fact some fishes are
enumerated in the report, examples of which were not forwarded.
Of these I may instance skate, electric, sting and other rays,
trumpeter, John dorey, horse mackerel, flathead, whiting and
skipjack. Many of the takes are entered as " small fish of all
kinds" or "a lot of fish of other classes," and in no case is it pos-
sible to associate a specimen with the particular station whence
it was obtained ; the mere mention of say, red mullet, cod,
parrot fish or gurnard gives no clue to the species taken.

At the 41st haul a sea snake, four feet long, was netted, and
on August 7th and 10th whales were freely encountered.

Western Australia — Eept, Pishing Industry and Trawling Operations,
1904 (1905).

FISHES FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA — WAITE.

57

A small sailing vessel is not suited for trawling investigations
and the promoters were evidently much handicapped by want of
a proper boat. When further operations are undertaken it is to
be hoped that the whole project will be placed in competent
scif-ntific hands. The services i^f a professional Zoologist, in an
undertaking of this kind, should be recognised as a necessity in
Australia equally with Europe and America.

Mr. Woodward asks me to state that the Trustees of the
AVestern Australian Museum are greatly indebted to Mr. C. F.
Gale, the Chief Inspector of Fisheries for Western Australia,
and to Mr. F. C. Broadhurst, for the fishes obtained by means of
the trawl.

Catulus labiosus, sp. jior.
(Fig. 23).

Length of head 7-75 in the total length ; width of head 1-06 ;
length of snout .3-2; interorbital width 2-66; width of mouth
1-54 ; diameter of eye 4-4 ; and length of pectoral fin I'l in that
of the head.

Nasal valves separate, each produced into a lobe directed out-
wards and backwards ; the distance between the two slightly
more than the basal width of one lobe. No cirrus. A long

labial fold round the
angles of the mouth, the
fold of the upper jaw
produced anteriorly be-
yond the lobe of the
nasal valve and to
within a short distance
of the nostril ; the folds
of the lower jaw ap-
proach each other to
within the length of
the base of one of the
nasal lobes. These fea-
tures are illustrated
in the accompanying-
Fig 2,:\. figure, which is two-
Caiidus lahiosus. thirds natural size.
Teeth in several rows in both jaws, those of the lower jaw,
the larger ; all have a small cusp on each side. Head much de-
pressed, its width considerably more than its length in achance
of the spiracles. Body elongate, the vent in advance of the
middle of the total length. First dorsal fin inserted above the
hinder edge of the vent.

5B RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN Ml'SEUM.

Colours.- — Brown aljove, lighter beiieatli. Hinder part of liead,
the body and the under surface, from between the peetoi'als
backwards, ornamented witli fairly uniform black spots. The
ilorsals, anal and caudal similai-ly marked : three series of spots
<tn the ventrals tend to form transverse bars. One example — a
male — 620 mm. in length.

Loc. Fremantle.

Elops saurus, Limueiis.
Elops saurus, Linnseus, 8yst. Nat., ed. xii., 1766, p. 5 IS.
Loc. — ^Murray River, near Mandurah.

Clupaxodon neopilchardus, Steindachupr.

i'Anpea neopilcliardns, Steindachner, Denk. K. Akad. \\'iss.
Wien, xli., 1879, p. 12.

Loc. — Houtman's Abrolhos.

Gymxothorax puxctatofasciatus, Jileeker.

<Tt/,/inofhorax jiunctafofasciatus, Bleeker, Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk.
i., 1863, p. 167.
Loc. — Three examples referred to this East Indian species
were ti-awled between Fremantle and Houtman's Abrolhos.

Trachinocepiialus myops, Forster.

Snlmo myops, Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, >Syst. Tclith.,
1801, p. 421.
Luc. — Trawled between Houtman's Abrolhos and the main-
land of Western Australia.

.Saurida tumbil, Bloch.
Salvio tnmhil, Bloch, Ichty., xii., 1795, p. 100, pi. ccccxxx.
Loc. — Trawled off Fremantle.

►SyXODUS SAOENEUS, sp. liOl\

(Plate viii., fig. 1.)

D. 12 ; A. 15 V. 8 ; P. 13 : L. 1. 52 ; L. tr. 4/7

Length of head 3-66 : height of body 7*0 in the total length.
Diameter of eye 7-8 ; and length of snout 4-8 in that of the head,
[nterocular space equal to the orbital diameter. The head is
subquadrangular in section, a long shallow groove above,
♦ 'xtends from the tip of the snout to the occipital region. Snout

KISHES FROM \^ ESTEKX AUSTRALIA — WAITE. 59

^reath' depressetl, acute and broader tliaii lonij. The orbit cuts
the up2)er profile, tlie upi)ej- half being diiected superiorly, tho
outer half sublaterally. The jaws are e([ual, and the j)remaxillary
is* 1 -56 in the length of the head.

The body is very stout, broader than iiigli ; the caudal
peduncle quadrangular. Origin of dorsal nearer the adipose fin'
than the snout by an eye's diameter. The anterior rays, when
depressefl, reach just beyond the insertion of the last ray, which is
not filamentous, the second ray is a little shorter than the length
t)f the fin or 1 -H in that of the head. The anal increases in length
backward, its last ray being twice the diameter of the eye. The
inner ventral rays are very long, the sixth being 1'25 in the
length of tlie head, and reaching beyond the posterior insertion
of the dorsal ; the pectoral is short and rounded, and the caudal
^leeply forked.

Scales. — The tip of the snout and the median groove as far as
the eyes are smooth. The top of the head including the upper,
Iiinder and lower mai'gin of the eye is rugose, as is also the upper
€dge of the humerals. Seven rows of scales on the cheek,
und about three on the upper part of the opercle. No keel on
the lateral line.

Colours. — Yellow above and silvery beneath. All the scales
})roadly margined with reddish brown, the effect being ^•ery
marked on the lower surface. Owing to the roundness of the
body, the number of scales in the transverse seiies, cannot be
shown in the illustration. One example, 265 mm. in length.

Loc. — Trawled between Fremantle anfl Houtnian's Abi-olhos.

AuLOPUS PURPURISSATUS, Ricluirdsov.

Anlopus pnrpvrin.satus, Richardson, Icon. Pise, 184."?, p. vi.,
pi. ii., fig. 3.

Loc. — Mandurah.
I

Centriscus scutatus, JAnnaus.

Kyptifrisciis scutatus, Linnseus, 8yst. Nat., ed. i., 1758, p. 336.

Saviile Kent mentions this species as occurring on the Barrier
Reef, but in respect to colouration his figure seems rather to
represent ^fJoliscus strir/atns, Giinther, lecoi'ded from Cape
York ; it must however be noted that the spine of the cuirass
is represented as unjointed, and that three dorsal spines are

' The adipose fin is absent, bnt a pit suggests its position

60 RECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

shown in the membrane below, these are characters of C. sciUatiiH.
Amjjhisile cristata, De Vis,* appears to be a synonym of C. sctifatua,
the presence of " three radiating dorsal spines" suggesting that
the spine of the cuirass was unjointed ; the example described
was taken at Noosa on the Queensland coast between Brisbane
and Wide Bay, it measured eleven inches (280 mm.) in length.

f.oc. — Two fine examples of equal size (222 mm.), forwarded by
Mr. Woodward, were trawled in the watei's to the north of
Houtman's Abrolhos.

Myxus EL0X(iATU.s, Gihither.

My.vus ''loiK/afns, Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., iii., 1861, p.
466.

Loc. — Mand urah .

SpiiYRiENA OBTUSATA, Cuvifv <t Valencienues.

Sphyr<e}ia obtusata, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.,
iii., 1829, p. 350.

The Abrolhos Islands have furnished us with two examples of
this species : it tluis ranges along both east and west coasts of
the Continent. It is not recorded by Lucas (1890) from Victoria
nor by Johnston (1890) from Tasmania.

Castelnau I'ecords S. itovfe-hollandife, Giinther, from Western
Australia. This sjjecies is common along the southern and south-
eastern seaboards, and is also known from Tasmania.

Beryx affinis, Giinther.

Beryx affinis, Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., i., 1859, p. 13.

Though not previously recorded from the west coast, its known
distribution would suggest its inclusion as a member of the fauna.

Lvc. — Houtman's Abrolhos.

HOLOCENTRUM RUBRUM, Forskal.

tSciceua rubra, Forskal, Descr. Anim., 1775, p. 48.
Loc. — Mandurah.

MOXOCENTRIS GLORIA-MARIS, De Vis.

Cleidopns (/loria-maris, De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, vii.,
1882,' p. 368.

■» De Vis— Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ix.. 1885, p. 872.

FISHES FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA — WAITE. 61

An example taken by the trawl between Houtman's Abrolhos
and the mainland is an addition to the fauna of Western
Australia. The species was previously known only from Eastern
Australia, southward to Port Jackson.

Tt is evident fi'om Dr. Boulenger's^ account of the distribution
of the genus that the Mauritius species is referable to JF.
jajjwiicus and not to M. (jloria-maris as might be suspected.

AcANTiiisTlus SERRATUS, C uviev (t Valencienues.
Flectropoma serratum, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.,
ii., 182S, p. 399.

Hitherto the coast of New South Wales has been regarded as
the restricted habitat of this species, though specimens recorded
from " Australia" may have been obtained from other coasts.

The collection includes three specimens, two of whicli are
normal and indistinguishable from examples taken in Port
Jackson ; the third has, in addition to the usual spots, four dark
vertical bands, wider than the interspaces ; the first embraces the
occiput and the first two dorsal spines, the second the sixth to
eleventh spines, the third is at the base of the anterior rays and
the fourth includes the hinder rays and portion of the caudal
peduncle, the two last, only, reach the ventral profile. There are
also markings on the head similar to those of A. cinctus.
Examples from New South Wales have been, though rarely, seen
in which similar markings are traceable, though in a much less
degree than in the example above described.

Loc. — Houtman's Abrolhos.

Centrogexys vaigexsis, Quoy (t Gaimard.

Scorpmna vaige^isis, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. " Uranie et Physic-
ienne," 1824, p. 324, pi. Iviii., fig. 1.

Loc. — North West Australia.

Epinepiielus fasciatus, Fomkal.
rercafasc.iata, Forskal, Descr. Anim., 1775, p. 40.
Loc. — Houtman's Abrolhos.

CoLPOGXATHUS DENTEX, Cuviev & Valeuciemie.^,

Flectropoma dentex, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., ii.,
1828. p. 394.

Loc. — Houtman's Abi'olhos.

* Boulenger. — Cambridge Nat. Hist., vii., Fishe-s, 1904, p. 656.

^>- liECOKDS OF THE AUSTK'AT.IAX MUSEL'M.

LaTKS CALCAKIFl-;);, ISIiirh.
Huliicrnfnis ralftii-lth; Bloch, Iflity., \ ii.. 1790, p. 100, jtl. ccxliv.
Loc — Huutmairs Ahn)lhos.

LUTIAXUS CilKYSOT.EMA, BJet'lfV.

Mf!i(>prl(>ii rhnjsoUcnia, Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind, ii., 1S.")1^

p. 170.

Loi:. — HoutinHns Ahi'olhus.

TeRAPON IIUMERALIS, Offilb)/.

llfnipon /tiint/u-a/is; Ogilby, Proc. Linn. 8oc. N. 8. Wales, xxiv.^
1S99, }.. 177.

(Plate ix.)

(Jf three examples forwarded, one exceeds the dimensions of
the type, measuring "210 mm. Tlie accompanying illustration
depicts our smallest specimen of natural size, and, as will be
seen, it differs somewliat from the type in the extent of its colour
markings. In this the body bands extend below the lateral line,
and the upper portion of the body and caudal peduncle are-
spotted, in addition to the vertical fins.

Ldc. — The range of the species cannot yet be extended, all
known examples l^eing from Houtman's Abrolhos.

Pkntacekopsis recurvirostris, Richardson.

J/i'<(iiij)/f'/-i(s imtrinrosfris, Richardson, Voy. " Ereb. and Terr.'v
1845, p. 34, pi. xxii., fig. 5-6.

Loc. — Fi"emantle. Also trawled ; the " Striped Boarfish "
mentioned in the Fishei'ies Beport, probably referring to this
species.

PSEUDOCHROMIS MUELLERI, Kll(Uzhujfir.

Ft<fHi{(>rhr(>}nh nuifUeri, Klunzinger, 8itzb. Akad. Wiss. Wein,
Ixxx., 1879, p. 370.

Clclddj)." fllamentosiiii, Macleav, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales^
v., 1881, p. 570.

The examples described by Klunzinger and Macleay were both
obtained from Port Darwin. Those forwarded from the Western
Australian Museum were taken on the North- Western Coast of
the Continent, and are therefore additions to the fauna of the

Western 8tate.

Kl^^lIES FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA — UAITK. 6S

CiCHLOPS LIXEATUS, Casfelunii.
Dnmperia lineata, Castelnau, Researches Fish. Austr., 1875, p. 30.
Loc. — Houtman s Abrolhos.

Hci^NA ANTARCTICA, Castehimi..

ScifPiKi anfai'cticn, Castehiau, Proc. Zool. 8oc. Vict, i., 1872,
p. 100.

Lor. — Man(hii-ah.

ClIILODACTYLUS XKJRICAXS, Richavdson.

Chil(Klacti/lns it.u/rieanf<, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1850,
p. 6.3.

L(w. — Houtman s Abrollios.

CiiiKONKMUS MACULOSus, RlchardsoH.

Threpterius maculofiHs, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1850, p. 70,
pi. ii., figs. 1-2.

The collection includes one example of this species. It agrees
exactly with Richardson's description and figure, which are
sufficiently exhaustive. Though the number of dorsal spines is
correctly copied as fourteen, by Giinther*, they are for generic
purposes rendered as fifteen in the synopsis (p. 70), this number
applies only to C. (/foiyiauus and C. marmoi-atus.

Lo'-. — The specimen examined is from Houtman's Abrolhos and
measures 270 mm. in length.

POMADASIS IIASTA, Jiloch .

Lutjdnuii hnsfa, Bloch, Ichty., vii., 1790, p. <S7, pi. ccxlvi., fig. 1.
Loc. — Fremantle.

8C0L0PSIS BIMACULATUS, Ruppell.

iSro/opsis hunnridafii.s, Riippell, Atlas Fische, 1828, j). 8, pi. ii.,
fig. 2.

Lot: — Houtman's Abrolhos.

TePHR.EOPS TEPHR.f'.OPS, Richardson.

(JrrnldfU!^ f/'phrwops, Richardson, V'oy. "Ereb. and Terr.", 1846,.
}). 69, pi. xli., fig 1.

Loc. — ^Houtman'.s Abrolhos.

'■ Gunther— Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., ii., 1860, p. 78.

64 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Upeneus porosus, Cuvie?- d: Valenciennes.

JJpeneus porosus, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., iii.,
1829, p. 455.

Specimens taken at Fremantle are possibly co-specific witli the
example recoi'ded by Castelnau as U. vlamingii.

SCORPIS GEORGIANUS, Cuvier & Valenciennes.

Scorjns georgianns, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.,
viii., 1831, p. 503, pi. ccxlv.

Zoc. — -Mandurah.

Neatypus, gen. nov.
Family Scorpidid^e.

Head and body compressed, completely scaled. Scales moderate,
finely ciliated and irregularly arranged ; lateral line complete.
Mouth small, transverse, slightly protractile. Maxillary small ; a
broad band of trilobed movable teeth in each jaw : vomer and
palatines toothless. Gill membi'anes united, free from the
isthmus. Seven branchiostegals. Gill-rakei-s long. A single
dorsal with ten spines and about twenty-two rays, the spinous
portion well developed but shorter than the soft ; anal with three
spines, the second long and sti'ong, and about eighteen rays.
The bases of the spinous portion and the whole of the soft
portion of both fins, densely covered with small scales.
Caudal scaled like the vei'tical fins. Pectoral with fifteen rays,
the upper of which are longest, the tip rounded. Ventrals
inserted close togethei', behind the base of the pectorals, spine
strong.

The genus is allied to Atypichthys, Giinther", difftning by the
character of the teeth and the scaly base of the spinous portion
of the vertical fins. The greater vertical development of these
fins at once distinguishes it from Scorpis, and possibly also from
Farascorpis. The small mouth prevents any confusion with
Atypoiioma, and the general habit with other two genera included
by Dr. Boulenger**, Psetttis and Henoplosus ( Enoplosns).

It has much the habit of Chmtodon, but differs therefrom by
the nature of the teeth and by the gill membranes l>eing free
from the isthmus. Of this last character Boulenger writes under
Chcetodoiitido'^ : — " Closely allied to and evidently derived from

'Guntlier.— Cat. Fish. Brifc. Mus., ii., 1860, p. 64, and iv., 1862, p. 510.
* Boulenger — Cambridge Nat. Hist., vii., Fishes, 1904, p. 666.
' Boulenger. — Loc. cit., p. 667.

FISHES FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA WAITE. 65

the more generalised types of the Scorpididce, differing in the
attachment of the gill-membranes to the isthmus." Though
valid for the family, as a whole, this character does not hold good
for C. ( Microcajithus) striyatus in which the membi'anes are
united and free from the isthmus.

Neatypus obliquus, sp. nov.

(Plate X.)

D. X. 22; A. iii. 18; V. i. 5 ; P. 15; C. 17; L. lat. 51.

Length of head 3-8 ; height of body 2-1 in the total ; diameter
of eye 2-5 ; length of snout 3-9 and of caudal 2-0 in the length
of the head ; interoi'bital space convex, slightly less than the
diameter of the eye ; hinder limb and angle of preopercle denti-
culated, lower limb smooth.

Body compressed, ventral profile but little lower than that of
the dorsal.

Fins. — The dorsal fin originates above the margin of the
opercle, the spines regularly increase in height to the sixth, which
is 1-7 in the length of the head, the following spines are but
slightly lower, the anterior rays are of the same height as the
last spines, and gradually decrease in length, the contour of the
fin is thus unbroken. The anal commences beneath the beginning
of the soft dorsal. Its second spine is very sti'ong and long,
much longer than the sixth dorsal and 1 '3 in the length of the
head ; the third spine is weaker and a little shorter ; the anterior
rays are longer than the corresponding ones of the dorsal, and the
margin of the fin is almost sti'aight. The ventral spine is equal
to the fourth dorsal, and the longest rays are of the same length
as the pectoral, 1 -4 in that of the head. The caudal is emargi-
nate and the depth of its peduncle is equal to the diameter of
the eye.

Colours. — The ground colour is pale grey, with six oblique
dark brown bands, each of which is bordered with black. The
first is double above, the anterior portion arising between the
eyes, with a strong concavity to the front, the posterior portion
passes from above the hinder maigin of the eye, and merged with
the anterior limb, glasses downwards across the preopercle to the
ventral spine. The second band originates on the occiput, crosses
the edge of the opercle and base of the pectoral fin, and attains
the lower profile at the middle of the adpressed ventral spine.
Each band becomes successively more oblique, the third passing
from the base of the three first dorsal spines to the commence-
ment of the anal. The next band joins the v.-^ ii. dorsal spines

(>6 RECORDS OP^ THE AU.STRALIAX MUSEUM.

and the middle of the unal fin. Tlie fifth liand originates at tlm
postei'ior dorsal spines and proceeds to the posterior anal rays,
the last band runs nearly parallel to the margin of the dorsal rays
and on to the caudal peduncle, the four posterior bands extend
on to the scaly portion of the dorsal and anal fins.

Log. — Two specimens, taken at Houtman's Abrolhos, the
larger measuring 152 nun. in length.

EpHIPPUS MULTIFASCIATUS, RichnrdsdH.

Snifoplimiufi }UHltifasciatus, Richardson, Voy. "Eieb. and Terr.'V
1846, p. 57, pi. XXXV., figs. 4-6.

Loe. — Fremantle. The " Butter Fish " mentioned as lun ing
been trawled may refer to this species.

CH.y/rODOX ASSARIUS, .s^^. itov.

(Plate xi., fig. 1).

D. xiii. 21 ; A. iii. 17 ; V. i. 5 ; P. 16 ; C. 17 + 6.

Length of head 3-7 ; of caudal fin 5-2 ; height of body 1-5 in
the total length. Diameter of eye 3-0, and length of snout 3-5
in that of the head. Interocular space convex, equal to the
diameter of the eye. Preopeiculum smooth, body ovate, strongly
compressed ; the upper profile rounded, the lower convex. The
fifth dorsal spine is the highest, its length twice the diameter of
the eye ; from this point the fin falls gradually away to an
obtuse angle at about the middle of the rayed portion. The
second anal spine is longest, its length being one-half that of the
head ; this fin is evenly rounded ; the ventral spine is 1 "6 in the
length of the head, and the longest pectoral ray 1 "3 in the same.

Tlie scales are in regular series, not in contrary directions,
those of the middle of the sides larger than the others ; the
lateral line forms an even arch, lower than the dorsal pi'ofile and
tei^minates in advance of the posterior insertion of the dorsal fin.

CdIoiivs. — Ground colour yellow or pale brown, snout darker,
the dark ocular band is complete above and is a little narrower
than the eye, above the orbit it is bordered before and behind
with a light band, below it extends to the margin of the
subopercle. The body bears, on its upper half, four very narrow
dark vertical bars slightly inclined forward below, they pass
downwards from the bases of the fourth, sixth, eighth and tenth
dorsal spines respectively. The dorsal fin is narrowly edged with
black ; following the angle, the colour becomes submarginal,
the extremit\- of the rays being white. ^V l)lack white-edged

FISHES FROM WESTEltX AL'STRAIJA — WAITE. 6i

(irt'llus is present in tlie angle. The nuirgin of the anal is a
ratliei- broad white band within which is a dark l)n)wn one, very
narrow at tlie spines but increasing in depth so tliat it occupies
nearly the whole of the posterior vnys.. Pectoral and ventral
without markings. A \'erv' faint broad bai' across the caudal
peduncle, in line with the anal band.

Length of specimen 119 mm. trawled in the waters between
Fremantle and Houtnian's Abrolhos.

This species has affinities with C. i)iertP)tsii, Cuvier and
Valencieimes and the very closely allied C. dixoul, Regan :
differential characters are the angulate soft dorsal with its
contained ocellus, the sub-vertical and scarcely obli(jue body barn
which have a ditfeient iTiclination from those of the other species
mentioned, also the absence of the yellow ai'ea on the posterior
part of the body. Bleeker placed his C. xauthurufi as synonymou*
with C. mefte)i.sU, but Mr. C. T. Regan appears to regard this as-
distinct also.'"

ClIELMOXOKS TKUNCATUS, KlM'r.

Chtetodon truitcntus, Kner., Sitzb. Acad. Wiss. Wien, xxxiv.,
^ 1859, p. 442, pL ii.
Loc. — The specimen trawled between Houtmans Abrolhos and
Fremantle is the largest T ha\e seen, measuring 222 mm. in
length.

Htpsipops microlepis, OiliitJwr.

(Plate xii.)

D. xii.-xiii. 15-18 ; A. ii. 13-16 ; V. i. 5 ; P. 21 ; C. 17.

The great variation which this species undergoes during tlit>
course of its growth is responsible for several erroneous deter-
minations and additions to the synonomy.

The changes which take place during the life of the species to
maturity, have been lately studied by Mi-. Allan R. McCulloch,
and the following notes are based upon his observations.

In the smallest specimens examined (15 mm.), the characteristic
mai'kings are developing, but are not clearly defined ; the scales,
also are incomplete, the head and back as fai- as the dorsal fin
being naked. The scales do not yet appear on tlie fins, and the
caudal is emarginate. All the rays are simple.

10 Eegan.— Ann. Mag^. Nat. Hist., (7), xiii., 1004, p. 277.

68 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Specimens 22 mm. in length present a most gorgeous appear-
ance, being of brilliant orange colour, tempered on the upper part
of the body by numerous black dots, which are much lai'ger in
the space between the dorsal and anal fins. Three broad dark-
edged blue lines I'un from the head backwards ; the first arises on
the snout, behind the upper lip, where it is connected with its
fellow on the other side, and skirts the profile to the anterior
dorsal spines ; the second, indicated in front of the eye, passes
across the upper part of the eyeball and above the lateral line
to a large black blue-edged ocellus, which occupies the last six
spines and portion of the back beneath ; the third runs from the
corner of the mouth, below the eye, across the opercle, and is
continued as a dot above the basal portion of the pectoral fin.
There may also be two or three similar dots between the pectoral
and the caudal. A large dark spot is also present on the upper part
of the caudal peduncle. The spinous dorsal fin is reddish, with a
blue margin, the bases of the soft dorsal and anal are oi-ange, the
remaining portion and of the pectoral and caudal hyaline.
Ventral fin orange, the first, elongate, ray and the anterior edge
of the anal black. This stage is illustrated in fig. 1.

Somewhat larger examples were identified by Bennett with
Glyphisodon biocellatus and by the writer with G. hrownrigciii.

In a much later stage, represented by examples measuring 72
mm. in length, the dorsal stripes are relatively much narrower and
are broken, the lowermost being indicated by dots only, the
ocellus is more restricted in area, being confined to the last two
spines. A white patch is present on the opercle and numerous
blue spots occur on the hinder half of the body and soft dorsal
and caudal fins. The general colour is darker than in younger
specimens, this being most noticeable in the ventral and anal fins,
which are of greenish-black hue. This phase is represented in
fig. 2, and approaches the specimens named Parnm )nicroh'j>is by
Giinther.

The adult, which attains a length of 160 mm., is wholly black,
with the exception of the white opercular patch which is per-
sistent. Traces of the dorsal ocellus and supra-caudal blotch may
also exist.

The adult is represented in fig. 3, and sucli examples owe to
Giinther the name Parma squamiplnniti.

Chief among the changes incident to growth may be mentioned
the increased depth of the body, the reduced size of the eye and
the nari'owing of the preorbital.

p. 222,

FISHES FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA — WAITE. 69

The generic named Parma, Giinther, is here regarded as synony-
mous with Jfi/psipops, Gill. Some notes on this question will be
found in an earlier issue of the Records."

The synonomy of the species would appear to be as follows : —

Htpsipops miceolepis, Giinther.

Glttphisodon hiocellatus, Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc, xxvii., 1859,
Pisces, pi. ix. (not Cr. hiocellatus, Cuvier and Valenciennes.)

Farma microlepix, Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. JVIus., iv., 1862, p. 57.

Par)na squamipinnis, Giinther, loc. ciL, pp. 58 and 505.

I Glyphidodon australis, Steindachner, Sitzb. Aicad. Wiss. Wien, Ivi.,
'p. 328.

Glyphidodon brownriggii, Waite, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2), ix„
1894, p. 219, (not Cluetodon hrownriggii, Bennett).

Luc. — This species is common in Port Jackson and neighbouring-
waters, whence the examples studied and figured were taken.
Mr. Woodward's specimens were obtained at Houtman's Abrolhos.

PsEUDOLABRUS PUXCTULATUS, Giinther.

Ldhrirhfhijs 2)iinctulata, Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., iv., 1862,
p. 118.

(Plate xiii.)

Mr. Woodward forwards specimens of this species from
Mandurah ; Castelnau^- recorded it from the Westei'n State and
the Australian Museum posseses examples taken in South Aus-
tralian waters.

In one specimen, undoubtedly of this species, the pale blue
spots cannot be detected, and have indeed almost faded from all.
In the absence of more stable points of difference we may assume
that Castelnau's Lahriclitlii/s eilcloisis'^''', as he himself hinted,
represents an example so faded.

Tlie root of this latter specific name is used several times by
Castelnau in his paper on the Fishes of Western Australia. His
genus Edflia is rediagnosed by Mr. J. D. Ogilby", who writes : —
^' Den'v. ign.^^ Though I regard a zoological name as a name
only, without significance, Mr. Ogilby carefully studies the ety-
mology, but in this instance failed to ascertain the origin of the
name.

" Waite.— Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 1904, p. 169.

1-^ Castelnau.— Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., ii., 1873, p. 138.

'^ Castelnau. — Loc. cit„ p. 137.

i< Ogilby.— Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxiv., 1899, p. 176.

^0 1^EC0RDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

In R. H. Major's "Early Voyages to Terra Australis^','
we read : — " It would seem that another of the outward bcjund
«hips referred to in the Dutcli recital, as visiting the coasts of
New Hollanfl, was commanded by Edel, and tlie land tliere
^liscovered, which was on the west coast, was named the land of
Edel. From Campbell's edition of Harris's voyages we learn tliat
this discovery was made in 1619."

PSEUDOLABRUS TETHICUS, /licJuirdsoU.

Lahnm tetn'cKs, Ricliardson, Proc. Zool. 8oc., 1840, p. 25 ;
Voy. "Ereb. and Terr.", Fislies, 18-18, p. 126, pi. Iv., tig. 1.

Lahrirhtliijx. hostocldi, Castlenau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., ii., 1873,
p. 137.
The examples forwarded from Mandurah are unquestionably
identical with that described by Castlenau. The lower caudal
ray is long equally with the upper one, and though I do not find
that the vertical fins have the fine blackisli edge described by
Oiinther, the black spot at the upper pectoral base is present. In
Hichardson's figure the ventral is insei'ted too high on the body
j^o that the distance between its base and that of the pectoral is
not sufficiently great. The pectoral is illustrated as having a
rounded margin, in our examples it is sinuous, with the upper
rays mucli the longer. As the drawing is structurally incorrect
in respect to the ventral, we may doubt its accuracy in respect
to the pectoral and caudal also.

PsEUDOLABRUS fJUEXTHEKI, BlfcLrr.

PfieHtliilahnis (fiientheri, Bleeker, Versl. ]\Ied. Kcjn. Akad. Weten.,
xiv., 1862, p. 126.
Loc. — Fremantle.

Harpe vulpixa, Hic/iardson.
'Ccssi/j/hux ntliiiniis, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1850, p. 71.
Ldc. — Houtman's Abrolhos.

Ophtiialmolepis lixeolatus, (■tirier <(■ ]'alfnci(')i]ies.
Jnlis linedlatiis, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., xiii.,
1839, p. 436.
/.(*(•. — Houtman's Abrolhos.

1^ Major. — Early Voy. to Terra Austr., 1859, p. Ixxxvi.

FISHES FKOM WKSTERN ALSl'KALIA — WAITE. i I

OdaX RICIIAKDSONU, (iuntlivr.

Odax /niUus, Cuvier and VHlencieiines, Hist. Nat. Poiss., xiv.,
1S89, p. 304, pi. ccccviii. (not Forster).

Julif f driiKfii, liichardson, Icon. Pise, 1843, p. (i, \A. iii., fijLf. 1.

Odax richarthnnii, Giinther, Cat. Fish. Biit. Mus.. iv., 1S6-, j).
241.

I have previoiisly recoidtHl this sj^^cies from Western Australia;
the examples now in hand were taken oft' Houtman's Ahiolhos.
It may be pointed out that those authors, who, would accejit
a drawing as the basis of a desci'iption, should use Richardson's
name Odax diirKjii in preference to the later one of Giinther.

The drawing is very defective and led Richardson, against liis
better jutlgment, to ascribe the fish to the genus J«//.s instead of
Odax ; he was impelled to this course mainl}^ from comparison
Avith a Chinese drawing !

(Jlistiiops cyanomelas, Richardson.

OUsthojis cijanomdas, Richardson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., {'!), vii.,
1851, p. 291.

/,o(".— Houtman's Abrolhos.

Heteroscarus filamextosus, (JastchuiH.

Ihteroscarns ulanientoioai, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i.,
1872, p. "24.5.

Lor. — Houtman's Abrolhos.

Caraxx SPECIOSU.S, FnrsJ.al.
JScdiiiber sfieciosnx, Forskal, Desci'. Anim., 177-"), ]>. .'")4.
L(ir. — Fremantle.

Caraxx armatus, Forskal.
Sciana ariitata, Forskal, Descr. Anim., 177-5, j). .")3.
Ldc. — Fremantle.

'ri{A('IIIXOTi;s BAlLLOXIl, I MCrjJCili'.

i '(isioiimnis bailhmii, Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., iii., ISOi', p. U'.),
pi. iii., fig. 1.
I.tir. — ]\randurah.

72 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Bramichthys, (jcn. nor.

FaiuiUl BRAMIDyE.

Body ovate, compressed, covered with moderate cycloid scales,
lateral line present, complete. Mouth wide, oblique ; the lower
Jaw the longer ; a band of minute teeth, scarcely perceptible to
the touch, in each jaw, teeth also present on the vomer, palatines
and tongue. No oesophageal teeth. Maxillary broad, scaly.
Opercle with two flat points, preopercle entire. Snout broad,
head not declivous, supraoccipital crest well developed, but not
extending forward beyond the eyes.

Dorsal and anal fins long, the anterior lobes elevated and
falcate, the first spine of the former, behind the vertical of the
ventral fin. The dorsal fin has five spines and about twenty-nine
rays, the anal three (? or four) spines and about thirty rays. In
both fins the spines are closely adnate to the respective rays.
The ventrals are small, placed below the base of the pectorals,
with one spine and five rays. The pectorals are placed in the
lowei' half of the body. The vertical fins densely clothed with
small scales. Branchiostegals seven, caudal peduncle of moderate
depth, not slender.

Bramichthys woodwardi, xp. nov.

(Plate xiv.)

D. V. 29 ; A. iii. (? iv.) 30 ; Y. i. 5 ; P. 16 ; C. 17 + 6. L. lat. 50,

L. tr. 7/20.

Length of head 3-3 ; height of body at the origin of the dorsal
fin 1 -85 in the total ; eye very large, its diameter half the length
of the head ; snout short 5-1; and length of caudal 5-4 in the
same. Interorbital space very convex, twice the length of the
snout. Opercular margins smooth. Lower profile slightly more
convex than the upper.

The dorsal fin begins well behind the veitical of the opercle,
the spines are closely adnate to the soft portion and successively
increase in height, the fifth being equal to the diameter of the
eye : the anterior rays are much higher, the second being three-
fourths more, or 1-25 in the length of head ; following the lobed
portion the rays are short and the base of the whole fin is slightly
moi-e than half the total length. The anal fin is similar in foi'm
and length, but occupies a slightly more posterior position : the
sequence of the anal spines suggests that one, the second, has
been lost, the third existing spine is of the same length as the
fifth dorsal. The ventrals are short and do not reach the anal ;
the spine is a little longei- than half the diameter of the eye.

FISHES FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA — WAITE. 73

The pectoral is falcate, its third and fourth upper rays a little
less than the head in length. The caudal fin is deeply cleft but
not forked as in Brama, the peduncle is relatively deep being but
little less than the diameter of the large eye.

Scales. — The scales are simply cycloid, those above the lateral
line arranged obliquely upwards. The lateral line commences
with a strong curve to beneath the dorsal spines, whence, it
runs almost straight to the end of the caudal rays.

Colours. — The colour appears to have been silvery, the fins are
dark brown, without markings.

The general habit of this species suggests that it is an inhabi-
tant of somewhat deep water.

I have pleasure in associating with this interesting fish, the
name of Mr. Bernard H. Woodward, Curator of the Western
Australian Museum.

Length 172 mm.

Loc. — One example from Mandurah.

Paralichthys muelleri, Klnnzinfjer.

Pseudorlioinhns mulleri, Klunzinger, Arch, fiir Naturg., 1872, p.

40 ; Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixxx., 1879, p. 407, pi. ix.,

fig. 2.
Very little colour appears to be developed in this species, but
as most of the scales are lost in the two examples forwarded,
precise information is not available. A dark spot, probably an
ocellus, is present on the lateral line at the beginning of the last
third of the body. The figure quoted, rejjresents either a dextral
example, or was i^eversed in drawing. The specimens were trawled
between Fremantle and Houtman's Abrolhos.

CyNOGLOSSUS BROADHURSTI, sp. jKir.

(Plate viii., fig. 2.)

D. 107 ; A. 86 ; C. 10 ; L. lat. 88 ; L. tr. l>dei- L. lat. 13.

Length of head 5-77 ; depth of body 3-9 in the total length ;
diameter of eye 8-2 ; and length of snout 3*0 in the head.

The eyes are situated about half a diameter apart, the upper
being a little in advance of the lower. One nostril is placed
between the eyes, the other in front of the lower eye. Mouth
strongly curved, its angle in advance of the middle of the head,
reaching to below the centre of the lower eye. Lips not fringed.
Rostral hook very short. Opercle oblique, notched behind.

74 KKCOKUS OF THE AUSTRALfAN MUSEUM.

Teeth. — Minute, present on the blind side only.

Sccdes. — On the left side strongly ctenoid, each scale with from
three to five spines ; scales on the blind side cycloid. Two lateral
lines on the left side, the lower passes from the snout, above the
eye, to the tip of the caudal. There are eighty-eight pierced
scales along this line, posterior to the preopercle. The upper
lateral line commences on the rostral hook and follows the profile
of the head to the dorsal edge which it skirts to the base of the
hundred and first ray, and it traverses the space between this
and the next one. A vertical line of pores connects the upper
and lower latei-al lines and is continued round the margin of the
preopercle whence a branch is given off at its angle to the opercle.
One lateral line only on the blind side.

There is a single ventral fin only and the pectorals are obsolete.
The dorsal fin commences on the fi'ont margin of the head and is
confluent with the caudal, as is also the anal.

Colour. — Uniform brown, without markings.
Five examples received, the largest of which measures 270 mm.
in length.

Structurally this species appears to be nearest allied to C.
borneeiiMs, Giinther, differing in the proportions of the head and
body, also in the absence of markings.

This is the only species of the genus CyiuvjlosKiix, as restricted, so
far found in Australian waters, and with it I connect the name of
Mr. F. C. Broadhurst who was jointly instrumental in procuring
the collection of fishes dealt with in this paper.

Loc. — All were taken in the trawl off Carnarvon to the north-
ward of Houtman's Abi'olhos.

Syxancidium iiorriuum, Linninta.
Scorpana horrida, Linnaeus, 8yst. Nat., ed. xii., 1766, p. 453.
Loc. — Houtman's Abrollius.

Neosebastes paxda, Richardson.
Scorpema vanda, Richardson, Ann. Mag. JSTat. Hist., ix., 1842, p.
216. '
Loc. — Houtman's Abrolhos.

Pteuygotrigla polyommata, liichardson
Tn'ffla poli/owmata, TUchardson, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1839, p. 96.
Loc. — Fremantle.

FISHES FROM VVtSTEKN ALSTRALIA— WAl I K. 75

ClIELIDONICHTHYS KUMU, Lt's^iiH d' (Tamot.

Trifjla kuwu, Lesson and Garnot, Yoy. "Coquille," 1830, pi. xix.
Lor. — Houtman's Abrolhos : Fremantle.

Parapercis NEBfLOSis, (Juoi/d- (iawiard .
Percis nebulosiin, Quoy and Gaimard.Voy. "Uranie et Physicienne,"
1825, p. 349.
Lnc. — Mandurali.

PaTjECUS froxto, Richardson.
Patterns fronto, Richardson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xiv., 1844,
p. 280.
Some remarks on the synonomy of this species will be found
under the heading of P. inaculatns.

Loc. — The example forwarded was trawled between Fremantle
and Houtman's Abrolhos.

PATiECUS MACULATUS, Gunther.
Patoicus mactilatiis, Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., iii., 1861,
p. 292.

(Plate XV.)

The specimen forwarded was obtained at Fremantle, the type
locality, and agrees quite well with the original description,
differing in fact, as far as ascertainable, only by having thirty-
two in place of thirty-one dorsal rays, of which twenty are
spinous ; the first is exti'emely short, in front of the base of the
second spine, and the third is longest.

The caudal has nine rays, the lower of which are shorter and
thicker than the upper ones.

The tubercle described as being midway between the eye and the
end of the snout is perforate and constitutes the posterior nostril,
the anterior one lies in another smooth ai'ea nearer the mouth.

A Tasmanian example further differs by having thirty-three
dorsal spines and especially in the length of the pectoral fin,
which is longer than in the Western Australian fish, and almost
as long as the head. The body also is relatively deeper ; these
slight vai'iations may be of individual or local import only. In
neither specimen can T trace the latei'al line described ; a non-
poi'ous ridge is possibly referred to. The Western Australian
specimen is here figured natural size : its total length being 184
mm. It is thus much larger than either the type (80 mm.) or
Castelnau's specimen (90 mm).

76 KECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Steindachner^* identified a specimen from St. Vincent's gulf
with PatcEcus maciilatus, but evidently misunderstood the sen-
tence : — " The dorsal fin is perfectly continuous, extending from
the snout to the middle of the caudal fin."

In his example, as figured, the dorsal is free from the caudal
fin and is attached to the middle of the slender i^eduncle. To
emphasise this peculiarity he proposed the sub-genus Neopatctcus.

This author placed P. n-aterhoitsii, Castelnau'*', as a synonym of
P. inacidatits, but judging by the radial formula and the con-
dition of the caudal rays, it is equally distinct fi^om that species
but identical with Steindachner's example. As the generic name
Neopatcecns was nominally founded on P. v)aciilatu>i, though
actually on a specimen of another species, it may, without violation
of zoological nomenclature, accompany the latter, the name of
which would therefore be Xeopatcecus iraterhousii, Castelnau.

In 1890 Mr. R. M. Johnston published a complete list of
Tasmanian Fishes, and included Patcecus armatus, Giinther ; I
have not, so far, found any other reference to this species, and am
inclined to regard it as a manuscript name, or, seeing that we
have an example of P. macitlatns from Tasmania as a lapsxs calami
for that name. Some further confusion in respect to the species
of this genus is apparent. Richardson descx'ibed P. fronto, the
type, as exhibiting the dorsal formula 24/16. Giinther, by error,
prints thirty instead of forty, and appears to have been himself
misled thereby, for he describes as a new species P. subocellatus
from South Austi'alia. A careful comparison fails to reveal any
essential differences between the two, such being reducible to a
variation of one dorsal and one anal ray.

Macleay" perceived that an error had been made, but failed to
elucidate the difficulty. Of P. macniatus he writes : — " Dr.
Giinther's description of this fish cannot be accurate, or its
resemblance to fronto must be very slight. It will probably be
found that for D. 31 we should read D. 41."

An obvious misprint in Richardson's description "A. 11/15."
is corrected by Macleay to " A. 11/5."

The following represents my conception of the synomomy as
far as I am in a position to read it. Not having access to the
Anzeiger Akad. Wiss. Wien., I am unaware if Xeopatre.ciis was
first characterised there or in the Sitzungsberichte.

15 Steindachner.— Sitzb. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixxxviii., ISSt, p. 1087.

pi. vii., fitj. 3.
1" Cast.lenau.— Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict.. J.. 1872, p. 244.
^7 Macleay,— Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, vi., 1881, p. 31.

FISHES FBOM UESIEUN AUSTRALIA — WAITK. 17

Patjecus, Richard-ion, 1844.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xiv., 1844, p, 280.

1. P.fronto, Eichardson, loc. cit., and Voy. " Ereb. & Terr.", Ichtli.. 1845,

p. 20, pi. xiii. ; Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., iii., 1861, p. 292, and
Study of Fishes, 1880, fig. 227; Macleay, Proc, Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, vi., 1881, p. 30.

P. suhocellatus, Giintlier, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871, p. 665, pi. Ixiv. ;
Macleay. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, vi., 1881, p. 31.

2. P. macidata, Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., iii.. 1861, p. 292;
Castelnau. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii., 1878, p. 231; Macleay,
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, vi., 1881, p. 31 ; Waite, ante p. 75, pi. x v.
?. P. armatus, Giinther (fide Johnston], Proc. Roy. Soc. 'I'asm ,
1890 (1891), p. 33.

3 P. vincentii, Steindachner, Anz. K. Akad.Wiss.Wien, 1883, p. 195, and
Sitzb. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixxxviii., 1884, p. 1085, pi. vii., fig. 2.

Neopat^cus. steindachner, 1883,

? Anz. K. Akad.Wiss.Wien, 1883.

4. N. waterhousii, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i., 1872, p. 244
Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, vi.. 1881, p. 31.
P. macidatus, Steindachner (not Giinther), loc. cit. & Sitzb. K. Akad.
Wiss. Wien, Ixxxviii., 1884, p, 1087, pi. vii,, fi>j. 3.

DiPULUS, (fen. nov.
Family BROTULiDiE.

General habit of Gohioides. Body greatly elongate, compressed
behind, naked. Head small, naked, not spinose, no external
eyes ; mouth small, slightly oblique, no barbels, jaws equal ;
teeth small in bands, present in both jaws, on the vomer and
palatines. Large pores in front of the snout and lower
jaws, surrounded by folds of membrane probably tactile.
Branchiostegals six, no pseudobranchia?. Gill membranes wide,
united, not free from the isthmus. Dorsal and anal fins low,
not differentiated from the caudal. Pectorals normal ; ventrals
small, close together each an undivided filament near to the
humeral symphysis. Vent a transverse opening approaching the
middle of the body. Urogenital oiifice with distinct external
opening, bounded by very large transverse labia, at least in the
male.

This genus appears to be nearest allied to Ap/ii/onim, Giinther'*,
and Sciadaniis, Garman''-*. From the former it is immediately
distinguishable by its elongate form, complete dentition and
united gill-membranes ; the latter character and, among others,
the non-pedicilate pectoral serve to separate it from Sciadunus.

1" Giinther.— Ann. Matj. Nat. Hist., (5), li., 1878. p. 22.

1-' GArnian.-Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, xxiv., 1899, p. 171.

78 EECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

DiPULUs C.ECUS, s]}. nov.

(Plate xi., fig. 2.)

Length of head 8*3 in the total, its depth equal to that of the
body, or 1 -7 in its length. The width of the head is slightly more
than its depth and much greater than the thickness of the body.

The snout is very tumid, its anterior profile almost vertical ; in
company with the front portion of both upper and lower jaws it
bears a number of large pores, surrounded by folds and tiaps of
membrane (see fig. 2a).

Simple pores are, in addition, present on other parts of the
head, notably a pair above the expanded end of the maxilla, and
a series at long intervals along the rami of the mandible. The
posterior nostrils are very evident, situated near the end of the
snout, and have a supero-lateral aspect, the anterior ones, which
may not be distinguished from the pores referred to, appeal- to be
placed on the front aspect of the snout within the dermal folds.
Eye not visible. The orbit, as ascertained through the skin, lies
wholly within the anterior third of the head, its diameter being
half the length of the snout.

Teeth.— The teeth are very small and sharply pointed, and ar^
present in bands in both jaws, on the vomer and palatines.

The maxilla is greatly broadened behind, and extends to far
beyond the hinder margin of the orbit.

Fins. — The dorsal fin begins behind the base of the pectoral,
its distance from the snout less than one-sixth of the total length,
caudal excluded. Origin of anal nearer to the snout than to the
base of the caudal. Pectoral normal, less than half the length of
the head. The ventrals consist each of a simple ray placed close
together, in advance of the pectoral, they are very short, equalling
the snout in length. V^ent situated far behind the head, its
distance therefrom three-fourths the post-ventral length. It is
quite distinct from the uro-genital orifice, which is bordered
before and behind with very large labia. Immediately within
the anterior lip is a pair of large leaf -like appendages at the base
of which lies the penis.

The folds and flaps of membrane suri'ounding the pores on the
snout and mandible recall the condition in some of the leaf-nosed
Bats. The analogy may indeed be very close : the fish is blind
and the Rhinolophidte hunt in the dark.

" In their habits they appear to differ from other insectivorous Bats
without nasal appendages, inhabiting the same regions, by coming out
later in the evenintr, or when the sun has completely gone down below
the horizon. Tins peculiarity is probably connected with their possession

FISHES FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA — WAITE. 79

of special organs of touch in the complicated nose-leaf, and delicately
formed ears and membranes, which may permit them to commence and
continue their hunt for insect prey at a time when other Bats have
retired to their sleeping-places."'^

The lai'ge size of the genitaUa and the development of special
organs in this fish, indicates that copulation actually takes place,
a circumstance also distinctly correlated with blindness.

Loc. — The single specimen forwarded is a male, 152 mm. in
length, and was taken off Fremantle.

MONACAXTHUS CHINENSIS, Bloch.

Batistes chinensis, Bloch, Ichty., ii., 1787, p. 29, pi. Hi., fig. 1.
Tmc. — Fremantle.

MONACANTHUS MEGALOURUS, PdchanlsOH.

MonacantJiHs meffalourus, Richardson, Icon. Pise, 1843, p. 5, pi.
i., fig. 3.

Loc. — Houtman's Abrolhos.

PSEUDOMONACANTHUS GALII, SJ). nof.

(Plate xvi.)

Length of head 3-2 ; height of body at the first anal ray 2-8 ;
and length of caudal 5-1 in the total. The eye is almost round
and lies midway between the end of the snout and the first dorsal
ray ; its diameter is one-fifth the length of the head ; the
interorbital space is convex and contained 4-1 times in the same.

The gill opening is oblique and placed immediately beneath
the eye, it is distant therefrom about the diameter of the orbit.
The nostrils are situated in a shallow depression half a diameter
in advance of the eye, each in a short cutaneous tube.

The head is deeper than long, a little concave on the snout,
slightly tumid above the eye ; the lower profile is moderately
sti'aight to the pelvic spine.

The dorsal spine is placed above the last third of the orbit, and
nearer to the rays than the end of the snout, it is without distinct
barbs, the front and sides being granular ; its length approaches
half that of the head. The rays are highest medially, the longest
being one-fourth the length of the head. The anal arises beneath
the sixth dorsal ray and is continued posteriorly beyond that fin
to which it is similar in form, but its rays are not quite so high.

^ Dobson.— Cat. Chiroptera Brit. Mu8 , 1878, p. 100.

80 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

The ventral process is but little extensible, and its spine is
small and granular. The pectoral is rounded and its third ray
is one-fifth longer than the eye. The caudal is short and rounded,
the peduncle is stout, its height being half the length of the fin.

The whole of the head and body, the bases of the vertical fins
and the outer aspect of the alternate caudal rays uniformly
covered with small bifurcated spines, so densely placed as to give
a velvety feel to the touch.

Colours. — -The colours are not well preserved, but as far as
ascertainable are as follows : — Uniformly dark brown, the body
marked with narrow longitudinal black lines about as wide as or
narrower than the interspaces. Immediately behind the head
they are about twelve in number but are successively lost
posteriorly and none attain to the caudal peduncle, the head and
lower fourth of the body, except in the region of the pelvic spine,
are without markings. Fins pale brown.

Total length 300 mm. Taken at Sharks Bay.

At the request of Mr. Woodward, this fish is named after Mr.
C. F. Gale, Chief Inspector of Fisheries, Western Australia.

PsEUDOMONACANTHUS HiPPOCREPis, Quojj d Goimard.

Balistes hipjjocrepis, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. " Uranie et Physi-
cienne," 1824, p. 212.

Loc. — Mandurah ; Fremantle ; Houtman's Abrolhos ; Rottnest
Island.

PSEUDOMONACANTHUS GRANULATUS, Shaw.

Batistes r/ranitlatus, Shaw, in White's Yoy. IST. S. Wales, 1790, p.
29.5", fig. 2.

Loc. — Mandurah ; Fremantle ; Houtman's Abrolhos.

PsEUDOMONACANTHUS BROWNii, Richardson.

Aleuterius hnnniii, Richardson, Voy. "Ereb and Terr.", Ichth.,
1846, p. 68.

hoc. — Fremantle.

CHiETODERMIS PENICILLIGERUS, Cuvier.

Balistes nenicilliqerm, Cuvier, Regne Anim., ed. 2., ii, 1829, p.
374' (footnote), and iii., 1830. p. 433, pi xi., fig. 3.

FISUKS FKOM WESTERN AUSTRALIA — WAITE. 81

Castelnau-' recorded tliis species from Fremantle, whence we
have a fine example measuring 27 mm.

Mr. C. T. Regan-- does not admit Chcetodermis as a vahd genus
and remarks on the similarity of the species to Monacanthus
tomentosHS.

Chcetodermis maccullochi, s/j. nov.

(PL xvii.)

D. ii., 27 ; A. 26 ; P. 12 ; C. 12.

Length of head 2*7 ; height of body at the vent, equal to the
length of the caudal and 2-2 in the total. The eye lies nearer to
the dorsal rays than to the end of the snout and is 44 in the
length of the head : the interorbital space is 4"0 in the same.

Ihe gill opening is nearly vertical, it is placed beneath the
posterior margin of the eye, and is nearly one-half longer than its
diameter. The nostrils are simple pores placed close together in
a naked ai-ea well in front of the eye.

Head deeper than long, its upper and lower profiles, to the
dorsal and ventral spines respectively, perfectly straight.

The body is elongate, strongly compi'essed, its upper and lower
borders very slightly curved. The dorsal spine is placed wholly
behind the eye and midway between the end of the snout and the
middle dorsal rays. It is beset with strong lateral barbs, directed
downward ; at the upper base of each arises a filament as long as
the diameter of the eye and bifid near the tip. The rays are
long and rise gradually to about the twentieth which is half
the length of the head ; the posterior edge is gently rounded.
The anal arises beneath the seventh dorsal ray and extends a
little beyond its posterior insertion, it is otherwise quite similar.
The ventral process is scarcely depressible but its terminal spine
is movable. It is beset with barbs and filaments. The
pectoral is rounded, its longest rays twice the diameter of the eye.
The caudal is markedly acuminate, the central rays being twice
the length of the outer ones. It is peculiar inasmuch as its rays
are homacanthus (if I may use the term in this connection) there
being no alternation of arrangement and all of equal thickness ;
the peduncle is flattened above and below, and its depth is equal
to the diameter of the eye.

The lips, space around the nostrils and gill-openings are
naked, otherwise the head is densely covered with rosette-like

•*! Castelnau.— Prnc. Zool. Soc. Vict., ii., 1873, p. 147.
22 Regan.— Proc. Zool. Soc, 1902, p. 289.

82 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

scales. On the body they merge into simple prominent sub-
recumbent spines arranged in close longitudinal rows, which
extend to the bases of the caudal rays. The head and body bear
distant branched filaments, there is a sei'ies along the upper and
lower profile of the head and a close seines between the ventral
spine and the anal fin.

Total length 230 mm.

Zoc. —Houtman's Abrolhos.

Colours. — The specimen is evidently much discoloured and is
now uniform pale brown, with scattered dark markings, princi-
pally disposed below the base of the dorsal rays. A larger spot
may be traced above the upper pectoral rays. The caudal bears
a few dark spots.

The contour of this fish sufficiently distinguishes it from that
of the only other known species. It has the shape of a double-
rhomboid, one figure of which is formed by the head and body
and the other by the tail. The hinder profiles of the body pro-
duce an acute angle, whereas in C. j^^^iict^^t^errt*, Cuvier, they
form a semicircle ; the tail of the latter, also, is not produced as
in the new species.

I associate with the species the name of Mr. A. K. McCulloch
to whom I owe the figure of this and the other species illustrating
the paper.

Akacana lenticulakis, Richardson.
Ostracion lenticularis, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1841, p. 21.
Log. — Fremantle.

Aracana aurita, Sha/v.
Ostracion auritus, Shaw, Nat. Misc.,ix., 1798, pi. cccxxxviii.
Loc. — Fremantle.

8ph^roides sceleratus, Gmelin.
Tetraodon sceleratus, Gmelin, Syst. Nat., ed. xiii., 1789, p. 1444
Loc. — Fremantle.

MTNERALOGICAL NOTES: No. II.— TOPAZ, BARITE,
ANGLESITE, CERUSSITE, and ZIRCON.

By C. Anderson, M.A., B.Sc, Mineralogist.

(Plates xviii. — xx.)

TOPAZ.

Emmaville, New South Wales.

Since a description and figures of topaz crystals from Emma-
ville was published,^ Mr. D. A. Porter has presented to the
Trustees the specimen represented in PI. xviii., Fig. 1. It is a
typical and finely developed example of the crystalline habit of
topaz from this locality, and, as it is somewhat larger than the
best crystals hitherto examined, it is possible to represent the
faces in approximately their actual relative proportions. As
usual there is a comparatively rich prism zone, with the form m
(110) greatly predominating. Each of the prisms has four faces
present, but the pinacoid h (010) has only one. The three domes
have each the full number of faces. Of the pyramids o (221) and
X (243) have but three faces, while w (HI) and i (223) have
four. The faces are with few exceptions smooth and brilliant
and give excellent reflections. The crystal measures 9^ mm. x
5| mm. X 4 mm. The mean co-ordinate angles obtained are as
follows :—

1 Anderson— Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 1904, pp. 296-299, pi. xxxix..figs. 1-3

84

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Measured.

Calculated.

Er

ror.

<t>

P

«^

P

<^

P

(■

001

°

'

°

'

°

'

°

'

'

'

b

010

15

90

5

90

15

5

m

no

62

4

90

2

62

8

90

4

2

M

230

51

34

90

1

51

35

90

1

1

I

120

43

24

90

3

43

25

90

1

3

77

250

37

8

90

37

7

90

1

(J

130

32

16

90

32

14

90

2

d

201

89

59

60

59

90

61

1

1

f

021

1

43

37

43

39

1

2

y

041

62

19

62

20

1

o

221

62

8

63

52

62

8

63

54

2

u

111

62

8

45

36

62

8

45

35

1

i

223

62

6

34

15

62

8

34

14

2

1

K

243

43

27

41

14

43

25

41

12

2

2

In this as in succeeding tables the calculated angles are those
given by Goldschmidt in his Krystallographische Winkeltabellen.

Since a considerable number of angular measurements of topaz
crystals from Emmaville are now available, it may be of interest
to calculate the corresponding axial ratios, especially as Penfield
and Minor^ have shown that the ratios vary with the isomorphous
replacement of fluorine by hydroxyl. For this purpose the angles
were carefully revised, the best measurements selected, and means
taken. The forms chosen from measurements on six crystals and
the mean angles obtained are given in the table below ; as it was
judged that the prism m and the pyramid u yield the most
reliable data, the corresponding values for a and c are counted
twice in finding the mean ratios.

2 Penfield and Minor— Amer. Journ. Sci., xlvii., 1894, p. 387.

MIXERALOGICAL NOTES — ANDERSON.

85

Form.

4>

P

a

c

m

no

62

7 .38-5

°

'

"

•5288615

I

120

43

25 5

•5284015

(1

130

32

14 24

•5285428

%i

111

62

7 38

45

34

40

•5288646

•4769763

f

021

43

39

•4770300

y

041

62

19

30

•4767101

Mean

0-5287328

0-4769232

The calculated values of a and c agree fairly closely with
Koksharov's ratios a:b: c = 0^528542 : 1 : 0-476976, determined
on Russian topaz and usually taken as the standard.

PL xix., fig. 1 is a stereographic projection showing the distribu-
tion of all faces that have been identified on Emmaville topaz.

Oban, New South Wales.

Mr. D. A. Porter recently presented to the Trustees a fine
large ciystal of topaz from Oban. It measures 4 cm. x 4 cm.
X 3 cm., and shows four forms not recognised on crystals from
this locality hitherto examined, namely c (001), d (201), h (203),
and X (043). It is shown in its natural development in PI. xviii.,
fig. 2. The specimen is somewhat worn and the faces non-
retlecting, but approximate measurements obtained with the
contact goniometer leave no doubt as to the correctness of the
determinations. There is but one face of X present, but all the
others have the full number. One of the f (021) faces shows a
distinct natural etching-figure. It takes the form of a raised
semicircular area with its convexity directed towards the apex of
the crystal, the base of the semicircle being parallel to the inter-
section of f and c.

Mount Cameron, Tasmania.

Through the kindness of Mr. W. F. Petterd, a well-known
authority on the minerals of Tasmania, T liave been enabled to

86

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

measure some fine specimens of crystallised Tasmanian minerals,
including topaz from Mt. Cameron, Flinders Island, and Bell
Mount.

At Mt. Cameron topaz is abundant in the stanniferous drift,
but has not been found hi situ. It is usually much worn, but
some crystals well suited for crystal lographic determination were
sent to me by Mr. Petterd. Two crystals were determined on
the goniometer, one a crystal measuring 12 mm. x 13 mm. x 12
mm. and of a greenish colour shown in PI. xviii., fig. 3. It is fairly
rich in prism faces, having 7u (110), M (230), I ( I 20), and g (130)
present ; I predominates, but all are well marked faces and give
fairly good images. The terminal faces are rather dull ; only one
face of o (221) is present. The co-ordinate angles obtained are
given below.

Measured.

Calculated.

Error.

«^

P

</>

P

<i>

P

o

'

o

1

o

'

'

i

O '

f

001

—

_ —

.

—

—

.

1>l

110

62

5

89

56

62

8

90

3

4

M

230

51

28

89

53

51

34

90

6

7

I

120

43

17

89

55

43

25

90

8

5

il

130

32

19

89

55

32

14

90

5

5

f

021

6

43

35

43

39

6

4

y

041

8

62

13

62

20

8

7

o

221

61

57

62

53

62

8

63

54

11

1 1

1(,

111

62

7

45

29

62

8

45

35

1

6

i

223

62

7

34

13

62

8

34

14

1

1

From another lot of small clear, colourless, crystals one was
selected and its faces determined (PI. xviii., fig. 4). It measures
7 mm. x5 mm. x5 mm., and in general habit resembles the last,
but has fewer prism faces and has the rather rare pyramid x
(243) fairly well developed but dull. The prism faces are striated
and give only fair signals. Appended are the mean co-ordinate
anyles found.

MIXERALOGICAI, NOTES — ANDERSON.

87

Form

Measured.

Calculated.

Eiror.

</>

P

<!>

P

^

1

o

'

o

1

O 1

o

1

1

/

C

001

.

.

VI

110

61

58

89

58

62 8

90

10

2

I

120

43

7

89

58

43 25

90

18

2

f

021

1

43

37

43

39

1

2

y

041

7

62

13

62

20

7

7

n

111

61

53

45

24

62 8

45

35

15

11

i

223

61

46

33

58

62 8

34

14

22

16

X

243

42

26

41

6

43 25

41

12

59

6

Flinders Island, Tasmania.

Topaz from Flinders Island was first mentioned, I believe, by
the late Rev. J. J. Bleasdale, D.D., who wrote : "This may be
Siaid of those [i.e., topaz crystals] from Flinders Island that
they possess very great fire and beauty when cut, and are nearly
all of a pale yellowish shade in the rough."' The best account of
the occurrence is that of the late C. Gould, Government Geologist
of Tasmania, who observed it whilst making a geological re-
connaissance of the islands in Bass Strait.* The following
paragraph gives an abstract of his observations.

It occurs in crystals and pebbles in great variety of foi'm,
colour and size, associated with zircon, tourmaline, cassiterite,
etc. It is derived from the granite and may occasionally be
obtained as fine crystals in sifii along with crystallised quartz
and felspar. It is abundant (m the north-east side of Killicrankie
Bay in a creek descending from tlie ranges and upon the beach ;
it also occurs in other parts of Flinders Island. The topaz lias
evidently been formed in Aeins of pegmatite whicli traverse the
granite and vary from one to several feet in diameter. The
colour varies from pure limpid to various shades of blue, pale
pink, yellow, etc. Crystals are found up to several inches in
diameter.

■• Bleasdale— Trans. Roy. Soc. Vicf.. vii., 1866, p. 70.
* Gould— Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1871 (1872). pp. 60-61.

88

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

A fine crystal (PI. xviii., fig. 5) measuring 7 mm. X 9 mm. x 7
mm., and perfectly clear and colourless was measured on the
goniometer. As the faces are very irregularly developed and one
side of« the crystal is broken, the crystal is di-awn in ideal
symmetry, but so as to show the habit as nearly as possible. The
prisms m (110) and I (120) are about equal in size and striated,
but the images are good. The brachydomes /(021) and y (041)
are relatively small, while the macrodome d (201) is unusually
large and brilliant. The base is large and smooth. The pyramid
o (221) is small, u (111) and i (22.3) large and brilliant.

The co-ordinate angles found are tabulated below.

Measured.

Calculated.

Error.

Form.

^

9

</>

9

^

P

1

o

/

'

o

/

o

'

1

C

001

—

—

. —

—

—

—

—

—

—

m

110

62

8

89

58

62

8

90

2

I

120

43

23

89

58

43

25

90

2

2

f

021

4

43

36

43

39

4

3

y

041

4

61

59

62

20

4

21

d

201

90

61

5

90

61

5

221

62

7

63

43

62

8

63

54

1

11

u

111

62

10

45

33

62

8

45

35

2

2

%

223

62

9

34

11

62

8

34

14

1

3

Bell Mount, Middlesex, Tasmania.

Mr. Petterd informs me that topaz occurs at Bell Mount in a
very decomposed quartz-porphyry, also as pebbles weathered out
in the drift ; it has not previously been recorded from this locality.
Two crystals, both colourless and transparent, were examined ;
one is much worn and broken and unsuitable for goniometric
determination. The other (PI. xviii., fig. 6) has good prism and
dome faces but the pj^ramids are dull and were measured in the
position of maximum illumination. The base is absent. The
crystal measures 13 mm. X 10 mm. x 11 mm.

MINEEALOGICAL NOTES — ANDERSON.

89

Measured.

Calculated.

Error.

Forms.

<i>

P

^ P

<^

P

1

O 1

o

1

o /

o

/

/

m 110

62 5

89

59

62 8

90

3

1

I 120

■13 17

89

67

43 25

90

8

3

/ ■ 021

1

43

36

43

39

1

3

a 111

i

62 2

45

22

62 8

45

35

6

13

BARITE.

Barite has for some time been known to occur at several points
in the Triassic area in the neighbourhood of Sydney, both in the
Hawkesbury Sandstone and in the succeeding Wianamatta
Shales. It was first recorded by Mr. H. G. Smith who found it
in a quarry near Cook River, five miles west from Sydney, in
small well-formed crystals, consisting of almost pure barium
sulphate with a trace of calcium.^ Subsequently barite was found
near Gosford Railway Station." It has also been observed by
Prof. T. W. E. David, Trustee, at Five Dock, associated with
quartzite and in close })roximity to a decomposed basalt dyke. It
is found under similar conditions at Pyrmont Sandstone Quarries,
and at Pennant Hills Quarries it occurs as veins in the basalt at
a depth of over fifty feet. Pi'of. David believed that the barite
found in the Sydney area originated pi-obably from the basalt,
numerous dykes of Avhich traverse the sedimentary rocks.^
He informs me, howevei', that he has now modified
this opinion since observing how widespread is the dis-
tribution of barytes in the Pcrmo-Carboniferous sedimentary
rocks of the Northern and Southern Coal-fields as well as in the
Triassic strata of New South Wales. He now atti'ibutes the
liarite of the Sydney area chiefly to decomposition of detrital
barytic felspars. Specimens from Macdonald Town and Thirlmere
are in the Australian Museum collection.

» Smith— Proc. Liiiu. Soe. N. S. Walep, (2), vi., 1892, pp. 1.31-1:52,

« Baker— ioe. cit., (2), vii., 1893, p, 328,

' David — Journ. Roy. Soc. N. S. Walee, xxvii., 1894, p. 407.

90

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

The crystals described in this paper are from the Wianamatta
Shale at St. Peters, near Sydney. There are three specimens
from this locality in the Museum collection, each carrying a
number of crystals, but specimens sufficiently good for guniumetric
determination are found on only one. The crystals are either
tabular on the basal pinacoid, or prismatic by extension parallel
to the brachy-axis. The combinations are comparatively simple :
of two crystals measured one showed the forms c (001), m (110), o
(Oil), d (102), the other (PI. xix., fig. 2) the forms c (001), b
(010), m (110), o (Oil), d (102), z (111). This latter crystal
measures approximately 3 mm. X 2| mm. on the basal pinacoid,
and, like all the well formed specimens is quite transparent and
colourless. The faces of b (010) are very small and were measured
in the position of maximum illumination. Only one reliable
measurement of the f omi z (111) was obtained. Below are the
measured angles.

Measured.

Calculated.

Error.

Forms.

<!>

P

P

P

O '

o

/

o /

o

/

1 1

C

001

— —

—

—

— —

—

—

— 1 —

b

010

10

90

90

10

m

110

50 45

89

57

50 49

90

4

3

on

9

52

38

52

43

9

5

d

102

90 2

38

45

90

38

51

2

6

z

111

50 50

64

7

50 49 1 64

18

1

11

ANGLESITE.

Maestrie's Mine, Dundas, Tasmania.

Mr. W. F. Petterd says of this occurrence* " many of the
crystals obtained at this mine are large and beautifully developed,
occurring in masses of considerable size, sometimes containing
massicot in the interstices and as a base. Commonly large lumps
of galena are coated with anglesite, cerussite and massicot, pre-
senting an appearance that has become fairly characteristic of

" Petterd — Min. Tasmania, 1893, p. 7.

MIXERALOGICAL NOTKS — ANDERSON.

91

this mint,' and tlie Comet adjoining."' In the Museum colk^ctiou
there is one specimen from this locaHty, consisting of a group of
well developed lustrous crystals in a xugh of galena, with powdery
limonite. The crystals are of the general habit shown in PI. xix.,
fig. 3. The crystal there represented measures 1"2 cm. xl"9 cm.
X 1 cm. ; it is slightly broken at one end of tlie macro-axis, and
the a (100) faces are strongly striated parallel to their intersection
with 7U (110). The predominant forms are c (001), a (100), and
7n (110); the others are very narrow. Two faces of d (102)
admitted of measurement, but the pyi'amids and the dome o (01 1)
were determined from single faces. The image obtained from ^
(111) was very poor, the angles being measured in the position of
maximum illumination. The measured and calculated angels are
given in the followinir table : —

Measured,

Calciiliited.

Error.

9

4^

9

1 P

o

'

o /

o /

o

1

' 1 '

r

001

— —

—

j

a

100

89

54

90

90

90

6

m

110

51

57

89 57

51 51

90

6

3

d

102

90

4

39 17

90

39

23

4

6

Oil

52 16

52

12

4

z

111

—

—

65

51 51

64

24

—

36

.'/

122

32

6

56 45

32 29

56

48

23 3

1

Mine Mbretrice, New Caledonia.

There is one specimen witli numerous crystals from this locality
in the Museum collection. Tlie anglesite crj^stals, which are
small but beautifully and regularly developed, are embedded in a
cavernous gossany matrix ; they are transparent and either
<;olourless or slightly yellowish, with a vitreous to greasy lustrc".
The habit is remarkably uniform, the dominant forms being r
(001), 111 (110) and d (102). Two crystals were measured, one
.showing only these forms, the other further modified by the forms
h (010), o (Oil), z (111), y (122), all with very small faces.
(PI. xix., fig. 4). The co-ordinate angles obtained agreed well
with the calculated values.

92 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

LE^vIs Ponds, Near Orange, New South Wales.

This occurrence of angles! te is mentioned in the " Census of
New South Wales Minerals" drawn up by a Committee of the
Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science in 1 890,"
where the locality is given as the New Lewis Ponds Silver Mine,
and it is said to be associated with cerussite and silver ores. On
the specimen in the Australian Museum numerous crystals of
anglesite are scattered over the surface of a crumbling, limonitous
gossan. Many of the crystals are greenish in colour, and
are said to contain copper. I was unable to prove the
presence or absence of copper definitely on the quantity
of material I felt justified in sacrificing, but it may be present
in small amount. Anglesite with a green or blue tinge is com-
monly observed, and this may perhaps be due to an isomorphous
mixtuie of anglesite with a small quantity of the anhrydrous
copper sulphate hydrocyanite, wliich crj^stallises in the ortho-
rhombic system with axes and angles not far from those of the
barite-anglesite group.

The Lewis Ponds ciystals show two somewhat different habits ;
in one the predominant forms are c (001), m (110), and d (102),
and the crystals are elongated along the macro-axis (PI. xix., fig.
5) ; in the other, by increase in the size of c (111), m is reduced
to a narrow plane, and the crystal is almost acutely terminated
on the a and ^ axes ( PL xix., fig. 6). The crystals of the second
habit are much smaller than the othei's, the two shown in
PI. xix., figs. 5 and 6 measuring respectively 5 mm. X 8 nim. X 5
mm., and 3 mm. in diameter. Only the lai'ger crystals are
greenish, the smaller being colourless with a greasy lustre. The
table below gives the mean co-ordinate angles obtained from the
two figured crystals.

Measured.

Calculated.

Error.

^

P

</>

P

<?>

P

u '

O 1

o '

o /

1

r
III
d

oui
110
102
111

51 49
89 59
51 47

90 1
39 22
64 24

51 51
90
51 51

90
39 23
64 24

2
1
4

1

1

Proc. Austr. Ass. Adv. Scl, ii., 1890, p. 207.

MINEKA LOGICAL XOIES — ANDERSON. 93

CERUSSITE.

At the Magnet Mine, Tasmania, cerussite occurs in two different
habits, long prismatic or tabuhir on the h (010) pinacoirl (PI. xx.,
fig. 1), and as fiat tal)les parallel to the basal plane (PI. xx.,
fig. 2). In both cases the crystals are twinned on the faces m
(110) and m'" (110) resulting in trillings of pseudo-hexagonal
form. A specimen in the Museum collection furnished ciystals of
the first habit, while Mr. W. F. Petterd obligingly lent some
examples of the other. An interesting feature is that the flat
pseudo-hexagonal tables of the second habit are invariably con-
taminated with chromate of lead, doubtless in the form of croco-
isite, which imparts to them a canary-yellow colour with occasional
patches of red. The occurrence is well d,escribed by Mr. Petterd.^"

" This attractive variety [habit ii.] of a common species
is, so far as known, confined to the Magnet Mine, in the upper
workings of which it is, although local, fairly abundant. It
occurs in fractures and vughs in the gossan zone, but in bunches
and sparsely attached as beautiful little crystals, generally in
close association with crocoisite, but never so far as observation
has gone intermixed with the normal form [of cerussite] ;
although this is somewhat abundant in its usual adamantine
characteristic habit, often showing remarkably perfect develop-
ment in stellar and cruciform triplet crystals."

Habit I. (PI. XX., fig. 1.) The two crystals measured were
essentially similar, being elongated along the vertical axis and
tabular on the h (010) pinacoid. The same forms are present in
both, namely c (001), a (100), b (010), m (110), r (130), i (021),
x- (102), and ^^ (111). In the figure the breadth along the a axis
is somewhat exaggerated, and the three individuals are drawn in
equi-poise, though really only one is well-formed, the other two
being quite subordinate. All the forms except b are relatively
narrow and the prism zone is much striated and interrupted.
Of the three individuals forming the trilling, I. is placed in the
conventional position, while II. and III. are twinned on the faces
(110) and (llO), respectively, of I. Thus the faces ?m and ^are
coplanar ^vith m and p, while m and p are coplanar with m ' ' '
and p" ', and similarly at the other end of the a axis of I. but II.
and III. have only one coplanar face, namely, the Ijase c. The
figure is similar to the well-known drawing by Schrauf^', but the

10 Petterd— Kept. Secy. Mines Tas., 1903 (1904),'pp. 76-77.
" Schrauf— Tscherraak's Mineral. Mittheil., 1873, Heft iii.. pp. 203-212,
PI. iii., fig. 2.

94

IJECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Magnet mineral lias three mure forms. The table of angles below
gives the measured and" calculated values for I. and also the
observed angles belonging to forms on II. and III., as, owing to
the small size and imperfect development of the crystals, on the
goniometer it was impossible to distinguish the reflections belong-
ing to the se\'era] indi\iduals, and it was mainly from the angular
measurements that the twiiniing structure was deduced.

Measured.

(_'alcnlated.

Error. j

For

ms.

Xo. of

Faces.

P

P

^

P

(■

001

'

'

"

'

'

/

a

100

3

90

89 59

90

90

1

h

010

4

4

89 56

90

4

4

m

110

(1

58 36

89 58

58 37

90

1

2

r

130

.")

2S 39

89 56

28 39

90

4

i

021

3

() 2

55 22

55

20

2

2

ii;

012

.)

1

19 51

19

52

1

1

V

HI

G

58 39

54 10

58 37

54

14

2

4

a

100

•)

27 23

89 57

27 14

90

9

3

h

010

.")

G2 59

89 56

62 46

90

13

4

I

010

1

62 34

89 59

62 46

90

12

1

m

110

•)

4 15

89 56

4 9

90

6

4

m

110

1

3 47

90

4 9

90

22

r

130

1

34 5

89 51

34 7

90

2

9

r

130

1

34 23

90

34 7

90

16

i

021

1

02 41

55 17

62 46

55

20

5

3

X

012

1

62 48

19 50

62 46

19

52

2

2

P

111

3

4 5

54 8

4 9

54

14

4

6

Habit ii. (PL xx, %. 2). Tlie crystals with this habit differ
from the others mainly in having a large basal plane, and in being
greatl}'' shortened along the ^'ertical axis, the result being flat
tables approaching the hexagonal form. That they are trillings

MlNERALOfilCAL NOTES — ANDERSON. 95

is at once apparent from the reentrant angles on the edges, and
the three systems of striations on the basal plane, which are well
seen under the microscope, crossing at angles of approximately
60'^, and running parallel to the brachy-axis of each individual.
Crystals of a similar habit have already been observed in aragon-
ite, but pi-ismatic crystals seem more common with cerussite.
One lot of isolated crystals of a pronounced yellowish colour
average 6 mm. in diameter. A few smaller crystals measuring
about 1 mm. in diameter, translucent, and of a much paler colour
were obtained implanted on the matrix. These latter supplied the
best measurements on the goniometer. The most prominent face
after the basal plane is the pyramid o (112); only one doubtful
angle could be referred to the prism /■, which is accordingly
not entered in the figure. Tlie forms recognised are c (001), o
(100), b (010), v>. (110), i (021), k (Oil), p (111), o (112). The
drawing suggests Laspeyre's figure of aragonite from Oberstein,
only our crystal has more forms, and is drawn in ideal symmetry.
The measured agree well with the theoretical angles.

PI. XX., fig. 3 is a stereographic projection showing all the
forms recognised on Magnet cerussite and the principal zones.

ZIRCON.
Glen Innes, New South Wales.
Mr. D. A. Porter has been kind enough to lend me for descrip-
tion some crystals of zircon from Glen Innes and Inverell, both in
the New England district of New South Wales. In a paper read
before the Royal Society of New South Wales, Mr. Porter gives
an exhaustive description of the occurrence of zircon in this
district.'-* " In the Inverell District zircons are found in many
places over a large area, chiefly of basaltic country, forming the
watershed of the Macintyre River on the northern side, and
extending from N. to E.S.E. from Inverell. They occur princi-
pally in the beds of streams, or scattered over low sloping ridges,
and in the beds of clay and boulders, which form raised beaches

along the creek sides in many of the localities The

zircons from these several localities mentioned, are usually more
or less broken or cleaved, and very much worn and smoothed, but
occasionally in fairly perfect crystals, of which figures 1 and 2 are
representations." Glen Innes and Inverell are about thirty miles
apart and we may take it that the zircon found at both places is
similar in origin.

12 Porter— Journ. Eoy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii., 1888 (1889), pp. 82-83,
pi. 1., figs. 1,2.

56

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

One good, doubly-terminated crystal from Glen Innes (PI. xx.,
fig. 4) was measured on the goniometer. It is slightly worn and
broken, and very irregularly developed as is usual with zircon,
but the reflections are fairly good. The forms present are m, (110),
p (111), V (221), n (331) and x (131), the largest faces
belonging to m, p and x ; the forms u and v are small,
w having only two faces present, while v has but one. The
crystals vaiy from clear, colourless to dark red by transmitted
light. The measured and calculated angles are tabulated below.

Measured.

Calculated.

Error.

1

^

P

(jy p

^

P

O '

o

c ' o

/

1

1

m

no

44 56

90

13

45 90

4

13

P

111

45 1

42

5

45 42

9

1

4

V

221

45 35

60

54

45 61

5

35

11

u

331

45 3

69

53

45

69

47

3

6

X

131

18 18

63

41

18 26

63

43

8

2

Sp. g. 4-64.

Inverell, New South Wales.

Out of a collection from this locality sent me by Mr. Porter only
one crystal Avas sufficiently good for measurement on the gonio-
meter. It is doubly terminated, most irregular in development,
and the faces are polished and slightly rounded, giA'ing only
blurred reflections. It shows only the forms m (110), ^j (111) and
X (131), of which VI. is small (PI. xx., fig. 5). Sp. g. 4'66.

Boat Harbour, near Table Cape, Tasmania.' ■•

I am indebted to Mr. W. F. Petterd for some crystals of zircon
from the above locality, as well as for notes on their occurrence.
They are not found in situ, but as waterworn fragments. Mr.
Petterd is of opinion that the mineral is a product of contact
metamorphism in granite country. The zircon is accompanied by
blue sapphires, menaccanite and other detrital minerals. One
fairly well developed, doubly terminated crystal w^as determined
(PI. XX., fig. 6). The forms present are a (100), m (110), p

" Petterd— Min. Tasmania, 1893, p. 72.

MINERALOr.ICAL NOTES — ANDERSON.

97

(111), V (221), 'u (331) and x (131) of which a and p predomi-
nate. The crystal is dark-red in colour and shows a striated area
in one part. All the forms are present with the full complement
of faces except ti which has Ijut two. The crystal measures ap-
proximately 10 mm. in diameter. Below are the mean co-ordi-
nate angles obtained. Sp. g. 4-57.

Measured.

Calculated.

Error.

Form.

^

P

4>

P

</>

P

Q 1

»

/

w /

•».*

/

/

1

a

100

2

90

1

90

2

1

m

110

45

90

2

45

90

2

P

111

44 59

42

9

45

42

9

1

V

221

44 56

61

5

45

61

5

4

th

.331

45 2

69

43

45

69

47

2

4

X

131

18 26

63

43

18 26

63

43

I wish to express my obligation to Mr. AV. F. Petterd and Mr.
D. A. Porter for the loan of specimens and for information freely
given ; also to Professor T. W. E. David for kindly affording me
an opportunity for study in the Geological Department of the
University.

Note. — While this paper was passing through the press I have
learnt that M. A. Lacroix has already described crystals of
anglesite from the Mine Meretrice, New Caledonia, in a " Note
pi'eliminaire sur les mineraux des mines de la vallee du Diahot
(Nouvelle-Caledonie)."''' The author promises a further descrip-
tion in his Mineralogif de la France et de ses' Colonies, but I have
not been able to refer to the later work.

i< Lacroix — Soc. Fr. de Min., xvii., 1894, p. 51.

ON A LARGE EXAMPLE of MEGALATRACTUS
ARUANUS, L.

By Charles Hedley, Conchologist.

(Plates xxi.-xxii., and fig. 24).

Since the appearance of Mr. H. L. Kesteven's article' on the
structure of Megalatractiis ar^ianus, further notes and information
have been accumulated on the subject by the writer. The size
attained by this gigantic shell does not seem to be generally
appreciated. It is quoted by Deshayes'^ as "longueur 3 pouces,
11 lignes." The latest monographer, Tryon," gives the length as
from 8-12 inches. It appears to be the largest recent Gasteropod.
So far as I am aware, no illustration of the adult shell has
appeared.

The Trustees have lately received from Mr. P. G. Black a
magnificent specimen which that gentleman procured in Torres
Strait, and which is figured on the accompanying plate (PL
xxi.). The subject of this note weighs ten pounds twelve ounces,
the breadth is ten and a half inches, and the length one foot ten
and three-quarter inches. As usual in the adult state, the apex
is decollated ; by compainson with younger examples it is esti-
mated that in the individual figured the styliform embryo and
two and a half succeeding whorls have been removed, curtailing
the total length by three-quarters of an inch. Seven whorls now
remain. In the young shells the keel bears projecting nodules,
but in the adult it is smooth.

The original figure of this species by Rumphius,* upon which
Linne founded the species,^ and from which he derived the name
and locality, is reversed. That this was done by error of the
engraver and not intentionally is shown by the fact that the
remaining figures of Sejita tritonis, Linn., &c., upon the same
plate are also reversed. This unfortunate mistake evidently
caused Linne to confound this shell with the American Fulgur
carica, Gmelin, which is really a sinistral shell.

1 Kesfceven — Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., 1904, pp. 419-449.

2 Desbayep — Anim. s. Vert., 2nd. ed., ix., 1843. p. 450.
. •' Tryon— Man. Conch., iii., 1881. p. 52.

^ Rumphius — D'AmboinscheRariteikamer, 1741, p. 93, pi. xxviii.. fi?. A.
•'■' Linnaeus— Syst. Nat., 10th. ed., 1758, p. 753.

A LARGK EXAMPLE OK MEGALATHACTUS AEUAyiS, L. — HKDLKY. 99

According to Brauer,*^ the Murex (/if/at<oi Born is a synonym
of this species.

Buccinum incisum of Martyn is usually considered to belong
here also. The locality he gave has been noted as erroneous by
E. A. Smith."

The islanders of Torres Htrait employed this shell in their
ceremonies. Prof. A. C. Haddon" has described and figured its
use in the "zogo,"or sacred ground of Murray Island. In a
dx'awing by Prof. T. H. Huxley," the species is shown mounted
on a funeral screen at Mt. Ernest, Torres Strait.

When visiting Bentinck Island, Gulf of Carpentaria, in June,
1903, as the guest of Dr. W. E. Roth, I gathered a specimen
(PI. xxii.) eighteen inches in length which the aborigines had
employed for carrying water. To facilitate transport, a hole had
been knocked in the ventral surface at the margin of the inner
lip, in which the thumb was inseited while the fingers grasped
the columella.

Dr. Pioth notes^" that at Mapoon, Cape York Peninsula, where
it is called " pandaii," the natives eat tlie mollusc and manufac-
ture the shell into nose-pins and water-vessels.

I am indebted to Mr. A. Morton for permission to notice here
an interesting specimen preserved in the
Tasmanian Museum. A shell (fig. 24)
about nine inches in length was per-
forated in the back of the penultimate
whorl, and had been used as a trumpet
by the Papuans. It was collected on the
Fly River, British New Guinea, by the
late Rev. James Chalmers.

The furthest point to whicli I have
traced the species to the south-west is
Rest Bay, Exmouth Gulf, W.A., where
Admiral P. P. King observed" " a buc-
cinum of immense size" upon the beach.

On Darnley Island it appears, from an
observation by Jukes, to be known as ^'-^''

"mabaer."'-' Fisr. 24.

Megalatractvx aniait I's.

« Brauer— Sitzb. K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixxvii., 1, 1878. p. 171.

T Smith— Proc. Zool. Soc, 1890, p. 317.

* Haddon — Head-Hunters, Black, White, and Brown, 1901, p. 54, pl.vii.

' Macgrillivray — Voy. " Rattlesnake," ii., 1852, p. 37, pi. ii.

1° Roth— North Queensland Ethnography, Bull, iii., 1901, p. 18;

vii., 1904. p. 3. fig. 203.
" King — Survey Coasts Australia, i., 1827, p. 26.
" Jukes— Voy. "Fly," i., 1847, p. 189; ii., p. 286.

100 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

When alive the shell is entirely covered by a dense buff epi-
dermis, which peels off dry specimens. An example of the
animal which I purchased at Mapoon, from an aboriginal who
proposed to eat it, served my friend Mr. H. L. Kesteven as a
subject for anatomical study. ^*

In previous articles I have discussed the synonomy and egg
capsules of the species.'*

Add. — Since the above has been in print the South-western
range has been extended by the receipt from Mr. J. M. Sheridan
of an egg-case of M. aruamis, collected on Carnac Island, seven
miles South-west of Fremantle, W.A. The eastern-most record
is a dead shell I observed on the beach at Masthead Island,
Capricorn Group, Queensland.

^' Kesteven — Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., S, 1904.

" Hedley— Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxv., 1900, pp. 98 and 508, pi.
XXV., f. 18.

NOTES ox AUSTRALIAN SIPHONAPTERA.

By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S., F.E.S., Entomologist.

(Plate xxiii., and figs. 25-29).

Family RHYNCHOPRIONID^.

Genus Echidnophaga, Olliff.

Only one species of this genus is known, namely E. ambulans,
Olliif. This extraoi'dinary flea was obtained from a Porcupine
Ant Eatei' — ( Tachyglossus aculeatus, Shaw = Echidna hystrix).
OUift' in his paper " Description of a New Aphanipterous Insect
from New South Wales," says that it " was found in large
numbers on a Porcupine Ant Eater (Echidna hystrix) which was
recently added to the collection of the Australian Museum."^ As
a matter of fact I only know of three sijecimens, and these are in
our cabinet. They are probably the only specimens in any col-
lection. Our specimens are mounted on one slide and labelled
" Echidnophaga amhulans, Olliff, on Echidna hystrix, N.S.W.
Type."

Echidnophaga ambulans, Olliff.

(Plate xxiii , and figs. 25, 26).

This insect was described by the late Mr. A. S. Ollitt" in the
paper i-eferred to above, but it was not figured. An examination
and study of the type specimens reveal the fact that some
corrections and amphfications (aided by figures) to the original
description are necessary. The description below should therefore
be read in conjunction with 011ift"s. In this species the body is
globose, smooth, free from hairs and bristles excejDt in tlie region
of the genital aperture.

Antennm capitate, three-jointed (not four-jointed as stated by
Olliff'). Eyes prominent. Caput convex above. On the dorsal
line, the pro-thorax is very short ; the meta- and mesa-thorax are
longer and of equal length to each other.

1 Olliff— Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2), i., 1886, p. 172.

102

KECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Legs. — Rather long; femora smooth,
and furnished with two moderately long
apical spines or bristles ; each tibia is
notched on the upper surface, but this
character is not constant in point of num-
ber of notches, one of the types having
two notches and another three ; from
each notch two long bristles project ;
apical extremities broad and furnished
with six long bristles ; tarsal claws ex-
ceedingly long, smooth.

Abdomen. — Globose, convex. Of the
three type specimens the postei'ior ex-
tremity of the abdomen in two of them
is rounded (PL xxiii., fig. 1), and the
Fig. 25. genital aperture is not visible ; in the

¥.chidnophaga amlnlaus. third example the posterior tergite is ex-
cavated ; and the genital aperture distinct (figs. 25, 26).

Ohii. — This species has aroused much in-
terest amongst students who have devoted
special attention to the Siphonaptra, and it
has generally been regarded as " practi-
cally unknown." Some correspondence
has recently passed between Mr. Carl
Baker and myself in respect of this species,
in the course of which I have supplied
that gentleman with rough sketches of the
type. This with a view to settling the
exact sj'stematic position of E. ambulant.
In acknowledging my communication and
sketches Mr. Baker says : — " The sketches
were of the utmost service to me for one
thing at least. They enabled me to de-
finitely place Echidnophaga in its proper
family. Its greatly shortened thoracic

segments proclaim it of the Rhyncho- Echid)wphaga ambulans.
prionidpe (8arc(ipsyllid{e), unmistakeabl)-.

It is very near to the common chicken flea ( Argopsylla gallinacea)
a.nd indeed I very much suspect that it may belong to the same
genus."

Family, PULICID^.
Genus Crratophyllus, Curtis.

8ome time ago I published a short paper entitled " Notes on

Fig. 26.

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN SIPHONAPTERA — KAINBOW. 103

Fleas Parasitic on the Tiger Cat ;"'■ in which I pointed out that
the form described by Skuse as the male of his Stej^hanocircus
dasyuri'^ was referable to another genus, and that in all pro-
bability it was Pulex j'dscuttns, Bosc. In arriving at this con-
clusion I was guided by Carl Baker's " Preliminary Studies in
Aphaniptera,"* the only work at that time accessible to me. It
now appears that the form is distinct from P. fasciatus, and that
it is a species of the genus Ceratojihyllns, Cui'tis. The Hon. N.
C. Rothschild, commenting upon this species as described and
figured by Skuse remarks : " One of the species, of which Skuse
possessed both sexes is probably the one described by us under
the name of Ceratophyllus hilli."*^ Unfortunately the figui'e of
the Ceratophyllus (male) on Skuse's plate is not a good one.
The clasper is not defined, and the finger instead of being sickle-
shaped stands prominently out like a big tubercle or horn-like
process.

C. hilli is described and figured by Rothschild in his charac-
teristically thorough manner, ° and with this work I have carefully
compared Skuse's types of his so-called male Stephanocircus. The
result of this study has convinced me that they are distinct from
the male and female of Rothchild's species, C. hilli, and as they
also appear distinct from other known forms, I herewith append
a description, naming the species in honour of the Hon. N. C.
Rothschild who has done such admirable work in connection with
the Siphonaptera.

Ceratophyllus rothsciiildi, sp. uov.

(Figs. -27, 28, 29.)

9 Caput. — The front of the head bears a row of six fine
bristles between the antennal groove and tlie maxillary palpus ;
immediately below this there ai'e a number of fine hairs scattered
iri'egularly over the side of the head ; again, below the row
referi'ed to above, but situated towards the front, there are two
pairs of long fine bristles, one pair being below the other ; Inflow
these again, there is a larger and stronger bristle than the fore-
going. The hinder part of the head bears thi-ee I'ows of bristles ;

- Eftinbow — Rec. Anstr. Mus., v., 1903, pp. 53-55.

•■* Skuse— Rec. Austr. Mus., ii., 1893, p. 78, pi. xvii.

< Rothschild— Ent. Monthly Mag., (2), xvi., 1905, p. 60.

■' Rothschild— Novit. Zool., xi. 1904, pp. 622-3, pi. xi., fi^j. 43, 4i

104 RECORDS OK THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

the sub-apical row extending from the antennal groove to the
vertex, is oblique, and is composed of six, of which the first four
are of equal length oi- nearly so, and the other two distinctly
smaller, the sixth being shorter than the fifth ; in the second row
there are five bristles, of which the first two are very long, the
third somewhat shorter, and the fourth and fifth much smaller
still ; the third row fringes the basal angle of the head, and
consists of five ; the bristle nearest the antennal groove is not
only the longest of the series, but is widely separated from its
nearest neighbour ; of the others constituting the third or posterior
row, the three median bristles are of equal length, or nearly so,
and the fifth is much the smallest ; below the antennal groove,
and immediately before the first of the basal row of bristles,
there is an irregular group of short, stiff hairs or bristles, and
again betw^een the first and second bristles, a row of three short,
fine hairs. In front of the antennal groove
there are two long bristles placed one beneath
the other, though somewhat widely apart. The
first row of six fine bristles in front of the
head is divided into two series of three each by
the interception of two short but exceedingly
robust horn-like bristles, of which the anterior
one is not only much the longest, but gently
curved (fig. 3). The second segment of the
maxillarly pulpus is longer than the fourth, and
the rostrum reaches beyond the end of the fore
Tj,. .._ coxa. Apical extremities of the first and second

Ceratophiillus .joints of the antennfe are fringed with a row of
rothscMldi. short stiff black hairs or bristles.

Thorax. — The pro-notum has a comb of about 18 teeth, and
two rows of bristles, those of the posterior row being much the
longest, widely separated from each other individually, and over-
lapping the comb ; there are also a number of short fine hairs
scattered over the surface. The meso-notum has three recurved
I'ows of bristles and a few fine, scattered hairs ; the bristles con-
stituting the posterior row ai-e much the longest, and those of the
anterior row much the shortest ; the meso-thoracical epimerum
has two vertical though somewhat oblique rows of two bristles
each, and beyond these one single bristle, all of which are very
long ; besides these there are a few shorter ones present. The
meta-notum is also provided with a few scattered fine hairs, and
three rows of bristles similar to those on the mesa-notum ; the
meta-thoracical epimerum has two pairs of long and a few short,
tine bristles.. : -

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN SIPHONAPTERA — RAINBOW.

10^

Abdomfii. — The first abdominal tergite bears three rows of
bristles and a few short hairs in front : the bristles constituting
the posterior row are very long, those of the median row are
individually about one-half the length of their posterior neigh-
bours, and double the length of those of the anterior row.
Tergites 2 to 4 have each one row of extx-emely long bristles, and
another in which each individual is about one-half the length of
the latter; each of these tei-gites has, in addition, a few fine
hairs. Tergite 5 has only one row of bristles (each individual of
which is very long) and a few short hairs, whilst tergite 6 has
three slightly recurved rows, the first of which consists of four very
short bristles, the second, ten, about twice the length of the latter,
and the posterior row, twelve exceedingly long bristles. Tergite 7
has three rows of four, six, and eight respectively, and a few fine
haiis ; there are also two pairs of long
and heavy bristles seated at the apex,
and of these each outer one is longer
than its inner neighbour. The pos-
terior tergite has four short heavy
bristles, and a number of long and
short fine hairs. On sternite 1, there
is one long bristle on each side, and
no lateral ones, whilst in respect of
the others there is on each a ventral
patch of bristles, of which the pos-
terior ones are much the longest and
strongest. Pygidium much deeper
than wide, and clothed with long
coarse bristles and fine hairs (fig. 28).

Legs. — Long. Fore coxa furnished
with long strong bristles and short,
fine hairs. Median coxa smooth on
the upper angle and outer side ;
lower angle clothed in its entire length

Fig. 28.
Ceratophyllus rothschildi.

with short hairs
or bristles which are exceedingly fine at the base, but become
gradually stronger towards the apex, which is completely
encircled by them. The hind coxa is also smooth on the upper
angle ; the outer side is smooth at the base, and for about one-
half its length, from whence it is moderately hairy, and provided
with bristles which become gradually stronger towards the apex ;
lower angle clothed with short fine hairs at the base, but becoming
gradually stronger towards the apex which is encircled with fine
hairs and coarse bristles. The fore femur has a number of shorter
and longer fine hairs scattered over its outer surface, and one \ev\
long bristle on its inner angle near the apex. The median femui-

106 RECORDS OP THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

has the inner angle furnished with short stiff hairs, and the outer
side smooth, except at the apex where there are three moderately
long bristles ; lower angle smooth also, except at apex where there
are two modei-ately long biistles, and a few short fine hairs.
Posterior femur has its inner angle similarly clothed to the fore-
going, but its lateral apical extremity is furnished with six
moderately strong bristles ; outei- angle smooth. The fore tibia
has six notches on its upper angle, from each of which a pair of
stout bristles proceeds, the upper one of each pair being the
longest; in addition to these there are on the outer side, and near
the notched angle, two rows of strong hairs, the lower ones being
somewhat the longest ; lower angle smooth, but furnished at the
apex, on the outer angle, with a pair of stout bristles. Median
tibia has also six notches on its upper angle, and is similarly
clothed with bristles and hairs to the foregoing ; the outer side
is also similar to that of the fore tibia, but its lower angle is
clothed with fine hairs ; apex as in fore tibia. The posterior tibia
has seven notches on its upper angle, from each of which a pair
of stout spines proceeds ; of these the first pair is very short,
otherwise the clothing and armatui-e are similar to the median
tibia. Of the first and second tarsi, the fourth joint is much the
shortest, and the fifth the longest ; all the joints are clothed with
fine hairs and a few stout bristles ; the fifth joint of the first and
second tarsi have each four pairs of bristles on the under side.
Of the posterior tarsi, the first joint is much the longest, and the
fourth much the shortest ; the second joint is longer than the
third, and the latter rather longer than the fifth ; all the joints
of the posterior tarsi bear a numbei' of lateral bristles, between
which there is, both on the upper and under sides, two rows of
stiff hairs.

^ Caput. — The front bears a row of seven fine bristles between
the antennal groove and the maxillary palpus ; below this there
are a number of smaller hairs scattered over the side of the head.
Again, below this row there are two long bristles, and further
down two more placed closely togethei'. The subapical row forms
a complete series, being, unlike that of the female, not interrupted
by short, horn-like bristles. The hinder part of the head bears
two oblique rows of bristles, those of the second row being much
the longer ; below the latter row there is another series of
bristles, which form an uneven row and follow the posterior
angle of the head. Rostrum rather shorter than that of the
female.

Thorax. — Similar to female.

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN SIPHONAPTERA — RAINBOW.

107

Abdomen.- — Similar in vestiture to
female. In the modified segments the
clasper is produced into i-ather a long
process, bearing one long bristle, and a
few short hairs scattered over tlie sides.
The finger is scythe-shaped, moder-
ately long, pointed at apex, and
fui'nished with a few moderately stiff
bristles and short fine hairs. Sternite
9 broad, not divided ventrally, and
having the apex densely clothed with
long fine hairs, and long stout bristles.
Spiral of penis consists of two coils
(fig. 29).

Ley)<. — -Similar to female.

Hah. — New South Wales. liHoat, DasyurusmaculatuSjlS^erv. I
have also collected this species from the body of a tiger, Felis
tigria, Linn., which died in the Zoological Gardens, Sydney.

Fig. 29.
Ceratophyllus rothschili

Family CTENOPSYLLID^.

Getms Stephanocircus, Sknse.

It is interesting to note that although up to 1903, three
additional species of Stephanocircus had been described by the
Hon. N. C. Rothschild, all, including Skuse's species, were only
known to us by female examples. Rothschild has, however,
further extended our knowledge of the species constituting the
genus, and has during the present year described not only the
male of S. dasyuri, Skuse, but also the male and female of *S'.
fiimsoni, Roths."

All Rothschild's material was obtained from Launceston,
Tasmania, the hosts being for .S'. dasyuri : Mus vehUiuus, Thomas,
a Tasmanian Native Rat ; Peremeles (junni. Gray, Striped
Bandicoot ; and Dasyuras tnacidatus, Kerr, Tiger Cat. S.
siinsoni was obtained from M. velutinus and D. maculatun.

We thus now know of five species of this interesting genus,
namely : —

/S'. dasyuri, Skuse — Rec. Austr. Mus., ii., 1893, p. 78, pL
xvii., figs. 2, 2a, 26, 2c, 2d, 2e.

,, Baker — Canadian Entomologist, xxvii., 1896,

p. 63.

« Rothschild— Ent. Monthly Mag., xvi., 1905, pp. 61-62, pi. i.

108 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

S. dasyur'), Skuse — Rec. Austr. Mus., ii., 1896, p. 110.

„ Rainbow — Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 1903, pp. 53-55.

Baker— Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xxvii., 1904,
pp. 430431.

„ Rothschild— Ent. Monthly Mag., xvi., 1905,

pp. 60-61, pi. 1., figs. 1, 4.

Hah. — New South Wales, and Launceston, Tasmania.

S. tuars, Rothschild — Novit. Zool., v., 1898, p. 544,
pi. xvi., fig. 11.

„ Baker— Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xxvii., 1904
p. 431.
Ifab. — Argentina.

K thomnxi, Rothschild— Novit. Zool., x., 1903, pjx 318-319,
pi. ix., figs. 4, 5.

Hall. — Barrow Island, N. W. Australia. Host — MHs/ercvlinus,
Thomas.

,S'. minerva, Rothschild — Loc. cit., p. 319, pi xi., figs. 6, 7.
Mab. — Paraguay (near Sapucay).

aS'. simsoni, Rothschild — Ent. Monthly Mag., xvi., 1905,
pp. 61-62, figs. 2, 3.

Hah. — Launceston, Tasmania.

In his generic diagnosis, 8kuse says: — "Antennae capitate, four-
jointed."^ In respect of this Baker remarks : " The matter of
four-jointed antennae must certainly be re-examined. If such a
character is presented, then this species must be made the type
of a new family differing from all other fleas. But in the
description of the apparently congeneric Stephanocircus mars.,
Rothschild says nothing about four- jointed antennae, and his
drawing does not show four joints."** The point i-aised is an
important one, and a careful examination of the types discloses
the fact that the antenna? are normal — three-jointed.

■J Skuse- Epc. Austr. Mus., ii., 1893, p. 78.

** Baker— Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xxvii., 1904, p. 4.31.

NOTKS ON AUSTRALIAN SlPHONAt'TEKA — RAINI'.OW, 109

Genus CTENOPSYLLUS, Kol.

Among some tleas forwarded to Mx'. Carl Baker, of which
duplicates are in the Museum collection, there were specimens of C
musciili, Duges. These were from Brisbane and Dunedin — localties
which constitute a new record for this species ; indeed, according
to) Mr. Baker, who has made a specialty of the Siplionaptera,
this is the first recorded appearance of this species in Australia.
They were collected from rats.

THE OSTEOLOGY of thk NEW GUINEA TURTLE

(Carettochelys insculpta, Eamsay).

By Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S., Zoologist.

(Plates xxiv.-xxvii., and figs. 30-32).

Since first desciibefl by Dr. E. P. Ramsay in 1886,^ the New
Guinea turtle, CareUochelyx insc^dpfa, has excited considerable
interest and provoked much speculation as to its systematic
position.

Hitherto the species, Avhicli as tar as ascei'tained is the sole
living representative of the genus and family, was known only
from the type and two imperfect skulls : the latter described by
Dr. G. A. Boulenger as ornaments or charms attached to a
dancing stick, from the Fly River, British New Guinea.-

In the account of the original specimen no mention is made of
the manner in which it was procured. As the history of such an
example will be of interest, I venture to publish the following
particulars from information kindly supplied by Mr. Walter W.
Froggatt, F.L..S., Government Entomologist for New South
Wales : —

" The fresh-water turtle described by Ramsay was one of two specimens
obtained in the Strickland River (the upper right hand branch of the Fly
River), in the Geographical Society of Australasia's Expedition to New
Guinea in 1885. Captain Hy. C. Everill was in charge, and I was
Entomologist and Assistant Zoologist, etc. There were large sand banks
all along, but we saw no signs of these turtles in the lower parts of the
river. Six of us took the whale boat up the last hundred miles after the
' Bonito' stuck in the gravel, and as we towed the boat along the two
turtles ran off the sand banks into shallow water and were caught. We
ate the contents of both : a large number of eggs were found inside them.
It was evidently breeding time as some of the sand banks were covered
with their tracks : though we hunted round at several camps we could
not find any buried eggs. This was about the middle of October, 1885.
Jas. H. Shaw and I caught thn type one evening, and I skinned and
cleaned it."

1 Ramsay— Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales. (2), i., 1886, pp. 158-162,

pla. iii.-vi.

2 Boulenger— Proc. Zool. Soc, 1898, p. 851.

OSTEOLOGY OL THE NEW GUINEA TLRTLE — WAITE;.

Ill

Poitions of another example of Carettochelys, of unknown sex.
just received by the Trustees, enable me to supplement the
I)uVjlishecl accounts of its structure and also to correct errors in
previous descriptions.

The material consists of tlie head, with four cervical vertebise
attached, in spirits, and the carapace and plastron. The turtle
was taken at the island of Kiwai (Kewai) at the mouth of the
Fly River. It was caught at night with hook and line by natives,
and the portions not eaten or broken were obtained, and kindly
forwarded by the Rev. E. B. Riley. Captain Ai-thur J. Wyrill
of the London Missionary Society's S.S. " John Williams,'"
obligingly brought the salvage to Sydney.

The following is a description of the portions examined : —

Head. — The anterior portion of the head is in perfect condition,
but the hinder part above, and the hyoids had been removed.
Th(; snout is perhaps the most remarkable feature of the head, it
is much more prominent than would be inferred from the published
figures of the type which was probably dried before an examination
had been made. The snout is a fleshy organ, its front and lateral
aspects covered with tubercles and freely furrowed ; it is much
bent downwards and is produced considerably beyond the margin
of the jaw. Its front edge is truncated, pig-like, being very deep
and blunt : the wide nostrils are situated in its upper portion ;

their relative position is
shown in the accompanying-
sketch (fig. 30), five-sixths
natural size. A valve-like
process is developed within
the n(jstril on the inner side.
In the preserved example
no trace of sutures is visible
in the large head shields,
and those described by
Ramsay are, as indicated
by Dr. G. Baur, simply
impressions of the bony
sutui'es of the skull, tc>
which the skin has moulded
itself in drying. The rugosities of the surface which also merely
repeat the inequalities of the skull are not so j)n)nounced in the
preserved as in the dried example.

^ Sknll. — The skull is moderately arched and of e\en contour.
The orbits are subcircular, large, lateral, and widely separated :

Fis. 30.

112 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

each is encircled by five bones, namely the maxillary, pi-efrontal,
frontal, postfrontal, and jugal. The bony external nostril is very
large, wider than deep, and is bounded by the single premaxillary,
the maxillaries and prefrontals. The oi'bital margin of the post-
frontal is greater than that of the prefrontal, that of the frontal
being smallest of the three. The suture between the postfrontal
and parietal is shorter than that between the postfrontal and
frontal. The parietals, though laterally expanded, do not roof over
the temporal regions, the fossae extending forward to the post-
fi'ontrals : the latter bones are separated from the squa-
mosals by the quadrato-jugal. The maxillary is sutured with
the quadrato-jugal below the jugal. The quadrate forms a
complete frame to the tympanum, the deep quadrato-jugal and
squamosal just failing to meet abo^e. The quadi-ate is not
completely closed behind, and the posterior notch, though wdde, is
not deeply cleft ; its lower surface bears two articular facets. The
supraoccipital process is extensive and its inferior margin is
laterally expanded forming a spoon-shaped plate whose width
exceeds the greatest depth of the crest. Tlie foramen magnum is
an even oval, deeper than broad and is bounded by the supra-
occipital and the exoccipitals. The elements are not apparent in
the occipital condyle. The vomer is small and if naturally
connected with the premaxillary, the slender process has been
bioken away. The prefrontals are connected with the vomer and
palatines by a broad thin process developed from the prefrontals,
the sutures being close to the vomer and not to the roof of the
snout : the lateral view through both orbits is thus, not as usual,
but mainly through the palato-maxillaiy foramina. The palatines
are laige, sepaiated in front by the small V-shaped vomer, but
extensively in contact on the mid-line. The basisphenoid is large,
widest behind where it is in contact with the basioccipital ; these
bones are evenly sutured, the first-named not forming a shelf
below the latter. The pterygoids are long and narrow, in contact,
in front, with the maxillaries : they are wholly sepaiated by the
basisphenoid and are produced backwards to form the outer
boundaries of the basioccipitals. At the side of the basisphenoid
each pterygoid develops a lateral process which is separated from
the quadrate by a deep groove. The connection between the
parietals and pterygoids is carried forward, below to the palatines,
and above, to the suture between tlie prefrontals and frontals.
The lamella? thus formed broaden laterally in front and meet on
the mid-line, and they run so close to the prefronto-palatine
connection, before described, that it is not possible to pass an
object as thin as a penknife blade, through the orbits, between
them.

OSTEOLOGY OF THE NEW GUINEA TURTLE WAITE. llo

The mandible has the elements distinct but no symphyseal
suture is apparent in the adult ; the coronoid and postarticular
processes are well developed. The hyoids were removed by the
natives and not recovered. Baur described the supraoccipital
process as " club-shaped," this scarcely conveys an idea of the true
form but it will doubtless be understood that the outline as seen
from above or below only is intended ; the whole process being
foi-med of two lamellae at right angles to each other, a \ertical
crest and a basal lateral expansion. The question raised by this
writer as to whether the pterygoids are completely separated bj-
the basisphenoid or not, is now answered in the affirmative. Baur
also remarks that in the type the frontals are excluded from the
orbits, I am not aware how this information was obtained, but in
the specimen under examination, as above described and as also
shown in the photograph (pi. xxvi.), the frontal forms a portion of
the orbital boundary, though the smallest of any bone so doing.
Another point raised is the condition of the premaxillary, this has
already been determined by Boulenger to be a single bone, and
he also found that " the pterygoids are not turned up in front.''

Ve7-teb}rn. — The CERVICAL vertebrae are comparatively short and
do not possess transverse processes. Though but five of the eight
presumed cervical vertebrie were preserved, it would seem tliat
the neck is shorter than the combined dorsal vertebrae.

The first vertebra (axis) is biconcave and has all the elements
united into a single bone, the postzygapophyses are long and
widely spread.

The second vertebra (atlas) is convexo-concave and has the
spinous process well developed.

The third vertebra is also convexo-concave and, as usual, has no
spinous process.

The fourth vertebra, the character of \\hich has an ii)H)ortant
bearing on the classification of the oi'der, has most unfortunately
had the posterior j)oi'tion cut away, anteriorly its articulation is
convex.

The three following vertebra? are absent, but the last cei'v ical,
which may be presumed to be the eighth, is doubly biconvex so
that the articulation between the seventh and eighth cervicals
and the latter and the first dorsal is of the ginglymoid t}-pe.
The posterior articular surface of the eighth vertebra extends
along the whole length (;f the curved portion and the dipping
action is thus very considerable. The usual forwardly directed
ventral keel is, in this species, rejilaced by a pair of conical pro-

114

RECORDS OF THE ALISTKA],IAN MUSEUM.

cesses. The general foi-m of the eighth vei'tebra will be best
comprehended b}' leference to the figures depicting the lateral
and ventral aspects (PI. xxvii., figs, ia, 4c').

The DORSAL vertebrae are ten in numbei-. The first is shorter
than the second and has a depressed centium with two concave
articulai' surfaces in front, it bears a short rib connected with the
second rib. The venti'al aspect of this vertebra together with
portion of the carapace to which it is attached is shown in PI.
xxvii., fig. 5c-.

The second to the seventh vertebne, inclusi^■e, are long and
strongly compressed but do not form a distinct ventral keel.

The eighth is rounded below, and the ninth bears on its anterior
ventral surface a deep pit nearly as wide as the centrum itself.

The tenth vei'tebra is short with a posterior condyle, the tenth
rib is connected directly with the carapace and does not abut on
to the preceding rib.

The following free vei'tebr;e are absent, but the nature of the
parts remaining shows definitely that the pelvis is not anchylosed
to the carapace and plastron. Dr. Hans Gadow"' writes as though
the pelvis was known : "the skeleton, notably the plasti'on, pelvis,
and skull, conform with the Pleurodirous type. "

Carapace. — The carapace measures 430 mm. in length and
330 mm. in breadth. During, probably, immature life, it
received an injury, having apparently been crushed between the
right anterior and left posterior aspects, i-esulting is distortion of
the former and breaking of the lattei', one of the marginal plates
also being cracked : these defects will be seen in PI. xxiv. and
fis. 32.

Pig. 31.

The posterior" dorsal keel is extremel}- marked, much more so
than in the type : the relative contours are illustrated in the

•^ Gadow— Cambridge Nat. Hist., viii., Reptiles, 1901, p. 404.

OSIKOLOGY OF THK NEW GUINEA TURTLE WAITE.

115

acconipanyinf-- diajirams, fi^'. 31 representing the type and fig. 32
the specimen now described, wliich is smaller and possibly younger
than the former.

FifT. 32.

Tlie neural plates are seven in number, but as the posterioi- one
is very small it may l)o that in earlier life an eighth even may be
developed and afterwards lost by enci-oachment of the costals.
The relative larger size and greater number of neurals in the
younger specimen suggests that a median growth of the costals
"takes place with age ; for they are entirely sepai-ated by the fifth,
sixth, and seventh neurals, and the sutures between the anterior
pairs of costals is not more than 3 mm., while in the type all the
costals meet in the mid line and the sutures referred to nearly
equal the length of the respective neurals. The anterior marginals,
of which there are ten pairs, are separated by the large nuchal,
and the posterior pair by the single py go-marginal .

The absence of epidermal shields is well illustrated in the
accompanying photographs, where the dark lines on the inner
side of the carapace (PI. xxiv.) will be .seen to be coincident
N\-ith the sutures indicated on the dorsal surface.

FlaHtron. — The plastron was originally described as formed of
nine shields, but Ramsay remarked: — "There are two small
portions cut away from between the second and third plates and
the marginals, so that it is impossible to say if these are extra
})lates or parts of the marginals." . . . They "are probably
only thecurved-in portions of the adjacent marginals." Respect-
ing the carapace and plastron Baur wrote : — " Both have been
figured by Ramsay, but tliere was some doubt about the presence

or absence of a mesoplastral element The most

interesting new point to be noted in the plastron is the presence
of a small distinct mesoplastral element. The structure of the
plastron is best seen from tht^ figure."

116 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

With tlie actual specimen in hand Ramsay was unable to
decide this point, and yet from the inspection of a photograph
only, Baur definitely pronounced on the presence of a mesoplastron.
His conclusions are quite wrong, there is no such plate ; an
incurvation of the marginal being responsible foi- the appearance
in the illustration. My photograph, published on PI. xxiv., fig. 2,
very clearly shows the exact condition. I may mention that the
carapace and plastron have not been separated, and are illustrated
in natui'al connection. The sutures also have not been artificially
emphasised-

Dimpnsions : —

Carapace — length ... ... 430 mm.

bi-eadth ... ... 330

Plastron— length ... ... 320

„ breadth ... ... 272 „

Skull— length ... ... 123

„ „ basal ... 93-6 ,,

„ width ... ... 75-0 ,,

,, ,, interoi-bital ... 34*7 ,,

1st Vertebra, length of centrum ... 14-3 ,,

•>nd 27-2

3rd „ „ ... 29-2 „

Hth ^ „ „ ... 10-5 „
1st Vertebra, width outside

posterior zygapophyses. . . 27 "9 ,,

■ln(\ „ „ „ ... 23-6 „

3rd „ „ „ ... 26-1 „

-Sth „ ,, „ ... 26-0 „

Dorsal W evtahviS: in situ ... ... 278-0 ,,

In reading the pi'oofs Di. Ramsay oveilooked some vagaiies of
the piinter. The genus is rendered as Carettochelys, but associated
with the species it reads Carettocchdyx, while on the only other
occasion on which the word is used it appears as Carretochelys.

The author of the species i-eferred it to the family Tiionychidae
and suggested that it formed a link between the river tortoises
and the sea turtles. In laising the genus to family rank
Boulenger assumed that it was a Pleurodiiun because, all then
known Papuasian and Australian Chelonians belonged to that
division. Characters of the neural bones, and plates on the fore
limbs were also considex'ed to point in that direction. Baur
thoroughly reviewed the situation and rejected the Pleurodiran
nature of the genus. He considered that the Carettochelydidge,
to which he assigned both Pseudotrionyx a,iid Carettochelys " came
from a group of tortoises related to the stock from which

OSTEOLOGY OF THE NEW GDINEA TURTLE — WAITE, 117

iStiiuiotypidfe and Cinosternid* developed." He also thought it
" probable that the Carettochelyidje are very close to the ancestors
of the Trionychia, of which they ai'e only survivals." When
examing the two imperfect skulls, previously referred to,
Boulenger found characters possessed only by Chely,^, among the
Pleurodira and by the Trionychidse.

PVom the Pleurodira it is definitely excluded hy the following
characters : —

The neck is bent in a vertical and not in a lateral plane ; the
cervical vertebriB do not possess transverse processes, and the
articulation between the centra of some of the posterior vertebne
is ginglymoid. The pelvis is not anchylosed to the carapace and
plastron.

Vaillant placed Caj-eUochelys next to the Dermatem3'did{e in the
sub-tribe Phaneroderinea of the Euchelonina.

Carettochelys has considerable affinity with the Cryptodira as
defined by Boulenger ; especially, as pointed out by Baur, with
the families Dermatemydidse, Htaurotypida?, and Kinosternid^e.
The difference as regards deep-seated chai-acters may be expressed
as that of the condition of the pterygoid bones. In CnrHtochdyx
they are widely separated by the palatines, basisphenoid and
basioccipital. In the cryptodiran chelonians, the pter3'goids are
in contact on the mid-line. The cervico-dorsal articulation is
cryptodiran, being, as I have shown, between the centra of the
vertebrpe, and not between the zygapophyses alone, as in the
Trionychoidea. On the other hand, the character of the pterygoids
and premaxillary associates CarettocJielys with the latter di\ision.

It would seem therefore that, fundamentally, the Cryptodirans
and the Trionychoideans are related through CareUochdyn and its
fossil allies, and that the two divisions should not be separated, in
a linear arrangement, by the Pleurodirans. The features of this
reptile thus support the classification adopted in i-ecent revisions.
Want of an acquaintance with fossil forms, the absence of
specimens for comparison and the necessary literature, compel me
to abstain from a discussion of this subject. I trust, however,
that those who are qualified to weigh the facts adduced, will find
the data and illustrations supplied, useful in the elucidation of an
interesting problem.

The whole characters of this Chelonian are not yet, by any
means, perfectly known, and further material will be necessarv
before the fourth and three succeeding vertebra?, the pelvis, and
caudal vertebrpe ca!i be described. We know nothing of the
shoulder-girdle and limb bones, and the number of plialanges in
the digits is still an uncertain quantity.

118 KECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

A few other points remain to be dealt with. Up to 1903 all
the Chelonians recorded from New Guinea were Pleurodirans. In
that year, however, I announced the occurrence of PdochehjK
cantorix, Gray, in New Guinea,^ and thus added a member of the
Trionychoidea to the known fauna.

Ramsay remarked that the head was non-retractile, a statement
doubted by Baur, and as I have shown incorrect.

In comparing Carettochfhjs witli I't^eiidotriony:):, an affinity
suggested by Boulenger, Baur noted tlie difference in the number
of the neural plates, six in the ft)rmer, se\en in the latter. Oui'
example, however, shows an agreement in this respect between
the two genera. The characters of the family as defined by this
writer require emendation, the plastron in Carettochelys being
composed of nine elements only, the supposed mesoplastra being
absent.

This turtle was originally described as an inhabitant of fresh
water, but the occurrence of an example at the island of Kiwai
shows that it is also an estuarine form. The main outlet of the
Fly River is twelve miles across, and Kiwai is a large island in
tlie river about eight miles fi-oni the mouth. It supports two
villages separated by a salt-water creek, but connected by a native
bridge. Mr. Froggatt tells me that at Kiwai the water is
absolutely salt, so that the turtle may not be confined to the Fly
River or its tributaries, but occur also in other livers entering the
Papuan Gulf.

The following references may be added to tlie bibliography of
the subject, since its publication in the paper fii-st-named below.

Baur, G. — On the relations of Carcttochi'lys, Ramsay. Amei-.
Nat., XXV., 1891, pp. 631-639, pi. xiv.-xvi. and Science, xvii.,
1891, p. 190.

Vaillant, L.^ — Essai sur la Classification generate des cheloniens.
Ann. 8ci. Nat., (7), xvi., 1894, pp. 331-345.

Boulenger, G. A. — Remarks on two imperfect skulls of
Carettochely>< insculpta. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1898, p. 851.

i Waite— Rec. Aust. Mas., v., 1903, p. 50.

OCCASIONAL NOTES.

III. WESTERN AUSTRALIAN PRAWNS and SPONGES.

In the report of the Fishing Industry for Western Australia,
referred to by Mr. Edgar R. Waite, Mr.' Gale writes : — " I
am pleased to be able to report that prawns in fairly large
quantities were caught in this locality. The species discovei*ed,
Eujihausia j^ellucidd, are very large, some measuring as
much as nine and three quarter inches from head to tail, and
from a gastronomic standpoint are very excellent. They appear
to exist in quantities over a large area of ground, and I am firmly
of opinion that a new industry will eventually be established in
these waters."

A single large prawn was included in the collection forwarded,
and this I identify with Fe/tui'us xemisulcatus, De Haan. As this
attains considerable size it is probable that tlie large prawns
mentioned ai"e of this species.

It is extremely improbable that tliey are correctly associated
with the Schizopod Eujjhaui^ia ; E. pcllucida, Dana, being fully
adult at 15 mm. ( = ^2- inch).

The sponges obtained by the expedition are as follows, all
except one being of commercial value : —

Euspongia illawarra, Whitelegge.

Four examples of this valuable sponge were collected. Three
(Nos. 3, 4, 6) from the beach at Shark Bay and one specimen
washed ashore alive at Esperance.

Hippospoiigia eqrdna, Schmidt, iim: Hasfica, Lendenfeld, is
represented by three examples (Nos. 2, 8, 13).

No. 2 is a beach-worn specimen. No. 8 was washed ashore at
Shark Bay ; the size of this particular specimen is remarkable, it
is stated to have been eight feet long, and three feet by one foot.
No. 13 was obtained alive at Fremantle. This variety is identical
with the sponge imported from Europe and usually sold by the
chemists and druggists in Sydney. The majority of Australian
specimens are much coarser in texture and not (juite so tough as

120

fiECOEDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

the imported article. This may be due to many causes such as
higlier tempei'ature, food supply, or strong currents. The
American and West Indian sponges although identical with the
Mediterranean variety are inferior, the texture being more open
and somewhat wanting in toughness.

Hippospongia equina, var. 7nea7idrimform,is, Hyatt. (No. 5).

This variety is rather coarse in general appearance, the fibres
are fine but distant from each other ; they are, however, exceed-
ingly tough and elastic, two qualities which render this form of
great commercial value. The specimen was obtained at Shark Bay.

Hipposjjonyia, sji, (No. 12),

This was obtained alive at Fremantle. It is possibly a form
of H. canaliculata, Lendenfeld, but it differs greatly from
specimens in the Australian Museum, the texture is much finer
and the surface is villose. This appearance may be due to the
fact that the West Australian example has been macerated,
whilst the Museum specimens have been dried in the fleshy
condition.

Tliorecta meandrina, Lendenfeld, is probably No. 7 and is of no
commercial value. Shark Bay, W.A.

Thomas Whitelegge.

RECORDS

OF THE

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

EDITED BY THE CURATOR.

Vol. VI., No. 3.

PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES.

R. ETHERIDGE, Junr., J.P.,
Curatot*.

SYDNEY, JUNE 19, 1906.
Tbe Swift Printing Oo., Ltd., 6 Jamieson Lane, Sydoe^ .

CONTENTS.

PAGE.

On Two Early Austmliiui Ornithologi^^ts. By Alfird J. Noitli, C.M.Z.S.,

Oriiithologist . . ... ., ... ..121

The Cranial Buckler o.f a l^ipnoau Fisli, from the J)evonian Beds of tlie

Murrum'bidgee Eirer, N.S.W. By R. Etheridge, Jiinr., Curator ... 129

Mineralogieal Notes : No. 3. — Axinil^e, Petterdite, Croeoite, and Datolite.

By C. Anderson, M.A., B.Se., Mineralogist .. ... .. 138

A Synopsis of Australian Aearina. By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S., F.E.8.,

Entomologist ... ... ... . . ... ... 145

l.)escription of and Notes on some Australian and Tasnianian Fishes. By

Edgar R.Waite, F.L.S., Zoologist .. ... .. ..".194

Mollusca from Three Hundred Fathoms, off Sydne\ . Br C. H. Hedley,

Conchologist, and W. F. Petterd ... "... ' ... ...211

Studies in Australian Sharks, No. 3. By Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S.,

Zoologist ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 226

On a Variety of Goura coronata. By Alfred J. North, C.M.Z.S.,

Ornithologist ... ... ... ... ... ... 2:30

Occasional Notes —

IV.— Crustacea new to Australia. By Alla'i R. MeCidlocli ... 231

ON TWO EARLY AUSTRALIAN ORNITHOLOGISTS.

By Alfred J. North, C.M.Z.S., Ornithologist.

(Plate xxvii.).

JOHN WILLIAM LEWIN.

John William Lewiii was the author of the first work pub-
lished on Australian Birds. He arrived in New South Wales in
179iS by H.M.S. " Buffalo," and is thus referred to by the Duke
of Portland in a communication to Governor Hunter, under date
6th February, 1798. "Mr. Lewin is a jminter and drawer in
natural history, and being desirous of pursuing his studies in a
country which cannot fail to improve that brancli of knowledge,
you will allow him the usual Government rations during his resi-
dence in the settlement."^ In 1801 Lewin accompanied Lieu-
tenant-Colonel Paterson, the Lieutenant-Governor of the Colony,
and others in an exploring expedition up the Hunter and Paterson
Rivers, the latter previous to the visit being known as Cedar Arm
Surgeon Harris, writing from the Hunter River on 25tli June
1801, to Governor King remarks: "The Colonel says he has
found several new plants here, and Mr. Lewin also says he has
met with new birds. If so, they are above my comprehension,
as I see nothing new about them, one hawk excepted, and that
only in colour being red with a white head."^

In the same vessel which conveyed most of the party during
these explorations, the " Lady Nelson," a brig of six guns. Lieu-
tenant Murray, R.N., in February of the following year, discovered
and entered Port Phillip.

Probably Lewin obtained the specimens from which his descrip-
tions and figures of the " Scarlet-back Warbler " were taken,
during his exploration of these rivers, for in the 1822 edition of
his work it is stated that this species " inhabits forests near the
banks of Patterson's River." Dr. R. B. Sharpe refers this figure
to the Northern and North-western Australian species Malurns
cruentatus, Gould, but it is unquestionably applical)le to the New

Bladen— Hist. Ree. N. S. Wales, iii., 1895, p. 358.
Bladen — Loc. cit., p. 417.

122 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

South Wales' bird, as is shown by Lewin's remarks. In 1808
Lewin's " Birds of New Holland " was published, the plates being
engraved and coloured by the author in the Colony. With the
exceptions of the plates in Lewin's " Insects of New South
Wales," published by the same author in 1805, these plates were
the earliest engravings produced in Australia.

Lewin referred to this edition of his work as " The Birds of
New South Wales," and not " The Birds of New Holland," the
latter a title it must have received in London, where the
letterpress was printed. In The Sydney Gazette, of Sunday,
November 20, 1808, is the following advertisement : —

" Mr. J. Lewin begs leave to acquaint the Officers, Civil and
Military, and their Ladies who honoured with their Names the
List of Subscriber's to his intended Work, entitled ' The Birds of
New South Wales with their Natural History,' that he has
received advices promising the Transmittal, by the next arrival,
of the Copies of the first volume subscribed for here.

This work, which Mr. Lewin has for many years laboured to
render as perfect as he was able, will comprise several Volumes
painted, engraved and described from the birds as soon as taken.
Each Volume will contain Eighteen Plates with one or more
birds on each Plate ; many of which are new, beautiful, and some
of new genera.

The copies, which will be elegantly printed on an Imperial
Quarto, will be delivered as soon as they are received, with every
respectful Acknowledgement to those who were kind enough to
patronise his exertions in the Colony.

No. 44 Chapel Row."

Four years later, in The Syduey Gazette, of Saturday, August
1, 1812, is the following :—

"A Card.

Mr. J. W. Lewin, begs leave to inform his friends and the
Public in general, that he intends opening an Academy for
Painting on the Days of Monday, Wednesday and Friday, from
the hours of 10 to 12 in the Forenoon."

In the National Art Gallery, Sydney, there is a water-colour
by Lewin, entitled "Sydney in 1808." On the 25th April, 1815,
Lewin, as painter and naturalist, accompanied Governor Mac-
tiuarie on his tour over the Blue Mountains.'^ In the Appendix to
Wentworth's " Description of the Colony of New South ^\'ales "^

« O'Hara— Hist. ^'. S. Wales. 1818, p. 440.
J Wentwovth— p. 437, I8l9.

TWO KARr.Y AUSTRALIAN OKXITIIOLOOISTS — NORTH. 123

is a List of Civil Establishnioiits and Pu])lic Institutions in the
Territory of New South Wales and its J)ependencies. Among
the Comniittee of the Police Fund of the Police Establishment at
Sydney, the name of Mr. Lewin api:)ears as Coroner.

Lewin died in 1819, and was buried in the Devonshire Street
Cemetery, his remains, with others buried there, being transferred
a few years ago to the northern shore of Botany Bay, to make
r(jom h>r the new metropolitan railway station at Hedfern. The
inscrijjtion on Lewin's tomb in this cemetery, wjiicli is mid-way
Ijetween Botany and La Perouse, is as follows : —

" Here Rests

the Body of J. W. LEAVIN, Esq.

Coroner

who departed this Life

the 27th of August, 1819

Aged 49 Years

After a severe Illness

which he bore

With Christian Fortitude

Leaving a disconsolate

Widow and Son

to Lament his Loss

a Loss

also felt l)y his few Friends

who knew him.

In him the Community has been

Deprived of an honest Man

and this country of an

Eminent Artist

in his Line of

Natural History Painting

In which he excelled.

He is gone

Depending upon the Mercies

of liis God
through an atoning Saviour

Who Writes

'Our Virtues on Adamant

Our Vices on a Wave.'

A Friend

has given this Tril)ute

To his Memory."

1-24 KECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

About a mile faither on, at La Perouse, the remains of Pere le
Keceveur are buried, and a memorial erected to his memory. He
-was one of the naturalists in the French Expedition, under the
command of the illustrious, but ill-fated La Perouse, and died on
the 17th February, 1788.

Three years after Lewin's decease a re-issue was published in
London, in 1822, entitled "A Natural Histoiy of the Birds of
New 8outh Wales, collected, engraved, and faithfully painted
after Nature, by Jolm AV'illiam Lewin, A.L.S., late of Parramatta,
New 8outh Wales.'' It contained twenty-six plates, being eight
more than in the original edition published by Lewin in 1808.
Tlie watermark on the plates of the 1822 edition is J. Whatman
1S22, and on the paper of the accompanying letterpress the same
maker's name, with date 1821. All the species are described under
vernacular names only. There is a copy of tliis edition in the
Australian ^Museum Library, also one purporting to be of the
same issue and date, l:)ut the watermark on the plates is 1875 !
Attention has alreadv been drawn to tliis issue in circulation in a
liookseller's descriptive catalogue. The Museum copy of the 1822
edition could never have been "painted after nature" by Lewin,
for the base of the forehead and sides of the head of the Crested
tShiike are painted yellow, where tlie}^ should be white.

A second re-issue bearing the same title was published in
London in 1838, nineteen years after Lewin's death. A copy of
this work has been kindh^ lent me for examination by the Hon.
Dr. Jas. Norton, M.L.C. Below the title is as follows : " New
and improved edition, to which is added a list of the ' synonymes '
of each species, incorporating the labours of 'T." Gould, Esq., N.
A. Vigors, Esq., J. Horsfield, M.D. and W. 8wainson, Esq." The
plates are far more accurately coloured than in the genuine 1822
edition, and bear the watermark of 1838. The watermark on
the explanation of plates is 1821. Although two pages of
synonyms compiled by Eyton follow the title pages, all the species
appear under Lewin's vernacular names. In the " Catalogue of
Birds in tlie British ]Museum,"'' Dr. H. Gadow gives a reference
'^Cn-thui fidvifrvHs, Lewin, Bds. N.8.W., pi. 22 (1838)." This
reference cannot be attributed to Lewin, who had been dead for
so many years. Both in the 1822 and 1838 editions this species
is referred to in tlie Explanation to Plate xxii. as the " VVhite-
l)reasted Honey-sucker," and by Eyton in the 1838 edition as
(T'li/cij/hi/o/nfri/roits. Moreover, Lewin is not the authority for
the specific name of Ghjciphiht fulvifroux, but Vigors and Hors-

■'■ (liidow - Cat. Binls Brit. Miis., ix., 1H8-!, ]>. 210.

TWO KAHLY AL'STIJALIAN ORXITHOLOfUSTS — NORTH. 1 I'-J

field, who (lescrihed this species in the '• 'rransaetions (if the
Linneau .Societv,"' in ISi'f?, under tlie name of J/'///*//'/'/"
fiiJrifrons.

Altliough 1 have never lieard of one, there may he eojiies of
Iv 'will's original work in private libraries in Australia, more
especially in New .South Wales, the early settlers in Sydney
subscribing between them for sixty-seven copies. Only six copies
were subscribed for in London. The Melbourne and Adelaide
Public Libraries, T \vA\e been informed by their respecti\e
Librarians, do not possess a co})y. With a manuscript title-i>age
bearing the date of publication as 1S13 ! and without an index,
there is one in the Sydney Public Library, presumably an
authentic copy of the original edition. Tt has, howevei', Ijeeii
reduced in size, both in the letterpress and the size of the jilates,
tlie latter eighteen in number, the same as in the first issue, being
cut oft' close to the tinted background, doing away at the same
time with the engraver's name and date. The numbers on the
plates are marked in with pencil, and the accompanying letter-
press is under the vernacular names only. The plates are crudely
coloured and the watermark thereon is G. Ansell 1<^09. The
male of Pachijcfphda (initnrnlls, which is figured under the name
of "Orange-breast Thrush," has the throat erroneously coloui'ed
yellow instead of white, a glaring mistake wliich could liardly
have been perpetrated by Lewin.

Mr. J. J. Fletcher, the Secretary of the Linneaii Society of
New South Wales, to who I am indel)ted for some early
references to Lewin, has also kindly brought under my iK»tice
three original drawings of Lewin's in the possession (»f the
Society. Thev were the property of the late Sir William ]Macleay.
The species figured are Oru/ma rnhrlcata, Fachycphnln Difivittris,
and Pachywphaht tjuffuralis. All are under vernacular names
only, and the watermark on tlie paper on one of the m.s.
explanations of the plates is "A. Stace 1798."

JOHN GILBERT.

(Plate xxvii.).

The labours of John Gilbert are so well known, find
so closely interwoven in connection with those of .lolni
G(iuld in the hitter's great work on '' The Birds of
Australia," that it is unnecessary to enter into l)ut few
details relative to the accompanving ]ilate. fJilbert had
been for nianv vears in tlie emplovment of the Zoological

12t) KEC0KD8 OF IHE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Society of London, nnd had there worked under Gould. After
Gould determined to visit Australia to procure material for
his new work, he appointed Gilbert his assistant, who made
Aaluable field notes and large collections of bird skins, principally
in the Northern and Western portions of the continent. Gilbert
returned to Eniiland in 1841 and revisited Australia in the
following year, procuring more information and specimens in
•South-western Australia. He continued the good work in 1844
and 1840, while accompanying Dr. Leichardtand his party on their
overland expedition from ^Moreton Bay towards Port Essington,
and where, during the journey, he treacherously met his death at
the hands of the natives. The following account of the tragic
occurrence was sent to Gould by Mr. John Roper, one of the
members of the expedition, after his return to Sydney, and was
published in the "Proceedings of the Zoological Society" in 1846.'*
As tlie early volumes of the Society's Proceedings are accessible
to only a comparati\ely few students of Austi'alian ornithology
it is here fulh' transcirbed.

"Sydney, 12th May, 1846.

Dear Sir, — As I was one of the party that journeyed from
Sydney to Port Essington, and not knowing whether you had been
made acquainted with the full particulars of poor Gilbert's death,
by Dr. Leichardt or any of the party, thinking the details of his
melancholy fate would be read with interest, T shall offer no
ap(jlogy for addressing this to you.

As Mr. Gilbert's log, which has been sent home to you, fully
narrates all particulars up to the eventful 28th of -June [184")], I
shall offer no remarks of my own. At the most northerl}' point
we reached on the east side of the Gulf of Carpentaria, in Lat.
15° 57', and about fifty miles fiom the coast, we encamped for
the night at a small shallow lagoon suirounded by low tea-trees,
the countr}' arouiul beautifully open. Having partaken of our
usual meal of dried meat al)out 3 p.m., Gilbert, taking his gun,
sallied forth in search of something new — he procured a Climac-
teris and a Finch, which he skinned before dinner ; our scanty
meal was soon despatched : poor Gilbert was busily employed
plaiting the cabbage tree, intending to make a new hat, which,
alas ! he never lived to finish. The shades of evening closed
around, and after chatting for a short time we returned to our
separate tents — Gilbert and Murphy to theirs, Mr. Calvert and
mvself to oui's, and Phillips to his ; the Doctor and our two black-

' «..]).•!• Pro. Zool. Soi'.. 184(). i)p. 70-80.

TWO EARLY AISTHALIAX OUMTHOLOfU.sTS -N'OKTH. 127

fellows slept around the tire, entirely unconscious of the evil
ilesigns of the natives ; having always found those we had passed
so fiiendly and well disposed, we felt in as great security as you
do in the midst of London, lying on our blankets, conversing on
different topics. Not one could have closed his eyelids, when ]
was surprised by a noise as if some persons were throwing sticks
at our tent ; thinking it nuist be some trick played on us by our
companit)ns, I sat up and looked out ; another \olley of spears ;
a terrific yell, that will ring in my ears for ever, was raised, anfl
pierced with spears, which T found it impossible to extricate, I
sunk helpless on the ground ; the whole l)ody rushed upon us
with their waddies, and how it is that our brains did not bespatter
the ground, is to me miraculous. These rascals had crept on us
under cover of the tea-trees, the tent where Cahert and I were
being first in their I'oad, the wjiole body attacked us ; poor
Gilbert, hearing the noise, was rushing from his tent with his gun,
wjien a spear w-as thrown at him, pierced his breast, and pene-
trating to his lungs caused internal h(ennnorrhage ; the only
woi'ds he spoke were these, "Charlie take my gun, they have
killed me," when pulling out the spear with his own hands he im-
mediately dropped upon the ground lifeless. Little Murphy, who
was by his side at the time he was sjjeared, fii-ed at the black-
felhjw who liad speared him ; Brown fired at the mob beating
Calvert and myself, and they immediately retreated, howling and
lamenting. ]\lr. Calvert w-as pierced with five spears, myself with
six, and our recovery is to be attributed to the abstemious way in
which we lived. After having tlie spears pulled out, you may
imagine our feelings when we heard Charlie exclaim, "Gilbert is
dead" — we could not, would not l)elieve it. Alas', the morning
luduglit no better tidings — poor (iilbert was consigned to his last
and narrow home, the prayers of the Church of JOngland were
read over him, and a large fire made upon his grave for the pur
pose of misleading the blacks, who we thought, would probably
return and search the camp upon our departure. It is impossible
to describe the gloom and sorrow the fatal accident cast upon our
partv. Asa companion none was more cheerful or agreeable ; as
a man none more indefatigable or more pei-se\ering ; but it is
useless for me to eulctgize one so well known to you — one whont
vou will have cause to regret, and who will e\er be remembered by„
Sir,

Youi's most trulv,

.John UoPKit."

Although Cilbeit was bui-ied in a lonely grave in North
(Queensland he was not forgotten, " unhonoured, unwept, unsung."

128 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MCSKl'M.

In the liistoric S. James Church of En^nlaiid, .Sy(hiey, built during
Governoi' Macquarie's time in 1S20, a mural tablet was erected to
his memory by the colonists of New South AVales.' Amonj;-
others, many tablets adorn its walls to perpetuate the memory of
different jiersons closely associated with the early histoi}' <>f tht-
colony. Next to Gilbert's is a tablet erected by the Executive
Government to the memory of Edmund Kennedy, Exi)l(»rer, who
was killed by the natives on the loth l)eceinber, lS4:f<, un<[ of his
nine companions who perished during the e.\pk)ratioii of York
Peninsula. Among the latter, was Thomas Wall, Naturalist,
brother to the first Curator of the Australian INIuseum. There
are also tablets to the memory of A\'illiam AVentworth, William
Sharp Macleay and Alexander Macleay, the latter a member of
Committee of the Australian Museum from its first connnencemeiit
in 1836, until his decease on the 19th July, 1848.

The accompanying plate is reproduced from a photograph taken
with the kind permission of the Re\ . A\'. I. Carr-.Smith, IJector
of S. James Church.

' A sliglit error occm-s in the date, (iilbort \v,i> >iH';irtMl on tl)c L'Ntli. not {]
29t]i of June, 1845.

THK CUANIAL BrCKLKll of a DIPNOAN FLSH,

PR..BAHLY (hiXORlIYXCHU.S, FHOM THE DEVONIAN

P>I':DS of the MUHKUMBTDOEE lUVEVl,
NEW .SOTTH ANALES.

I5v H. Ei'HEUII)i;e, Juiir., Ciiratoi-.

(Plate xxviii.).

Mr. C. A. .Sii.ssmilcli, Lecturer an Geology, Technical College,
Sydney, favoured me with the loan of a cranial buckler of a
J)ipnoan fisli, obtained b}^ liim from the Devonian beds of the
]Murrumbidgee liiver. A reproduction of this specimen has been
jthiced in the Museum collection.

The buckler in (piestion so closely resembles one descril)ed b\-
Dr. 11. H. Traquair, some years ago, as (Tditorhi/ncltUK >ro()(hi-nrdi,^
tiuit T am induced to publish a descri2)tion of the new specimen
under tlie same generic name, as (t. snsxinUrltl. Dr. Traquairs
.sj)ecimen consisted of the anterior portion of the head only, but
unfortunately nothing was known, at the the time of his descrip-
tion "regarding the geological formation, or the localit}'. It
consisted of "the extremity of the snout of a very large tish,
probal)lv 1 or 5 feet long." Dr. Tra(|uair's description, epito-
mised, is as follows, so far as it concerns the piesent fossil. Tiie
fragment is semilunar in form, with a superior arched ganoid
surface forming \nivt of the upper aspect of the snout, the anterior
lounded margin being the front edge of the ui>i)ei' lip. When
placefl in its natural position, with the labial margin hori/oiital,
the superior surface sl()V)es downwards and forwards in the middle
line at an angle of 45 , and is arched at the sides. The surface
is smooth, glos.sy, finely i-eticulate-i)unctate, and exiiibits no tiace
<'ither of sutures or external nasal organs. Near the lal)ial
margin, the small punctures of the superior ganoid surface gise
j)lace to largei- ones. On viewing this snout from below it is seen
to be flattened centi'ally and latei-ally, and with a shallow central
cmargination or indentation, set on its edge with a row of six
small blunted tooth-like projections. On each side is a deep

^ 'J'raiiiuiir — (icdl. Afafi., x., lS7:i, ]\ 552, ))]. xiv.

130 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

rounded iiotcli, which Traquair considers to represent the position
oi the anterior nasal opening. The author concluded his descrip-
tion in these words — "Our fossil is certainly ui^ithev J) ipter us nov
Ceratodus ; Cheirodns is known only by its teeth ; and as to
Ctenodus, the front of the head has not yet been discovered, so
that all evidence is wanting to connect it with that genus. It
seems, therefore, in these circumstances, best to frame a new
genus for its reception."

Dr. Traquair's description of this remarkable fossil seems even
now to be practically all that is known of it, for Dr A. 8. Wood-
ward writes- of GiuuirhijncJms as "a provisional genus at present
incapable of definition, comprising large PaUeozoic Dipnoan fishes-
in which the extremity of the snout (as also presumably all the
external lieadbones) is enveloped in a thick layer of punctate
ganoin."

The specimen discovered Ijy Mr. Siissmilch is externally nmch
more complete than that figured l)y Traquair. Tt consists of the^
snout and most of the plates of the cranial buckler covered with
glossy ganion densely and minutel}" pitted, and separated from
one another V)y fairly-well marked sutures. This cranial shell, '1
mm. thick along the posterior edge, is strongly arched from side
to side, but unarched between the aiiterior and posterior extre-
mities, so far as preserved. In its present condition it measures
four inches from end to end, and three inches trans\'ersely at its
greatest width, without following the curve. The plates are moi'e
or less distinguishable to within one inch of the snout extremity,
this portion lieing, as in the corresponding but much larger area
of (j. /roodian-di, devoid of sutures, and the punctfe of the
polished surface interspersed with others ( f a larger diameter.
The snout is fairly perfect, but the posterior end of the specimen
is fractured and imperfect. Dr. Traquair's description of the
fore-under surface can almost be applied to tlie corresponding-
part of ^fr. 8iissmilch"s fossil. ^^'e see the arched and flattened
front of the snout and margin of the upper lip, the rounded
superior eih^e of the former fading into the surface of the shield.
On this labial margin the ganoin has been worn off, but leaving^
traces of punctje larger than any of those on the upper surface.
The central portion of the lower margin of the lip, wlien viewed
from the front, is convex, with on each side a shallow rounded
notch, the anterior nasal opening according to Traquair. The
median indentation of this lip edge in (r. iroodnrtrdi is not visible
in (r. stisxniih-hi until the specimen is turned completely upside-

■' AVoodwnrd- lii-it. Miis. Cat. Foss. Fislios. Tt. ii., 1891, \\ 245.

CHAMAL DUCKLER OF A DIPXOAX FISH KTHKHIIx;!:. I'M

iluwii, and is ('\eii then, faint and incuiispiciiuus, and there are
no tooth-like projections ^•isi1)le so far as the lower portion of the
specimen has been de\elopefl. Tlie ends of the lateral projecting
t>ortions of the lal)iiun are slii;htly eiilarijed and hlunt. but not
incurved.

The pt)lvi;(inal cranial plates are not bilaterally synnnetrical, in
fact they are verv^ irregularly arranged. Tn Dipf'i-ti.,^, even,
Traquair says" "it is ditticult to trace any exact correspondence
between them and the cranial roof-bones of ordinary (ianoids and
Teleostei." I certainly hoped to be able to institute a comparison
between these cranial plates and those of Dlptirux as restored by
Dr. C. H. Pander/ but those of <nu' fossil do not appear to
correspond with the arrangement shown in liis restoration : even
in the latter they are not wholly bilaterally symmetrical. For
instance, assuming Panders restoration to represent the complete
cranial buckler of Dipft'vns, his me<lian occipital is one of the
largest plates of the series, and is po.steriorly terminal. On the
other hand, the lai'gest plate in the median line of our buckler
is not terminal and tiie two flanking plates on either side do not
correspond in outline or size witli one another. In Panders
figure the anterior semicircle is ctjmposed of thre( lai'ge i)lates, a
central and two lateral, but these ai-e not shown in Hugh Millers
repi-esentatioii'^ of the same. In the in-esent instance the dorsal
surface of the snout evinces no sign of subdivision that T can
detect, nor does that of (r. icnodinirdi, Traq.

As c<mipared with the snout of G. >oo(>fhc(ir<Vi, that of our
specimen is less dome-like, much Hatter abo\"e, and with a greater
degree of spread between the rounded lateral projections in propor-
tion to its size. This less dome-like outline is a{)i)arent in a side
view (PI. xxviii., fig. 2) if tlie fossil be placed in its natural position,
corresp(jnding with Tra(piair's fig. M, PL xi\-. .Speaking in general
terms it may be said that the labial features of ''/. susfoiiilchi ai-e
not .so pronounced as those of (t. iroodivardi — the nasal ojjenings
are not so deeply excavated, nor is the median emargination
visible until the buckler is seen from below.

Tilt- history of G. iroodicardl is a curious one. It a})[)ears that
when Mr. C. Konig was Keeper of the Geological Department of
the liritish ^Museum, the specimen came under the notice of the
illustrious Agassiz, who regarded it as the intermaxillary l)one of
Miuinliclitln/x. Years after Dr. H.Woodward called Dr. Tra-

■• Tnuiuaii-— Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), ii., 1878, p. it.
' Pander -Die Ctenodipterinen, 1S58, pi. i., f. 1.
•" >riller lu.otsteps I8tli ed., 1871. )). .",8, f. 20.

132 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

<|uair"8 attention to this fossil, at tlie same time expressing tlie
ojiinion tliat it belonged to a new genus ; in this view the latter
concurred. The " specimen f<»rmed part of the old collection of
the British ^Museum, of which there are no records, hence its
history as to from whom and whence it came is wanting.
Judging, however, from its general aspect, one might readily be
tempted to infer that it was of Paheozoic age."" The matrix is
<lescribed as a dull grey argillaceous limestone.

In the present instance the matrix is a blue-black limestone,
and both this eolour and the mode of weathering are characteristic
of the Muri'umbiflgee Devonian limestones. If mv conception
of this fish buckler is the correct one, it confirms Tracjuair's
reference of G. n-oodwardi to the Palieozoic. The thought that
perhaps the latter may ha\e originally come from one or other
of the New South Wales limestone localities is perhaps per-
missible.

The specimen was found by Mr. Siissmilch on Portion 44,
Parish of Taemas, Co. Cowley (Murrumbidgee Piver), and is
named in his honour.

'J'r:n]uaiv (icol. Mag'., x., 1873, p. .554.

MINERALOGICAL NOTES: No. III.— AXINITE,
PETTERDITE, CROCOITE, and DATOLITE.

By C. AxDERSox, M.A., B.8c., Mineralogist.

(Plates xxix. — xxxiii. ).

AXINITE.

BowLiNt; Alley Point, near Nundle, New .South Wales.

(Plate xxix.).

Axinite was first found at this locality by Mr. D. A. Porter,'
to whom I am indebted for notes as to its mode of occurrence.
The exact location is about a ((uarter of a mile from the foot-
bridge over the Peel River, where the mineral is found associated
with green epidote in sedimentary rocks much altered by intrusi\e
diorite : it occurs sometimes in crystalline \'eins, but the best
specimens are obtained in cavities, where the crystals have grown
freelv, accompanied by small well-formed quartz prisms. Good
crystals are rare and minute ; larger, more imperfect ones can be
found measuring up to 15 mm. The colour is l)rownish with a
\ iolet tinge on a fresh fracture.

Three of the best crystals, each measuring about ■? mm., were
r(^mo\ed from tlie matrix, and their faces determined on a two-
circle goniometer ; owing to their mode of attachment the crystals,
were fractured in removal along a line roughl}' parallel to the
edge I) ■>• (PI. xxix., figs, o, 4). After several trials the habit was
made out, but it was found impracticable owing to tiie small size
and unsatisfactory nature of the prism faces to centre the cry.stals
in the conventional position ; instead, the most prominent zone —
either [010, 111] or [130, 021] — was made equatorial and the
available angles determined, after which the crystal was inverted,
and, with tlie same zone as before equatorial, the angles yielded
by the faces on the other end measured. By plotting the co-
ordinates in stereographic projection, the forms were easily
identified by the aid of PenfieUl's invaluable protractors. From
the measurements, the normal angles were calculated for com-
parison with the theoretical values calculated from (>oldschmidt"s
" Winkeltabellen."- Tiiis method, though it docs not afford
direct comparison of measured with calculated angles, is sufficient
to prove the correctness of identification.

In liabit the crystals are uniformly tabular on /• (111), whicli

1 Liversidge Journ. Rov. Soc. N.S. Wales, xviii., IH84 (l.SS.j), p. 45;

Porter Thirl., xxii.." 18HK (1H89), j). 82.
- GolcWliiiii.lt IvrvstallouTMi.liisclic VViiikcltiilH'lKii. ls<7, ... .".S.

134

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

is the only large face ; it is strongly striated parallel to its inter-
section with M (110), and gives a multiple and blurred image.

I have adopted Dana's position and lettering, converting Gold-
schmidt's indices by the transformation equations, // = - /.',
]^.' ^ Oh + k, I' --= I, where the dashed letters refer to Dana's
indices. A table showing the equivalent letters and indices
according to Dana and Goldschmidt respectively will be found
below, p. 137, under the description of axinite from Colebrook
Tasmania.

The following table of angles is constructed from measurements
on the specimen shown in PI. xxix., fig. i (which gives the best
reflections), with the exception of the angles M A ~, ?^' A Y and
>(' A f] which were got from the crystal drawn in orthogonal
iind clinographic projection in PI. xxix., figs. 1 and 2.

Forms.

Calculated from
Measiu-emeuts.

Calculated from
Winkeltabelleu .

Dilier-

ence.

h : m = 010

no

32 41

32 54

13

: .1/ =

110

77 29

77 30

1

: /r r=

iTiO

137 56

137 46

10

: ..; =

111

46 2

45 58

4

: /• =

111

87 7

86 47

20

: /' ■-=:

131

130 39

130 29

10

m : .s- = 110

201

28 6

28

6

: r =

111

65 6

64 23

43

31 : /• = llO

111

45 25

45 12

13

: .: =

112

63 45

63 34

11

: r =

001

89 48

89 55

7

V : il — 130

241

31 43

31 44

1

: /• —

in

64 14

64 13

1

■ tl =

021

123 40

123 6

34

: 11 ^

131

32 32

32 27

5

: '■ =

001

82 58

83 6

,s

: o =

"132

121 12

121 6

6

• '' =

l31

142 47

143 2

15

: /' =:

: on

■ 108 8

108 30

22

mixkralogical notes : xo. iii. 135

jNIooxbi, New South Walks.

(Plate xxxi., figs. 1, 2).

Axiuite was recorded from this Ljcality l)y Mr. D. A. Pt>rter'
ill 1884 ; at that time its occurrence in situ was not known, but
recently Mr. Porter has traced it to its parent rock at a point
<about two miles south-east from ^toonbi Railway Station. The
mode of occurrence is practically the same as that of the Bowling
Alley Point axinite ; from a genetic point of view the two are
probabl}' identical.

One of the Museum specimens is full}^ as large as ones fist, ami
entirely composed of somewhat coarse crystals which are often
built up of several individuals in approximately parallel ixisition.
recalling the sheaf-like aggregates so common with stilbite.
Smaller crj'stals adapted for goniometric determination were
obtained from crevices, where, as at Bowling Alley Point. the\-
<ire accompanied by crystallised quartz.

Two fragmentary crystals, each between '2 and 3 mm. l<ing.
were measured, and drawn (PI. xxxi., figs. 1, 2) according tf) their
natural development. The zone [010, 111] was made e(|uatorial
as before, and the normal angles obtained by calculation from the
measured co-ordinates. The habit is similar to that of the
Nundle axinite, and /• (111) is, as in that, striated j)arall('l to it^
intersection with J/ (110).

COLKliKOOK ^llNK. DuXDAS, TaSMAXIA.

(Plate XXX. . PI. xxxi., fig. .i).

This occurrence was first put on record by ^Messrs. Petterd and
Twelvetrees in their paper " On the Occurrence of Linnu'ite in
'Jasmania."^ In that paper and two supplementary notes"' the
authors have discussefl the field relations and microscopic
4-haracters of this interesting axinite-bearing rock, which is
jiaralleled only by the original limurite of the Pyrenees.''

3 Porter— Joui-n. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xviii., 1884 (1885), ji. 80.
* Petterd ,inrt Twelvetree.s— Proe. Roy. Soc. Tas., 189" (IS98), ])i). l-(i, pi.
•"' Petterd and Twelvetrees— Lot-, rif , 1898-9 (190(>). ]^\\ 1, 2 and .")(i-o9.
'■ Zirkel Xeiies Jahrl). fiir ^fin.. LSTO. j). .379.

136 RECORDS OF THE AUSTKALIAX MUSEUM.

The locality is North-east Dundas between Ringville and
Roseheiy, where the limurite forms a lenticular contact mass
bounded on the east bv slate of probably Silurian age, and on thi;
west In' serpentine.

From hand specimens in the Museum collection it appears that
tlie macroscopic associates of axinite are calcite chiefly in veins,
chalcopyrite, pyrrhotite, actinolite in radiating aggregates, and
datolite in crystalline masses. To this list Petterd and Twelve-
trees from microscopic examination add chlorite, tourmaline,
danburite and sphene, while they find that the main mass of the
rock is a p3'roxenit(' which here and there receives accessions of
axinite and other minerals, thereby becoming "limurite."

The axinite occurs as well-defined crystals, sometimes reaching
a length of 15 or 16 mm., embedded in calcite or datolite and
disseminated through the p\'roxene. It is not easy to find a
detacliable crystal suitable for the goniometer, and I am indebted
to Mr. AN'. F. Petterd for the loan of three crystals, each
fragmentary but better than any in our collection and adecjuate
for measurement. Tlie colour is clove brown; the specific gravity,
determined on a cr3'stal weighing 1-008.5 gram, was found to be
3-270.

The habit recalls tliat of the Nundle and Moonbi axinite, the
specimens having tlie same tabular extension parallel to r (111).
Here however ,:; (11-) i'^ h,1so a face of considerable size ; both r
and t are deeply striated parallel to their intersection. The
pi-ism faces are not prominent and are slightly striated parallel
to the vertical axis.

The crystal from which the figures were made measures
approximate) v 8 mm. in greatest diameter ; it is broken across in
the direction of the edge /• .r. After preliminary "one-circle"'
measurement in two zones, several faces were identified and the
habit made out ; the ci-ystal was then mounted with the prism
zone normal to the vertical circle, and the co-ordinate angles
obtained. AVith the exception of r and z, which have both faces
present, all the forms were determined from single planes ; the
faces _/ (Oil), // (021) and )' (131) gave no distinct signal and
were measured in the position of brightest illumination.
Owing to tlie difiiculty of accurately centring, and the small size
and imperfections of some of the faces, the measured and
calculated angles do not ahvays agree closely.

In the table below the calculated angles are taken from
Goldschmidt's " Winkeltabellen," but Dana's position antl
lettering ha^'e been adopted as before.

MINERALOGICAL XOTES : NO. III. ANDERSON.

137

^ uti

"M

^

, 1

■:0

-M

—

1^

CI

—

w

-h

tr-

—

_

^

o

05

TC

^^

.—1

^

^^

i^

-+

CI

^.^

CI

,~^

CI

lO

..^

■

o

CO

Si.

o

o

3

^^

^

S

3

ie

. -f

o

1-

o

O

lO

CI

r— (

-+

CO

CO

X

CI

CO

—

CI

»o

S

^

^ -H

o

'

-*

o

cc

CI

CO

CI

-f

r-,

CO

'^

, X

--

—

—

— ,

o

-M

^_,

^

o

CI

-o

X

?£>

X

CI

C£>

o

l^

CO

CI

CI

CO

CO

-tH

eo

n.

"d

; t~

o

o

—

C:

o

1^

o

1^

C5

iC

o

CO

C5

t^

X

lO

Ir-

S

c.

c^

cr:

CJl

CTi

CI

-f

CI

-+

lO

-f

lO

o

o

o

?o

CO

M

■3

iJ

^ -*

o

o

?o

'^

cc

-h

CI

CC'

-f

CO

X

Oi

X

o

05

CI

CO

■©-

■"^

!M

CI

CI

-*

■"^

-t

~~*

-^

o

eo

o

O'

c-1

o

L!t

1 — 1

-t"

CI

:o

-f

X

lOi

r^

X

t^

CO

o

05

= c^

o

o

^

o

'-.£5

t~

o

o

t^

r— t

iC'

CO

,-H

lO

-^

t~

1

"^

^

■""

1

1

^^

'~'

1

I-H

I

•"^

1

^

1

c^

-M

C^'

^_^

^

■M

CI

-#

CI

,__,

X

o

lO

C5

X

05

•^

-*

CI

r—

' — '

ot

1 — 1

\'T^

iC

o

to

-f

T— 1

o

^

-H

CO

a.

t~

o

o

o

o

o

«D

^

»o

X

o

o

^

as

X

X

CO

X

s

a>

05

Oi

OS

05

CI

^

CI

X(H

lO

"*

lO

lO

lO

o

CO

CO

cc

.^.zr

o

o

o

cc

jt;

X

C7i

o

CI

o

CO

^-1

^-4

^

OT

o

o

GO

s

"©-

"

CI

CO

CI

CO

-+

CI

CI

^

Ci

o

■M

:3

-+

TI

^

CT

CC

CC

X

lO

iX>

t^

t-

CO

o

GO

^ X

3

^

TT

1^

'-Z'

t^

3

o

t^

1— t

o

CO'

I-H

iO

-*

J:^

1

^—

—

1— <

^-^

T— 1

^^

T— <

1

(— *

^^

1— 1

P-H

P-H

" —

I

'■

1

1

1

o

CI

CI

^

, -.4

^^

1 ^

.-^

^1

l^iH

l-M

^^

CI

|C1

CO

CO

^^

'CO

o

1^

lO

1

~

^

~

~

^

^

~'

~''

o

^^

■' '

^~*

^^

CI

C^l

I-H

a
3

-

^

-^

?

-^l

>*>

i>

•-

■"*-^.

5^

>^

60

^-

H

^

V;

"l**

5n

o

^

r—

o

o

O

o

o

CI

— H

CI

1 — 1

^H

CI

^H

, — 1

r-^

,— 1

^H

>— 1

.;i

'^

^-^

o

I— (

i ^^

iCl

I^H

l~^

^J

o

^^

,r-H

1— «

If-H

t ^^

l"^'

ICl

r-H

5

o

o

I— t

i-H

1-H

o

o

^^

1— *

.1— H

11 — •

1 — 1

1— 1

fr— 1

f'— '

CI

u

T.

"^

•o

^

T^

^

"-.i

u

■^

'~^_

s

-c

CO

■—1

H

<>

v:

"»*

?JH

PETTERDITE not a New Mineral.

(Plate xxxi., fig. 4 ; PI. xxxij.).

In 1901 Mr. W, H. Twelvetrees, Government Geologist of
Tasmania, described under the name petterdite (in honour of Mr.

138 RKCORDS OP THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

W. F. Petterd, of Launceston) a supposed new oxychloride of
lead, which was found in the upper workings of the Britannia
Mine, Zeehan, Tasmania, as groups of white hexagonal plates in
a quartz gangue containing disseminated pyrites ; the analysis
was made by Mr. O. E. White of Hobart.' Some time back Mr.
Petterd kindly lent me for examination his best specimen (PI.
xxxii.), also some detached crystals ; on a chemical and crystallo-
graphic study of this material the following conclusions are based.

For a description of the physical characters I may refer to the
original account which is substgititially coiTect : no macles how-
ever were observed, and the hardness is not 1 -5 as stated, but
lies between 3 and 4, the mineral being harder than calcite and
softer than fiuorite.

C rystaUoynxphy . Three crystals, each about -1 ram. in diameter
were measured on a two-circle goniometer. The angles obtained
are only approximate, as the faces are interrupted, wavy and
slightly cur^'ed, usually yielding only a vague patch of light in
the telescope. The basal plane is rough and gives no reHection,
therefore the crystals were centred by the prism faces. The
system is hexagonal, the forms present being c (0001), the
prism (lOlO), and the first and second order pyramids (lOll) and
(1121). Pyramidal faces do not occur on all the crystals and the
pyramid (1011) is the commoner and better developed.

From the measurement 0001 A 1011=38° 42' the length of the
vertical axis was found to be "6938. The measured angle
0001 A 1 121 is 53° 20 ', calculated 54° 13'.

Composition. In the endeavour to discover, if possible, the
affinities of this apparently new species, the original analysis
given below was more closely scanned.

PbO ''4-04 %

As., O, 2-60

P,b, [sir] 2-10

si).. O, -50

CI 20-00

99-24

'I'o deduce a formula from these figures it is necessary to assume
an unlikely combination such as. —

Pb--0^C1 O— Pb-Cl

I or I

Pb_0-Cl O— Pb-Cl

' Twelvetrees— Kept. Secy. Mines Tas., 1900-1 (1901), p. 356, pi. ;
/rf.— Proc. ^oy. Soc. Tas., 1900-1 (1902), p. 51, pi.

MINERALOGICAL NOTES: XO. III. — ANDERSON. 139

otherwise we must suppose that the mineral contains 20 "/„ of
free chlorine.

When this dithculty was pointed out to Mr. Petterd, whose
enthusiasm in mineralogical research is well known, he generously
^ve me permission to make a new analysis of his material.
The result has been to show that, by some mischance, the
percentages for chlorine and arsenic pentoxide have been trans-
posed. To this accidental circumstance, and the somewhat
unusual crystal habit, we owe the name petterdite, which must
now lapse into the synonomy of mimptite, where it may perhaps be
retained for crystals of a habit similar to this (PI. xxxi., fig. 4).

Two partial analyses were made. In I, -5589 gram was taken,
dissolved in cold, dilute nitric acid and the chlorine precipitated
by silver nitrate. The silver chloride obtained weighed -0557
gram, giving 246 "/o chlorine. From the filtrate silver was
removed by hydrochloric acid in slight excess and lead thrown
down by sulphuric acid in alcoholic solution, the precipitate being
subsequently treated in the crucible with sulphuric acid to
convert any lead chloride into sulphate. The lead sulphate
weighed -5861 gram, equivalent to 77-16 "/„ oxide. Alcohol was
evaporated from the filtrate by gentle heat and arsenic and
phosphoric acids precipitated together by "magnesia mixture."
The precipitate was approximately weighed after gentle ignition
(reckoned as pure \)yvo-arsenate it was equivalent to about 22 "/,,
arsenic pentoxide), redissolved in hydrochloric acid and a current
of sulphuretted hydrogen passed through the solution. A bulky
yellow precipitate of sulphide of arsenic came down and was
filtered off. Part of this was accidentally lost in oxidising to
arsenic acid ; the remainder was thrown down by " magnesia
mixture," and ignited with addition of some ammonium nitrate
crystals; it weighed -0803 gram, giving 10-63 "/o arsenic pentoxide.
The filtrate from sulphide of arsenic was concentrated and
phosphoric acid estimated by precipitation with " magnesia
mixture " ; magnesium pyro-phosphate weighed -0222 gram, equal
to 2-53 "/„ phosphorus pentoxide. Hence we may put arsenic
pentoxide as comprising 18 or 19 "/,,.

For analysis II, -6391 gram was dissolved in nitric acid, the
solution evaporated on the water bath, lead thrown down by
sulphuric acid and filtered off. From the filtrate, arsenic and
the remaining traces of lead were removed by sulphuretted
hydrogen, treated with sodium sulphide solution, the small
residue of lead sulphide filtered off, converted into sulphate and
added to the main portion, the total weight being -6699
gram, making 77-12 "/„ oxide of lead. In the filtrate from lead

140

KECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

sulphide, arsenic was precipitated by addition of hydrocliloric
acid, oxidised by strong nitric acid and estimated as magnesium
pyro-arsenate, which weighed -1550 gram, yielding 1 7-95 "/„ arsenic
pentoxide. Phosphorus was estimated as before in the filtrate
from the sulphides of lead and arsenic. The result was
-0248 gram magnesium pyro-phosphate, equivalent to 2-47 "/„
phosphorus pentoxide.

Antimony if present would be left on the solution of sulphide
of arsenic in nitric acid but its presence was not proved.

Thus we arrive at the conclusion that petterdite is really
mimetite containing an appreciable amount of phosphoric,
isomorphously replacing arsenic acid ; chemically it would be
classed with the variety campylite, and it is noteworthy that
Twelvetrees mentions campylite as sometimes associated with
petterdite,** while Petterd in another place alludes to campylite
as occurring in pale, almost white crystals at the Britannia Mine."

The result of analyses is tabulated below ; III is the mean
of analyses I and II, under IV is given for comparison Rammels-
berg's analysis of campylite from Cumberland, England,^" while
V is the theoretical composition for 2 (3 Pbg P., Og. Pb CI.) + 7
(3 Pb:, As, Oh. Pb CI,).

CI ...
P.O,...
As, 0,
PbO...

I.

II.

III. lY.

Y. 1

2-46
2.53

not det.

7716

not det.

2-47
17-95
77-12

2-46

2-50

17-95

77-14

2-41

3 34

18-47

76-97

2-44
3-25

18-40
76-47

100-05 101-19

100-56

The angular measurements obtained from petterdite may
now be compared with the angles given by Goldschmidt for
mimetite.

•* Twelvetrees — Loc, cit.

9 Petterd— Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1902 (19u3), p. 20.
10 Rammelsberg — Pogg. Ann., xci., 185-i, p. 316.

MINERALOGICAL NOTKS : NO. III. — ANDKHSON.

141

Measured.

Calculated.

Difference.

--« s

Fonns.

P

9

<^

P

o

o

o /

o /

O '

o /

C

0001

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

7)1

lOfO

15

90 6

90

15

6

8

X

loTi

17

38 42

40 2

17

1 20

7

*'

1121

30 43

53 20

30

55 30

43

2 10

5

The agreement, especially for the important 0001 A 1011 and
0001 A 1121, is by no means close, but a considerable latitude
may be claimed on account of the poor quality of material and
the small number of observations, which were limited by my
desire to mutilate a handsome specimen (PL xxxii.) as little as
pDSsible.

CROCOITE.

Magnkt Mine, Tasmania.

(Plate xxxi., fig. 5).

Of this mineral I have examined five specimens with crystals
in situ, four lent by Mr. W. F. Petterd and one by Mr. G. W.
Cai^d, also a number of loose crystals belonging to Mr. Petterd.

The matrix is a rather friable limonite in which the crocoite is
partly embedded. The largest specimen carries numerous crystals
averaging about 2 mm. in length ; in the other cases where in situ
the crystals are quite minute and had previously been referred to
carminite (arsenate of lead and iron) by Petterd,'^ who however
informed me in forwarding the specimens that he doubted
whether this identification was correct. Qualitative analysis
proves their cijmposition to be chromate of lead, and, like the
larger crystals, they agree morphologically with crocoite. Hence
carminite must be deleted from the list of Tasmanian minerals.
Of the loose crystals, which are all imperfect, some measure about
10 mm. in length.

The habit is remarkably constant throughout, the crystals being
prismatic by extension along the zone axis b t (PI. xxxi., fig. 5).
This zone being the only well-developed one was made equatorial
and a stereogram constructed from the co-ordinate angles obtained ;

11 Petterd— Proc, Koy. Soe. Tas., 1902 (1903), p. 20.

142

RECORDS OF THE AUSTEALIAN MUSEUM.

from this the forms were identified by means of Penfield's
protractors and the identification was confirmed by calculation of
the normal angles. All the faces are small with the exception of
t (111) which gives an excellent image, and a peculiar rounded
face which could not be determined but is possibly ,/• (301) ; the
pinacoid h (010) is very small when present.

The table contains some of the results of measurement com-
pared with the theoretical angles given by Goldschmidt.

Forms.

Calculated from
Measurements.

Calculated from
Winkeltabellen .

Differ-
ence.

'

o /

'

h

nt

= 010

110

46 43

46 51

8

t

=

111

59 35

59 36

1

V

z=.

Tu

53 38

53 49

11

k

=

loi

89 44

90

16

m

t

= 110

111

34 3

33 56

7

m'

r

= 110

fll,

40 51

40 38

13

DATOLITE.

CoLEBRooK Mine, Dundas, Tasmania.

(Plate xxxiii.).

This mineral was first obtained in sinking a shallow shaft in
the western poi^tion of the limurite outcrop. ^"^ It is found
associated with axinite, calcite and other minerals as already
described under axinite, and sometimes occurs in large brilliant
crystals. It is colourless, greenish or yellowish.

Crystallograjyhy. The crystals have mutually interfered during
growth, but one small projecting crystal was found and measured.
This crystal is shown in ideal and actual development in PL xxxiii.,
figs. 1-4 ; fig. 5 shows the distribution of forms and the chief
zones.

The habit of the figured crystal seems characteristic so far as
can be judged by inspection of others ; it is prismatic by exten-
sion parallel to the a axis and measures about 6 mm. in length.
It is fairly rich in forms, but as is usual with datolite many of
the faces are wavy and give poor reflections ; the three faces i
(212), 77 (231), and x (102) are dull and were measured in the
position of maximum illumination.

As in the case of axinite, Goldschmidt and Dana choose

Petterd— Proc. Eoy. Soc. Tas., 1897 (1898), p. 63.

MINERAtO(;iCAL NOTES: NO. III. — ANDERSON.

U3

different positions and axes. The crystal was mounted on the
goniometer with Goldschniidt's prism zone equatorial so that the
measured, could be threctly compared with the calculated angles ;
the indices were transformed to Dana's axes by the equations
h' = 1, k' = - k, I' = 2h. The angles are tabulated below.

1
1

Q.

CO -M — C>1 '^P O

^ ^

-e-

- O CO O f^ -* >— 1 'M CO C-I iCi C-l CO O
^ CO-M^COt-H— 1^ ,— .iO

O T-t

Q.

ciooo-^Ci»ocrs'-HG<iocoi-i

(M CO ■^ CC lO (M O

„OOr^ OOlOOCiCi-f^OOQO^
" CiOlOiCO'+CO-^cOOO'O-*

■«-

^ O O !>. 00 ^ O G^ "Xi I^ '-T to lO O
— 1>— 1 COCO'MO^^ CO

"OiOS'-OCO Ci^OCOt^t— CO —

II 1 1 1 1

i

Q-

-JO CC CO uo 00 00 O 00 O '-O Oi CO »o
-H ■>! CO CO C<I CO

„ OOOOOl-^-MtrsO-.-HXDr^CO

° aiaiOico^coTfco^--o«c-*

-e-

^ OOO'M'JtiOO— 'OCOOiO-^OOO

r-l OCO-H CNCOTfl"*— 1"^

„OOr^oooo?or^oO'N>or^co

" Oi c. CO CO as lo »o CO i^ i^ 'o .—

II 1 1 1 1

o

Oi— ICO^hOTJOI'?!— '■^lOCO-H
OO— 1 — 1— lO^ — -——,— — CO
rH O O O r-i — 1 |-N l-l ^ 1— 1 1- 1— I'M

=;■-*- 5" S •- - '^ p: i. 'i ^ t=

3

i-(000 — r-lTI — -M — (MOl'l*

^ G^J — 1 — ' — 1 (M ,— "M 1 iXi
r- CO 1— 1 I— 1 1— I— 1 r- ( ICI 10 IX) 1—1

tws-S:::~->"=:;ii:^j;

144

KECORDb OF THE AUSI KALIAN UlUSEUM.

Composition. The metliod 'of analysis is tliat described by
Gooch^^ with modifications suggested by Penfield and Speriy,'*
boric anhydride being distilled with alcohol, caught in strong
ammonia solution, transferred to a basin and evaporated over
lime as described in a former paper.'^ For this determination
1-1478 gram was fused with sodium carbonate, exhausted with
water, filtered, the filtrate acidified with nitric acid and distilled.
Water was determined directly in a Penfield tube on -6108 gram
mixed with previously ignited lime to minimise the risk of
expelling boric anhydride. The other constituents were esti-
mated in another portion weighing about a gram. The result of
analysis is appended (I) together with an analysis by Whitfield^'
of datolite from Bergen Hill, New Jersey (II).

H,

I.

n.

6-48 7„

6-14 7o

8iO,

36-28

35-74

Al, O3 ^

-95

FeO ...

-31

CaO

35-21

35-14

B, 0,

20-48

22-60

99-40

99-93

In conclusion I have to acknowledge my indebtedness to
Messrs. W. F. Petterd and D. A. Porter, for "the loan of speci-
mens and for much valuable information, and to Professor T. W.
ej. David, B.A., Trustee, for permission to use the goniometer in
the Geological Department of the University of Sydney.

13 Gooch— Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey, No. 42, 1882, p. 64

'* Penfield and Sperry— Am. Journ. Sci., (3), xxxiv., 1887, )5. 222.

'5 Ander,-on— Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 1904, p. 128.

^" Wliitfield^Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey, No. 55, 1889, p. 59.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA.
By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S., F.E.S., Entomologist.

(Figs. 33—37).

Mr. Nathan Banks, the well-known American Arachnologist,
lias recently published a valuable, if brief, "Treatise on Acarina,
or Mites."' The work is rendered the more acceptable to the
student of Acarology, from the fact that it gives not only a key
to the numerous families and genera, but also a sketch of the life-
histories of many species, some of which are of world-wide
<listribution.

Notwithstanding the fact that the Acarina " have always
attracted," as Banks points out in his preface, "considerable
interest, both from their minute size and because of the remark-
able habits of many species," comparatively little is known about
them systematically. Many species have been described from
time to time, by a number of authors, but, to again quote Banks
" few have really studied them." The literature dealing with
the subject is very scattered, and much of it unsatisfactory.

The most reliable workers have been Michael in England,
whose masterly monographs of " British Oribatida? "•^ and " British
Tyroglyphidie "' have appeared at different times ; and among
continental students, Neumann, whose " Revision de la Famille
des Ixodides "^ is a valuable production, and must take its place
as a standard work. Other European acarologists of repute are
Ti'ouessart, Kramer, Canestrini, Nalepa and Berlese. The
writings of these workers are spread over many publications.
, It is interesting to note that more species have been described
of late years — principally by Trouessart and Canestrini — from
New Guinea, than from Australia.

Nearly all parasitic Acarids follow the distribution of their
hosts, and so frequently become widely diffused, but a few^ non-
parasitic forms are common in widely separated regions. Most of
the latter, as well as some phytophagous species, distribute them-
selves naturally. There are a number of non-parasitic mites

1 Banks— Proc. U. States Nat. Mus., xxviii., 1904, pp. 1-114.

- Michael— Britisli Oribatida?, Eay Soc, lH84and 18SK.

•"* Michael— British Tyroglyphidse* /of. cit., 1901.

^ Neumann — Mem. S'oc. Zool. F" ranee, ix,, 190o, |i]). 1-44; ihid., x., 1«97,

pp. 324-420; i')id., xii., ls;)S, ])]i. 107-2:)4; i'luL, xiv., I!K)1, ])p, 249-

372.

146 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

which have developed a remarkable nymphal form, termed
technically Hypop^is. This nymph has a number of tiny sucking
discs on the ventral surface at the posterior extremity, which
enables it to adhere to some other animal, and so be carried
from place to place^ until it finds a suitable locality. Extreme
cold or excessive moisture has little effect upon the species.
Some species are of myrmecophagus habits, and these are of very
restricted range.

In respect of geographical distribution, many of the species of
this order are almost, if not quite, world-wide. This is only
natural, seeing that some of these animals are parasitic on man,
domestic animals — both great and small — and economic and
ornamental plants. Admitting this, it follows, therefore, that
the study of the Acarina is of paramount importance, and hence
worthy of careful and systematic study. Many terrestrial
animals in their wild state — mammals, birds, reptiles, insects, a;*
well as fresh-water and pelagic forms, have Acarid parasites, some
of which ai-e harmful and some beneficial ; others are parasites
upon parasites. Again, some Acarina, so far as we aie at present
able to judge, have no economic importance whatever.

The life of an Acarid may be divided into four distinct stages :
the k^'^'g, larva, nymph and adult. The greater majority of
Acarians are oviparous ; a few are vivi-, or ovo-viviparous, and
those of one genus, Pedimiloides, Targioni-Tozzetti, are recorded
as bringing forth adult males and females. One species of this
genus, F. alastoris, Frogg., occurs near Sydney.

Banks summarises the general plan of development as follows :
" The egg is usually deposited by the female. Often within this
egg, while the embryo is developing, an inner membrane is formed
whicli encloses the young mile ; this stage is the ' deutovum.'
The outer shell may be cracked so as to show this membrane, or
it may be wholly discai'ded. The larva at birth has but six legs.
It feeds for a while, then passes into a resting stage which in
time discloses the eight-legged nymph. The added pair of legs is
the fourth, at least usually. During the nymphal period the
mite may moult one or more times and change its appearance,
but is always destitute of true genital orifices. At the end of
the nymphal stage it passes again into a quiescent condition, and
in due time moults into the adult mite. During tfeese resting
stages much of the internal anatomy of the mite may undergo
histolysis, each new stage being rebuilt from the disintegrated
tissues of the preceding stage. The genital organs are, however,
not effected by these histolytic processes."*

■> Banks— Prof. U. States Nat. Mus., xxviii., 1904, pp. 7-S.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA — RAINBOW. H7

. Upon the question of natural enemies, Banks points out that
most mites have few enemies beyond their predatory relativ'es^
but, " there are, however, various cases of protective resemblance,
especially among the immature forms. No examples of mimicry,
I think, are known."

The Acarina is a very extensive order of the class Arachnida,
and many of the species comprising it are remarkable for their
minuteness and diversity of form, as well as their marvellous life-
liistories. A great number of the parasitic species have become,
as some writers have shown, distinctly modified in organisation ;
and owing to this, and the fact that their affinities with the^
typical Arachnida are so masked by degeneration, it has been
urged that it would be more convenient and natural to assign
them to an order by themselves. Against this, it is contended
that most of the free-living (non-parasitic) species have departed
least from the typical Arachnid form, and that they display many
affinities to the .Solpugids and Phalangitis. The majority of
Aracologists, therefore, regard this group as a branch of the tru;^
Arachnida.

It is difficult to draw up a table of characters sufficiently
comprehensive to include the whole group, but the following
summary inay be of service :

(Jephalothorax and J.6r/o»ie?i. -These segments are united, the
fusion being so complete that in many species they are welded into
one mass ; in some forms however, they are distinct. The body
is often provided with hairs and bristles.

Eyes. — -Often wanting. When present the}' are simple ; there
are usually two pairs, each of which are placed close to the outer
angle ; more rarely there is only a median pair.

Mouth. — Adapted for sucking ; mandibles partially united, and
form with a plate (epistonip) and the labium a beak, known as
the rostrum or capitulum, the latter often separated from the
cephalothorax by a membranous joint ; mandibles formed for
piercing, sometimes provided with a pair of " nippers " at the tip,
and sometimes simply pointed.

/^f_(/.s.— Commonly eight in the adult form, and six in the
larval. The Eriophyidie, however, are uiiique in that, there are
never more than four in either adult or larva. In Pteroptus,
Dufour (Gamassidte), there are eight, both in larva and adult.
The legs aVe arranged in pairs, two of which are seated well
forward, and two behind ; the latter apparently arise from the
abdomen, but as Banks remarks, this is probably not the case ;
it is " rather that the coalescence of the abdomen and cephalo-

148

KECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

thorax has effaced the true outlines of these portions." The
embryonic forms of Gamasus, Lati'., and Ixodes, Latr., have foui-
pairs of legs before birth, but one pair is aborted to be again
developed at the nymphal stage. This Banks regards as an indi-
cation that the six-legged larva is a secondary development, and
lessens the apparent difference between Acarina and other
Arachnids. In Uropoda, Latr., the anterior legs are inserted in
the canierostome — the opening of the body into which the mouth
parts are inserted.

Abdomen. — Usually large and devoid of segmentation ; in some,
however, segmentation is distinct. The corpus tndva ov ejngynum
is of various shapes and sometimes closed by flaps ; male aperture
(epiandrum) usually smaller than that of the female. The
reproductive system is often highly developed, and frequently
occupies a considerable part of the body.

Respiratory Organs. — For the purpose of i^espiration many
species are endowed with an elaborate tracheal system, but there
are a large number of forms not provided with such. Amongst
those species in which a tracheal system obtains, great vari-
ations are displayed. Commonly the tracheae open near the
mandibles, but with the Ixodida? and Gamasidae the apertures
are near the hind legs. In some species the tracheal openings
occur in the coxal cavities (acetahtda). Of those — and the
species are many — which have no tracheal system, it has been
observed that the skin is soft, and that oxygen is al)Sorbed
by osmosis through the general surface of the body.

The object of the present paper is primarily to draw the
attention of Australian students to our rich and extensive Acarid
fauna. To this end a list of the known species — endemic and
introduced — together with those families which may reasonably
be expected to occur, is given below. Species apparently new
are described.

Banks divided the larger groups of the order into eight super-
families," which he defined as follows : —

1. Abdomen annulate, prolonged behind ; veiy minute

forms ; often with but four legs. . Demodicoidea.

Abdomen not annulate nor prolonged behind ; always
with eight legs 2.

2. With a distinct spiracle upon a stigmal plate on each

side of body (usually below) above the third or

" Banks -Prof. U. States Nat. Mus., xxviii., 1904, p. 10.

A SYNOPSIS OF AISTHALIAX ACARINA — RAINBOW. 149

fourth cuxHj or a little behind ; palpi free ; skin
often coriaceous or leathery ; tarsi often with a
sucker 3

No such distinct spiracle in a stigmal plate on tliis
part of bod}- 4.

3. Hyperstome large, furnished below with many recurved

teeth ; ventor with furrows ; skin leathery ; large
forms, usually parasitic Ixodoidea

Hyperstome small, without teeth ; venter without
furrows ; body often with coriaceous shields, pos-
terior margin never crenulate ; no eyes. Gamasoidea.

4. Body usually coriaceous, with few hairs ; with a

specialised seta arising from a poi-e near each posterior
corner of the cephalothorax ; no eyes; mouth parts and
palpi very small ; ventral openings of abdomen large ;
ne verparasitic ; tarsi never with a sucker. Orihatoidca.

Body softer, without such specialised seta. ... 5.

5. Living in water Hydradinoidea.

Not living in water . 6.

G. Palpi small, three-jointed, adhering for some distance
to the lip ; ventral suckers at genital opening or near
anal opening usually present; no eyes; tarsi often end
in suckers ; beneath the skin on the venter are seen
rod-like epimera that support the legs ; body often
entire ; adult frequently parasitic. . Sarcoptoidpa.

Palpi usually of four or five joints, free : rarely with
ventral suckers near genital or anal openings ; eyes
often present ; tarsi never end in suckers ; body
usually divided into cephalothorax and abdomen ; rod-
like epimera rarely visible ; adults rarely parasitic. 7.

7. Last joint of palpi never forms a " thumb '' to the
preceding joint ; palpi simple, or rarely formed to
hold prey ; body with few hairs . . Eupodoidea.

Last joint of palpi forms a " thumb " to the
preceding, which ends in a claw (a few exceptions) ;
body often with many hairs. . . . Tromhoidea.

150 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Super-family EUPODOIDEA.

Family EUPODID^.

No Acarids of this family have up to the pi'esent been described
fi'om Australia, but one species at least occurs. The family is a
small one, and the individuals comprising it microscopic. All are
predacious, and feed upon small insects or insect's eggs ; one or
two species are supposed to be parasitic. They are soft-bodied,
delicate, with moderately long to long legs ; the division of the
cephalothorax and abdomen is more or less clearly defined ; the
cephalothorax is usually provided with two eyes — one on each
side ; the abdomen is provided with a few simple hairs ; jialpi are
short, simple, four-jointed, and furnished with a few hairs :
mandibles chelate, and (except in the genus Rhayidia, Thor.)
small ; legs six or seven jointed, terminating with two simple
claws, and often with a median plumose puhillus. These Acarids
are fond of cold, damp places ; most of the species occur upon the
ground, where they may be found lurking amidst fallen leaves ;
some occur upon the foliage of trees.

Genus Ereynetes, Berl.

Erynetes LIMACUM, >S'cA?'.

Erynetes limacum, Schr., Ins. Aust., 1781, p. 521.
Acarus limactim, Schr., loc. cit.

i/^«6.— Australia (introduced) ; Cosmopolitan.

Host. — Common European slug, Limax maximns, Linn. This
species has followed its host in distribution. Slugs may often be
seen with numbers of this Acarid swarming over them. In 1890
my colleague, Mi-. C. Hedley, recorded' an Acarid as parasitic on
L. maximus and F. fiavus, Linn. It was doubtless the species
here listed.

Super-family TROMBIDOID.E.

Family CHEYLETID^.

This is a small family, and the species constituting it are
mici'oscopic. None have, so far, been recorded from Australia,
but as some are parasitic on animals that have been introduced
here, it is quite likely that they may yet be x'ecorded when the

■> Hedley— Prov. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v., (2), 1890, p. 892.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA RAINBOW. 151

.group shall have been systematically worked out. Banks points
out that they differ considerably in habits and structure aiiKjng-
themselves. 8ome are predacious, and some parasitic ; a few
<jccur upon some animals to prey upon the jjarasites of the host.
The existence of parthenogenesis has been recorded in respect of
several of the Cheyletidse. Banks states that " in one genus
SarGopte7'us, there is no anus ; the food of this mite is of such a
nature as to be completely digested."** The animals upon whicli
Cheyletidje occur are the house and field mouse, several birds, and
bats. Some live in cavities or little cells beneath the skin and
hair follicles. The eggs, singly or in clusters, are attached to the
hairs of the respective hosts, and some species secui'e their ova by
spinning a small web over them.

The CheyletidjB are distinguished by their long beak and
enormous palpi ; the latter may be three or five-jointed ; in some
species each palpus is furnished with a minute movable tubercle
or papilla near the tip on the inner side, and this is occasionally
tipped with one or two pectinate bristles ; the beak is separated
from the body by a deep constriction ; the body is usually oval,
the skin soft, occasionally with chitinous plates, which in some
species are finely striated ; a few hairs are always present, some-
times in the form of scales ; division between cephalothorax and
abdomen usually wanting ; legs generally short, five-jointed,
usually armed with two claws, between which there is a bunch of
hairs or a pectinate bristle. In some species the front legs
terminate in bristles, which appear, according to Banks to have a
tactile function ; in others the front legs are transformed into
clasping organs ; sometimes two eyes are present — one on each
side of the cephalothorax, but they are not often distinct ;
mandibles invariably long and needle-like, and fitted for 2:)iercing
tissues ; in one genus these organs are provided with two points.

Family TETRANYCHID^.

The Tetranychidie are popularly known as " Red Spiders "
and are familiar enough to most horticulturists ; or are
sometimes termed " spinning mites," from the fact tliat some of
the species spin fine silken threads. Some of the species have
followed their host plants, and hence have become widely
distributed, indeed cosmopolitan. In the present imperfect
state of our knowledge it is impossible to say how many species
(tccur in Australia, but several have certainly been introduced.
In addition to these there is little doubt but that some native

'* Banks— ioc. tit., p. 18.

152 RECORDS OF THE AUSIKALIAN MUSEUM.

species also exist. These Acarids have an oval or elliptical body
with a few usually long hairs arranged in rows ; the body is
divided into two parts — cephalothorax and abdomen, and these
are separated from each other by a transverse furrow ; the
cephalothorax has on each side one or two simple eyes. The
palpi are short and terminate with a claw, the latter being
thumb-like and bearing one or more appendages known as "fingers."
The mandibles have their basal joints united in a plate ; the
apical joint is long and flexible, and admirably adapted for
piercing vegetable tissues, it is known as the stylet. Legs
moderately slender, furnished with scattered hairs, and armed
with one or two claws. In some species of the genus Tetranychu!<
the claw is divided into four pieces ; the body is elliptical, being
one and a half times as long as broad ; the first pair of legs is
longer than the body.

Geitus : Brvobia, Koch, = Petrobia, Miirray.

BrYOBIA PRiETIOSA, Koch.

Bryohia prcetiofia et yloriosa, Koch, Uebersicht des Ai'achniden-
systems, 1837.

,, speciosa, Koch, loc. cit., 1838, p. 61.

,, nobilis, Koch, loc. cit., 1838, p. 61.

Pefrobia sjjeciosa, Murray, Econ. Ent., London (no d.), p. 118.

Bryohia speciosa, Crawf., Rep. on the Fusicladiums, Arc, Adelaide,
1886, p 49, pi. iv., f. 20, a, b, c, d, p.

ribis, Thomas, Mt. Thur. Bot. Ver., vi., 1894, p. 10.
,, speciona, Tyron, Ins. and Fungus Pests, Brisbane, 1<^89,.

p. 9?.
,. pirt'fiosa, Oudm., Tigds. Voor Ent., xliii., 1900, p. 138

Host Flcmfs. — Peach trees, almonds, Arum maculatum.
Hab. — South Australia (introduced) : Europe.

Bryobia, sp

Bryobin, sp., Tryon, Ins. and Fungus Pests, Brisbane, 1889, p 92

Host Flants. — Peach trees and grape vines.
Hab. — Queensland.

A SYXOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA — RAIXBOW. 153

Ohs. — Tryon considers tins furni distinct from Koch's species
as determined by Crawford, and although he describes it, refrains
from giving it a specific name.

Genus Tetranychus, Diif.

Tetranychus telarius, Linn.

Tetranychus telarius, Linn., Syst. Nat., x., 1758, p. 616.

Acarns telaritis, Linn., loc. cit., p. 616.

Teiranychus telarius (Linn.), Oliff., N. S. Wales Agric. Gaz., ii.,
1891, p. 778.

Tetranychus telarius (Linn.), French, Journ. Agi'ic. Vict., iv.,
1906, p. 125.

Host Plants. — Pear, plum, cherry, roses.

Ohs. — This pest has been frequently referred to for many ye;irs
past in our puljlic press. Doubtless several species have been con-
fused.

Hah. — Albuiy, Cootamundra, Temora; Australia (introduced),
widely distributed; Cosmopolitan.

Tetranychus telarius, var. cinxabarinus, Boisd.

Tetranychus telarius, var. cinnaharinus, Boisd., Ent. Hort., 1868.
p. 88.

Hah. — Australia (introduced).

Ohs. — This form is peculiar to plants in conservatories. It was
originally recorded as parasitic on Dracwna australis. Boisduval
states that when it hatches from the egg "it is then green or
yellowish-green ; later it is variegated with black and green ;
after its last change of skin, it becomes a beautiful aurora red in

colour It carpets the underside of the Dracsena with

threads of silk on which it walks like a spider. It does a great deal
of harm to the leaves that it sucks, stopping their vegetation and
causing them to become diseased. It is not difficult to destroy
them ; to do so it is sufficient to place them in a cold house
during two or three days."

Hah. — Australia (introduced).

French — Journ. Agric. Vict., iv., 1906, p. 125.

154 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSE CM.

Tetraxychus cucumekis, Boisd

Tetranychus cucuiyieris, Boisd., Ent. Hort. 1868, p 84

Obs. — Peculiar to cucumber and gherkin, but other plants are
also attacked by it. It is very minute. When the Cucurbitaceae
are attacked, the weak and sickly plants should be remo^^ed.

Hah. — Australia (introduced).

Tetranychus rosarum, Boisd

Tetranychus rosarum, Boisd., Ent. Hort., 1868, p. 83

Host Plants. — The host plant of this species is the rose, on the
underside of the leaves of which it is sometimes found. This is
probably the species determined by French as parasitic on roses
in Victoria.

Hah. — Australia (introduced).

Obs. — Several other genera are included in this family and are
probably represented in Australia, but in a preliminary study,
and from lack of material systematically collected, it is impossible
to define them.

Family RHYNCHOLOPHIDyE

These mites are usually bright red, and one of our species, at
any rate, is exceedingly common on bushes around Sydney. Only
one species, Smaridia extranea, L. Koch, has hitherto been re-
<;orded from Australia, but two additional species, each apparently
referable to the genus Rycholophns, Dug., are described below.
One of these is common enough around Sydney, but the other is
from the 6000 feet level of Mount Kosciusko, where it was
collected by my colleague, Mr. C. Hedley, in January last. The
other form, collected by Dr. E. P. Ramsay, appears equall}' as
abundant in winter as in summer. Both forms were taken from
plants.

In the Rhycholophidaj the body is usually divided into two
parts, but the division is not veiy distinct. Along the middle of
the cephalothorax there is a longitudinal furrow known as the
dorsal groove or crista. It is usually enlai'ged at the anterior and
posterior extremities, and sometimes at the middle. In the two
Australian genera known to me there are two simple eyes on each
-side of the cephalothorax, but in the genus Smaris, Latr., twu
additional eyes have been recorded, and these are placed close
togetlier near the middle of the anterior margin.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA RAINBOW.

155

Banks reports these animals as being usually found on the
ground, sometimes in very hot situations, and that they run over
the surface or on low plants with great rapidity. Dr. Ramsay
tells me that those collected by him were always fairly acti^'e.
Some individuals occur in moss or under fallen leaves. Those
collected by Ramsay congregate together in larger or smaller
groups, whilst the form collected by my colleague on Mount
Kosciusko was solitary. Nothing is known of the habits of our
indigenous species, but they will doubtless be very similar to
those of their exotic congeners. Banks tells us that the eggs are
deposited on the ground or under stones, often in clusters. The
larva is a six-legged mite attached to insects, and when fully-fed
drop to the ground, become quiescent, and after a varying time
transform to the adult. One American species has been found
preying on a scale insect (Aspidiotus) ; others upon the San Jose
scale, and sometimes Aphis lions (Chrysopa).

Genus Smaeidia, Lafr.

Smahidia extranea, L. Koch.

Smaridia extranea, L. Koch, Verb. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, xvii.,
1867, p. 242.

Hab. — Queensland.

Genus Rhycholophus, Latr

Rhynciiolophus wontanus, sp.

(Fig. 3.3).

Scarlet; somewhat shield-shaped; above,
the animal is densely clothed with rather
sliort bristles and hairs ; junction of
cephalothorax and abdomen ill-defined.
Crista. — Full length of thorax, enlarged a
little in front of posterior extremity, where
there is also a small tubercle present.
Eyes. — Four, sessile, arranged in pairs,
one on each side of cephalothorax. Under-
side free from bristles, but densely hairy.
Genital Opening. — Between hind coxfe ;
distinct. Legs. — Rather short, seven-
jointed, fourth pair longest ; all densely
clothed with long hairs. Length of body
3 mm., width 1'8 mm.

Host P/rt?i^s.— Bushes (C. Hedley).
Hab. — Mount Kosciusko, at 6003 feet.

Rainb.

156

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Rhynciiolophus celeripes, sp. nov.

(Fig. 34).

Scarlet, elliptical ; above, the animal i*
densely pilose ; junction of cephalothorax
and abdomen indistinct. Crista. — Full
length of cephalothorax, deep, broadest at
anterior and posterior extremities ; at each
extremity there is a small tubercle, and in
front of the anterior one a tuft of long
bristles proceeds. Eyes. — Four, sessile,
arranged in pairs, one on each side of
cephalothorax. Underside similar in colour
and clothing to dorsal surface. Genital
Opening. — Between hind coxpe, distinct.
Anal Ojye^iing. — Below the latter, distinct.
Legs. — Exceedingly long, seven-jointed,
clothed with fine hairs and bristles, but not
nearly so densely as in i?. montamis.
Length of body, 3 '8 mm., width 1-8 mm.

,,. „ , Host Plants. — Bushes (E. P. Ramsav).

lig. 34. ^ - '

B. celeripes:. Rainb. ZTa^.— Enfield, at all seasons of the year.

Family TROMBIDIID^

This is a family of considerable extent, and includes a
large number of genera. The family is an ancient one.
Gourret has described two forms from the Tertiaries at Aix,
France, namely, Megameropsis aqitensis and PsendopachynatJms
maculatus. Several species of Trombidiidje have been recorded
from New Guinea and islands close at hand, but only one from
Australia. It is quite obvious, though, that others must occur,
and when systematic collection has been effected it will pro-
bably be found that this branch of our native fauna will be
fairly extensive.

Popularly these Acarids are known as " Harvest Mites " in the
United States. The body is divided into two parts, the first of
which, the cephalothorax, carries the first and second pairs of
legs and the abdomen the third and fourth pairs. Banks points

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTKALIAN ACARINA — RAINBOW. 157

out^" that these mites differ from Rhyncholophida; in that the hist
joint of leg iv. is not or very slightly shorter than the penultimate,
and also that the last joint of leg iv. is not swollen. In leg i. the
last joint is usually swollen, often more so than in species of the
family last quoted. They are also red in colour, though some
species are darker than others ; the body is clothed with bristles
or feathered hairs according to the species. The palpi are five-
jointed, prominent, often swollen at the middle, the penultimate
joint ending in one or two claws, the last joint appearing as an
appendage or " thumb " to the one preceding. Legs seven-jointed
and clothed similarly to the body ; tarsi terminating with two
small claws. The cephalothorax has a crista running down the
middle, and this is enlarged at the centre or posterior extremity
into a triangular space known as the areola in which are two pores
from which arise bristles. Two eyes are placed on each side of
the cephalothorax, and these are frequently elevated upon long
pedicels.

In the larval form, these Acarids are parasitic, and are found
at times on lieetles, butterflies, moths, flies, mosquitoes. Mr. G.
A. Waterhouse, B.8c., has taken the Leptns (ov larval form) of a
Trombidium from butterflies collected by him on Mt. Kosciusko.
Mr. G. Goldfinch has also collected forms of Leptus from the
common house-fly. The mature Trombidiidte feed on insects —
plant lice, caterpillars and the like. In the United States one
species, Trombidium locusta7-um, Riley, destroys numbers of
grasshopper eggs, and in France a species has been recorded as
destroying the root forms of Phylloxera, that scourge of the vine.

In Europe, Japan and America, the larval forms of Trombi-
diidse, when numei-ous, are sometimes known to attack man,
causing intense irritation and pain, and have even been known to
promote serious complications. In the United States they are
known, when found upon man as " Red Bug." These larval
mites burrow beneath the skin and produce inflamed spots. As
Banks jDoints out, " this is an unnatural position for the mites,
and they soon die, but the waiting is not pleasant. In France
these pests are known as rouget or aoittat, and are the cause of
Erythema autumnale ; in Germany they produce Stachelbeerkrnn-
theit. In England they are called " Harvest Mites " or " Goose-
berry Bugs " ; in Mexico, Tlalsahtiate ; Japan, Akamushi ; and
the West Indies, Bete-rouge.

10 Biinks--Lor>. ci(., p. 30.

158

RECORDS OP THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Genu8 Trombidium, Fahr.

Trombidium sericatum, sp. nov.

(Fig. 35).

Scarlet, ovate, the animal densely
covered with silky pubescence, body
arched, granulated ; junction of cephalic
and thoracic segments ill-define d. Crista.
— Full length of cephalothorax, and
enlarged at the middle into a triangular
area. Eyes. — Four, sessile, aranged in
two pairs — one on each side of the crista.
Abdomen. — Much the widest in front,
rounded off posteriorly. Genital Aperture.
— Seated between the hind coxce., and
behind the anal opening. Legs. — Eight,
yellowish, short, stout, seven-jointed,
pilose and arranged in two groups of
four each, two pairs being seated well in
front, the other two pairs placed near
Length of body 4-5 mm., breadth 2-3 mm.

^a6.— Gisborne, Victoria (Mr. Geo. Lyell). Mr. A. R.
McCulloch, of the Australian Museum collected specimens at
Wyangarie, New South Wales.

Fig. 35.
T. sericatum, Eainb.

abdominal extremity.

Trombidium papuanum, Canest.

T'romhidiuni papuanum, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (6), ii., 1884,
p. 718, pi. iv., fig. 5.

Host. — " On an Australian Longicorn."
Hah. — Australia.

Leptus (larv(e).

Host. — Butterflies (Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc).
Hah.—Mt. Kosciusko, at 6000 feet.

Leptus (larixe).

//o^V.— House-fly (Mr. G. Goldfincli).
Ha^\ — Mosman, Sydney.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARIXA — RAINBOW. 159

LePTUS (IdVVOi).

Host. — Day-flying Moth — Procris viridijndverulenta, Guer.
(the writer).

Hah. — Sydney

Ohs. — Mr. Goldfinch has also observed a Leptus on a moth,
Sericea spectans, Gn.

Snper-family HY DRACHNOIDEA.

Famihj HYDRACHNID^.

In this family only one species, Hydrachna oduntoyiiathus,
Canest., has been I'ecorded from Australia, and two more are now
added — Eylais maccidlochi and Atax cumberlaudensis. The
family is extensive and widely distributed, and the species occur
not only in fresh and brackish water, but also in the sea. All
are free-swimming as a rule in the adult stage, but in the larval
state they are parasitic. In the Hydrachnida?, the integument is
entire, there being no division between the cephalic and thoracic
regions, and the body is more or less convex, spherical or bi'oadly
ovate. In some genera, as in Ai'renurus, Duges, the male has an
elongated abdomen tipped with a median projection called the
petiolus. In the genus Eylais there are four simple eyes situate
close together on a plate near the median line, whilst in Afa.v,
Fabr., there are only two, and these are widely separated. The
integument is soft, and the animals are either scarlet or bluish-
green ; according to Banks, some American species are prettily
marked with yellow and black, and vary consideral)ly in macula-
tion. The mouth-parts are often hidden under the anterior
margin of the cephalothorax, and the maxillary palpi, consisting
of four or five joints, varies so much, that it is of great value to
the systematist in classification. The legs are usually of equal
length, although it is not uncommon .to find the first pair some-
what the longest ; normally they are seven-jointed, and clothed
with long hairs which aid them in swimming ; in this respect
the third and fourth pairs are much more densely hairy than the
others.

Genus Eylais, Lafr.

r= Eulais, Piersig and Lohmann.

Eylais maccullochi, sp. nor.

(Fig. 36).

Scarlet, elliptical, strongly arched, integument smooth ; moutli-
parts hidden under anterior margin of cephalothorax. Body. —

100

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Entire, there being no division between
the thoracic and abdominal segments.
Maxillary Palpi. — Five-jointed, hairy.
Eyes. — Four, simple, close together
upon an eye-plate,arranged in pairs, one
eye in front of the other. Gpuital
Opening. — Midway between the pos-
terior coxfe. Leys. — Arising close to-
gether on anterior part of venter, and
in a radiate arrangement ; they are
not strong, but are of moderate length,
and are provided with swimming
hairs ; the fourth pair is somewhat
the longest. Coxal or Ejnmeral Plates.

— Four, united to the venter. Length of body 3-5 mm., breadth

2-7 mm. ; some specimens rather smaller.

Hah. — Parramatta, June, 1905, in ponds.

Ohs. — I have named this species in honour of Mr. A. R.
McCulloch, of the Australian Museum, who at my request and
some personal inconvenience to himself, collected this and other
material for me.

Fig. 36.
E. maccuUochi, Rainb.

Genus Hydrachna, Mull.

HyDRACHNA ODONTOfiNATHUS, Canest.

Hydrachna odontocjnathas, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (6), ii., 18S5,
p. 719.

Host. — A water beetle. *

Hah. — Australia.

Fig. 37.
jd. cumherlandensi", Eainb.

Genus Atax, Fah.

Atax cumberlandensis, sp. nor.

(Fig. 37).

Body bluish-green ; legs green ;
elliptical, strongly arched, moutli-
parts hidden under anterior mar-
gin of cephalothorax. Maxillary
Paljyi. — Enlarged at base, fourth
joint bearing three spurs below.
Eyes. — Two, simple, widely aj^art.
Body. — Entire, integument smooth
with a finely impressed median
longitudinal mark, wavy in out-

A SYNOPSIS OF AL'STRAMAN ACARINA — KAINPOW. 161

line, luiHiiny down the alxlomen ; this has two hiteral branches at
its anterior extremity. On the underside the colour is a httle
ligliter than above. Genital Opening. — Near posterior extremity.
•Suckiiiy Discs. — On each side, twelve. Lec/s. — Not strong,
rather long; fourth pair somewhat the longest; all provided with
swinnning hairs. Coxal or Epiyneral Plates. — Three, united to
the venter. Length of body 1-9 mm., breadth 1-2 mm.

Hab. — Parramatta, in ponds, June, 190.5 (Mr. A. R. IVIcCul-
loch).

Ohs. — Species of the Molluscan genus Dijjlodon, 8pix, occur in
fresh-water ponds around Parramatta, and they are frequently
infested with Acarids. The lattei*, however, are scarcely
pai'asitic, as they feed on minute animals drawn in by the
mollusc.

Fa^nihj HALACARID^

Several species of Halacaridae have been recorded from Aus-
tralia and adjacent islands, and as all of these are pelagic, it is
only natural to expect such forms (or at any rate, some of them)
to have a wide geographical range. Those occurring on the shores
of New Guinea and the North Island of New Zealand, for
instance, may certainly be expected to occur here. These
Acai'ids are minute, ranging from one to two millimetres in length.
They are found upon Algse, Corals, Crustaceans and Cliitons,
often in shallow water, although some have been di edged at
considerable depths. Halacarids have a tough skin, which may
be striated or granulated, and most frequently destitute of hairs
or bristles. The body is usually clearly divided into two parts,
and the ceplialothorax has usually three eye-spots — one on each
side and one at the middle in front. Legs are moderately long,
rather widely separated at the base, and lateral or sub-lateral in
origin. Each tarsus terminates with two claws. Some Hala-
caridas occur in fresh water, and some in brackish.

Genus Agaxie, Lohm

Agaue brevipalpus, Troues.

A(/aiie brevipalpus, Troues., Naturaliste, xi., 1889, p. 181 ; Bull.
Sci. France Belgique, xx., 1889, p. 247 ; Lohmann in Ergeb.
Plankton Exped., ii., 1893, p. 87 ; Trouessart, Bull. Soc.
Zool. France, xxv., 1900, p. 47.

Hosts. — Algag and Corals

7/rt6.— Pacific Ocean, Sydney, New South Wales ; also Mediter-
ranean Sea ; Atlantic Ocean ; Azox-es, Canaries, Bermudas, Bi-azil.

162 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Genus Halacarus, Gosse

Halacarus (Polymkla) hispidus, Lohm

Halacarus (Polymela) hispidus, Lohm., Ergeb. Plankton Exped.,
ii., 1893, p. 71, pi. iii., f. 7, 9-11.

Host. — Algfe.

Hab. — Pacific Ocean, Sydney.

Halacarus (Polymela) PAxoPiE, Lohm

Halacai-us (Polymela) jJChnopcp, Lohni., Ergeb. Plankton Exped.,
ii., 1893, p. 72, pi. iii., f. 1,8, pi. iv., f. 8, 9.

Host. — Alg;e

Hah. — Pacific Ocean, Sydney ; Atlantic Ocean, Cape Verd.

Halacarus (Polymela) panop.e, var. squamifera, Lohm.

Halacarus (Polymela) panojxe, var. squami/era, Lohm., Ergeb.
Plankton Exped., ii., 1893, p. 73.

Host. — Algje.

Hab. — Pacific Ocean, Sydney ; Atlantic Ocean, mouth of the
Amazon River.

Halacarus (Polymela) chevreuxi, Troues.

Halacarus (Polymela) chevreuxi, Troues., Naturaliste, (3), xi.,
1889, p. 162 ; Bull. Sci. France Belgique, xx., 1889, p. 245 ;
Lohman, Ergeb. Plankton Exped., ii., 1893, p. 73, pi. iv., f.
3-7, 10, 11, text fig. 6; Trouessart, Bull. Soc. Zool. France,
xxv., 1900, p. 46.

Hosts. — Algae and Corals.

Hab. — Pacific Ocean, Sydney, Chili ; Atlantic Ocean, Azores,
Canaries ; Mediterranean Sea.

Halacarus oblongus, Lohm.

Halacarus obloru/us, Lohm., Ergeb. Plankton Exped., ii., 1893, p.
83, pi. ix., f. 1, 3, pi. x., f. 3, 7, text fig. 9.

Hosts. — Ascidians and Alcyonarians.
Hah. — Pacific Ocean, Sydney.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTKALIAN ACARINA — RAIXBOW. 163

Halacarus (Copidognathus) lamellosus, Lohin.

Halacarus (Copidognathus) lamellosus^ Lohm., Ergeb. Planlcton
Exped., ii., 1893, p. 79, pi. vi., f. 1-9, pi. vii., f. 1, 4.

Hosts. — Algae and stationary animals.

Hah. — Pacific Ocean, Sydney ; Atlantic Ocean, Bermudas and
mouth of the Amazon.

Halacarus (Copidognathus) pulciier, Lohm.

Halacarus (Copido(jiiathus) pidchfii', Lohm., Ergeb. Plankton
Exped., ii., 1893, p. 77, pi. v., f. 1-8, text fig. 7.

Host. — Alga?.

Hah. — Pacific Ocean, Sydney ; Atlantic Ocean, Bermudas and
Ascension.

Super-family IXODOIDEA.

The Ixodoidea embrace by far the best known of all the
^Vcarids, and are popularly termed ticks. They form a
perfectly natural group, the members of which may be easily
known by their general appearance and size, for none are so smaU
that they may not be seen by the naked eye. All are parasitic,
their hosts including sometimes man, various mammals, birds and
reptiles. Their integument is coriaceous ; the females are much
larger than the males, and their bodies capable of considerable
distension. Before distension they are somewhat triangular in
outline, rather flat, with prominent, slender legs, and the bealv-
like rostrum in front. Of our Australian tick acquaintances some
are indigenous, and some introduced — the latter which includes
the Cattle Tick, Rhipicephahis anntdatus, Say., being by far the
most serious.

Family ARGASID^

Genus Argas, Latr

Argas reflexus, Fah.

Argas reflexus, Fab., Ent. Syst., iv., 1794, p. 426.

Acartis reflexus, Fab., loc. cit.

Argas reflexus, Latr., Precis des Car. gen. des Ins., 1796, p. 178,

an V.
Rhynchoprion columhce, Mem. Apterologique Strasbourg, 180-1,

p. 69.

1G4 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

An/as vp.ffpxns, Neum., Mem. .Soc. Zool. Fi-ance, ix.. 1S96, pp. 4-6,

f. i'-;3.

Hosts. — Pigeons, fowls. Starcovici reported that lie has seen
the larva? on the horse in Roumania.

ILd). — Europe (widely distributed). Australia (introduced).

Argas persicus, Fischer da Waldheim.

Argas pei-sicus, Fischer de Waldheim, Bull. Acad. Sci. Moscou,
1823.

Argas persecus, Laboulbene and P. ]Megnin, Journ. I'anat. et de
la physioL, xviii., 1882, p. 317, pi. xxi.-xxiii.

Argas jjerseciis, Michsiel, 'N Sit. Sci., May, 1892, p. 202; N.S.W.
Agric. Gaz., vii., 1896, p. 593; and ibid., xii., 1901, p. 1349.

Argas persicus, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. Fi-ance, ix., 1896, pp.
7-9, f. 4, 5.

Hosts. — Human beings and probably domestic fowls.

Hab. — N". W. and X. E. Persia, from whence it appears to have
spread into Europe ; Adelaide, S.A. (introduced).

Ar<;as amekicaxus, Packard.

Argas americautis, Packard, A^-acknida, U. S. Geol. Survey,
1872, p. 740, fig. 68.

Argas americanus, Frogg., N.S.W. Agric. Gaz., ix., 1898, p. 975 ;
ibid., xi., 1901, p. 542 ; ibid., xii., 1901, pp. 1285 and
1349, pi.

Argas americanus, Neum., M'^m. Soc. Zool. France, ix., 1896,
pp. 9-12, f. 6-11.

An/as americana. Brown, Journ. Agric. Vict., i., 1902, pp.
86-90 and 209-216.

Hosts. — Domestic fowls and turkeys.

Hab. — America ; Australia (widely distributed ; introduced).

Ar(;as sp.

Argas sp.. Fuller, N.S.W. Agric. Gaz., vii., 1896, p. 590, f. 1-4.

Hosts. — Domestic fowls.
Hab. — New South Wales.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACAKINA — RAINi?0\V. 165

Family IXODID^.
Tribus A : RHIPICEPHAL^E.

Genus H.EMAPHYSALIS, Koch.
= Rhipisfoma, Koch ; Gonixodes, Duges ; Opistodon, Canestrini.

H.EMAPHYSALIS PAPUANA, Thov.

llcemaphyscdis pap^iana., Tlior., Ann. del Mus. civ. di 8t. Nat.

di Genova, xviii., 1882, p. 62, pi. vi., f. 40-45.
Hcemaphysalis papuana, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, x., 1897,

p. 336, 337.

Host. — Not known. Canestrini found two examples, 1 (J 1 9,
attached to a strip of skin from some mammal, in cotton which
had been used for packing some insects and reptiles from Aus-
tralia (Queensland).

Hah. — New Guinea (Ramoi), and Queensland.

HiEMAPHYSALIS LEACHI, Aud.

Hcemajihysalis leachi, Aud., Description de I'Egypte, 2nd ed.,

xxii., 1827; Zoologie, Exjjlic. des planches, p. 428.
Rhipistoma leachi, C. L. Koch, Archiv f iir Naturgeschiche, (1), x.,

1844, p, 239.
Rhipistoma ellipticum, C L. Koch, loc. cit.
Rhipicephalus ellipticus, C. L. Koch, Uebersicht des Arachniden

systems, iv., 1847, p. 135, pi. xxx., fig. 111.
Rhipidosfoma leachi, Karsch, Monatsbericht K. Akad. Wis.

Berlin, 1878, p. 337.
Ha/maphysalis leachi, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, x., 1897, p.

347-350, f. 13-15 , loc. cit., xiv., 1901, p. 263.
Ildmaphysalis leachi, Frogg., N S.W. Agric. Gaz., xi., 1900, p.

542.

Hosts. — In Eastern Ethiopia, Felis jKirdus, Linn, (leopard) ;
cattle and horses at Grafton and Wallangra, N.S.W.

Hah. — Widely distributed over the African continent ;
Narrabri and Kempsey, N. 8. Wales (introduced).

H.EMAPHYSALIS LONGICORNIS, Xeum.

Ha^maphysalis longicor'nis, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xiv.,
1901, p. 261, f. 2.

Hosfs.^C'AtWe.

Hah. — Nari-abri and Kempsey, N. S. Wales.

166 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Genus Rhipicephalus, Koch.

r= Acarus (in part), Linn. ; Ixodes (in part), Latr. ; Phauloixodes
Berl. ; Boophilus, Cui't.

Rhipicephalus annulatus, >Sai/.

Rhipicephalus annulatus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., ii.

1821, p. 75.
Hoimaphysalis rosea, Koch, Archiv. f. Naturgesch, (1), x., 1844

p. 237 ; Uebersicht des Arachnidensystems, iv , 1847, p. 121

pi. xxvi., fig. 95 $, fig. 97 9.
Ixodes bonis, Riley, In Rep. on Diseases of Cattle by Gamgee,

U.S. Dept. Agric, Special Rep., 1869.
Ixodes bovis, Fuller, Agric. Gaz. N.S.W., vii., 1896, p. 765,

pis. i.-iv., text figs.
Lwdes identatus, Gamgee, Rep. Diseases of Cattle, U.S. Dept.

Agric, Special Rep., 1869.
Ixodes diujesii, Megnin, Les Parasites et les Maladies Parasitaircs,

Paris, 1880.
Ilcemaphysalis microjyola, Canest., Atti. della Soc. Veneto Trentina

Sci. nat, xi , fasc. 1, 1887, p. 104, pi. ix., f. 3 and 5.
Boophilus bovis. Curt., y^sishington Biolog. Soc, 1890; loc. cit.,

1891 ; Journ. Compar Med. and Vet. Archives, 1892, p. 1 ;

Bull.Texas Agric Exper.Sta, No 24, 1892; N.S.W. Agric.

Gaz. (reprint), vii., 1896, p. 454, pis. 1-3.
Boophilus (Ixodes) bovis. Fuller, N.S.W. Agric. Gaz., vii., 1896,

p. 451, two text figs.
Rhipicephalus calcai-atus, Birula, Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.

Petersbourg, No. 4, 1895, p. 361, pi. ii., f. 10-20.
Rhipicephalus an^ndatus, Rainb., Rec. Aust. Mus., iii., 1899, p.

131.
Rhipicephalus anmdatus, Frogg., N.S.W. Agric Gaz., xi., 1900,

p. 542.
Rhipicephalus annularis, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, x.,

1897, p. 407, f. 37-42; loc. cit., xiv., 1901, p. 276.

Jlosts. — Tlie hosts of this, now cosmopolitan, species are as
follows : — In Texas, Maryland, Washington, Chicago, Baltimore,
Kentucky, Kansas, Arkansas, New Mexico and Honduras :
cattle ; Cuba : cattle and dogs ; Jamaica : cattle ; Florida : Deer
(Cariacus vii-yinianus, Bodd.) ; Guadoloupe, where it is known
as the " Creole Tick : cattle ; Paraguay : under the bark of trees ;
Timor: " Sambar " deer (^i?ws« equinus, Ciivier) ; Caucasus and
Transcaucasus of Asia, Singapore : cattle ; Algiers and Morocco :
cattle ; Bai'bary and Touaiick : sheep.

Hab. — Cosmopolitan.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA — RAINBOW. 167

Rhipicephalus annulatus, vnr. australis, yeum.

Rhipicephalus annulatus, var. australis, Neuni., Mem. Soc. Zool.

France, xiv., 1901, p. 280.
Rhijncephalus annulatus, var. australis, Frogg., N.S.W. Agric.

Gaz., xi., 1900, p. 542.

Hosts.— C&tilc (Queensland Cattle Tick).
JIah. — Queensland.

Tribus B : IXOD.^.

Genus Ixodes, Latr.

=. Acarus (in part), Linn. ; Cynorhoistes (in part), Herm. ; C'ro-
tonus (in part), Dum.

Ixodes ornithorhynchi, Lucas.

Ixodes ornithorhynchi, Lucas, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, (2), iv..

1845, p. 58, pi. i., f. 3.
r.ci)des ornithorhynchi, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xii .

1899, p. 142, f. 18, 19.

Host. — Ornithorhyncus anatinus, Shaw.

Ilab. — Tasmania ; also Marianne Isles, Micronesia (Monotreme
recorded as host does not occur here).

Ixodes tasmani, Neum

Ixodes tasmani, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xii., 1899, p.
144, f. 20.

Host. — Not known.

Hah. — Tasmania ; Is. of St. Pierre, Gt. Australian Bight.

Ixodes holocyclus, Nemn.

Ixodes holocyclus, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xii., 1899, p.

151, f. 24-26.
[xodps holocyclus, Frogg., N.S.W. Agric. Gaz., xi., 1900, p. 541.

Hosts. — Man, dog. Commonly known as " Bush " or " Dog "
Tick. Froggatt quotes it as infesting low sln-ubs, one in par-
ticular — Kunzid cap'itata, Reichb. — has been called " Tick Bush ''
on this account. This tick is also recorded by Neumann as
occurring on the Brush-tailed Pouch Mouse — Pha^^ofjah' peni-

168 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

cillata, Sliaw ; the red squirrel of India, and another squirrel
Sciurus variabilis, Geoff. The locality for the latter animal is
given as India, but according to Trouessart ("Catalogus Mam-
malium ") tlae habitat should be South and Central America.

Hab. — New South Wales, Queensland, India (?), S. and C.
America (?).

Genus Aponomma, Xeum.

^z Ixodes, Latr. (in part) ; Ophiodes, Murray (nora. preeoc).

AponOxMMa trimaculatum, Liicas.

Apononima trimaculatum, Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (5),

viii., 1878, p. Ixxvii.
Ixodes ti'imaculatus, Lucas, loc. cit.
Aponoynma trimaculatum, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xii.,

1899, p. 187, f. 41 ; loc. cit., xiv., 1901, p. 291.
Aponomma trimaculatum, Froijg., N.S.W. Agric. Gaz.,, xi., 1900,

p. 542.

Hosts. — Cattle ; Lace Lizards : Vara7t,tos leucostiyma (sic) and
V. salvator, Laur.

Hab. — New Guinea for Guinea, fide Neumann) \ Palang,
Sumatra ; and Narrabri, N. S. Wales.

ApONOMM \ DECOROSUM, L. Koch.

Ajxinomma decorosum, L. Koch, Verhand. b. Ges. Wieii., xvdi.,

1867, p. 241.
Ixodes decorosus, L. Koch, loc. cit.
Ixodes varani, L. Koch, loc. cit.
Aponomma decorosiim, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xii.,

1899, p. 194, f. 46-48.
Aponomma decorosrim, Frogg., N.S.W. Agric. Gaz., xi., 1900, p.

541.
Aponomma decorosum, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xiv.,

1901, p. 292, f. 9.

Hosts. — Lizards : Varanus giganteiis, Gray ; Varanus sp. : V.
varius. Gray ; Snakes : Python sp. ; the Echidna : Tachyglossus
aculeatus, Shaw.

Hab. — Australia : Brisbane, Sydney, Goulburn ; Fiji.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA RAINBOW 169

Aponomma hydrosauri, Dpiiny.

Apoiinmma hydrosauri, Denny, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xii., 1843,
[). 3 1-4, pi. xvii., f. 4.

Ixodes hydrosau7-i, Denny, loc. cit.

Amhlijomrnn hyd7\)sauri, Koch, Archiv. f. Naturg., x., (1), 1844,
p. 231.

Aponomma hydrosauri, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool France, xii.,
1899, p. 'l97, f. 49, 50.

Aponomnia hydrosauri, Fi'ogg., N.S.W. Agric, Gaz., xi., 1900, p.
541.

Hosts. — Lizards : Va^'anus varius, Gray ; T^. youldi, Gray ;
Echidna : Tachyylossus aculeatus, Shaw.

Hah. — Australia and Tasmania.

Aponomma concolor, Xeum.

Aponomma concolor, Neum., Mem. 8oc. Zool. France, xii., 1899, p.
198.

Host. — Echidna : Tachyglossus aculeatus, Shaw.

Hah. — Queensland.

Obs. — Neumann adds a note to his description, of which the
following is a translation : " Founded on an individual labelled
' Ixodes coxalis, Gerv., J", on a Hystrix, Queensland,' and which
only corresponds in its habits with Ix. coxalis, Gervais, which
latter is probably a Dermacentor."

Aponomma ecinctum, Neum.

Aponomma ecinctnm, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xiv., 1901,
p. 293.

Aponomma ecinctum, Frogg., N.S.W. Agric. Gaz., xi., 1900, p.
542.

Hosts. — Beetles : Aulacocyclus kaupi, Macl.

Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales. It will also occur,
doubtless, in other States.

170 KKCORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Geiius Amblyomma, C. L. Koch.

ziL Ixodes (in part), Latr.

Amblyomma triguttatum, C. L. Koch.

Amhlyoynma triynttatvm, C. L. Koch, Archiv. f. Naturg., (1), \.,
1844, p. 255; Arachnidsystem, iv., 1847, p. 60, pi. ix., f. 33.

Amhlyomnia fruiuttatum, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xii.,
1899, p. 215.

Amblyomma irujiittatum, Fi'Ogg., N.8.W. Agric. Gaz., xi., 1900, p.
541.

Amhli/omma truiiUtatum, Neum., Mem. 8oc. Zool. France, xiv.,
1901, p. 298.

Ilosfs. — Horses, cattle, dogs ; the " Paddy-melon," Macropus
fhetidis, Lesson ; and tlie Echidna, Tachyylossuti acideatiis, Shaw.

Hab. — N. S. Wales and Queensland.

Amblyomma limbatum, JVenn/.

Amblyoni7na limbatum, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xii., 1899,
p. 231.

Host. — Not indicated.

Hab. — King Island, Bass Straits ; Adelaide.

Obs. — Neumann thinks this may jarobably be a variety of A.
morelice, L. Koch.

Amblyomma postocul.\tum, Neum.

Amblyomma posfoculatiwi, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xii.,
1899, p. 232.

Host. — Not indicated.

J/ab. — King Island, Bass Straits ; Adelaide.

Amblyomma morkli.e, L. Koch

Amhlyotiiiiia morelice, L. Kocli, Verliandl. K. zool. hot. Ges.
Wien., xvii., 18G7, p. 241.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTUAMAN ACARIXA RAINBOW. 171

Anibli/onuiHi raorelvi', Neuiu., Mem. Zool. France, xii., 1899, p.
258.

AiiihJjjdiinna morplifi-, Frogg., N.S.W. Agric. Gaz., xi., 1900, p. 5-11.

Iloxts. — Horses, Kangaroos, and Carpet Snake, Fijihon sjnhjti^s,
Lacep

I fab. — N. 8. Wales and Queensland.

Super-fcmuhj GAMASOIDEA.

The species included in tliis super-family are well-known to
collectors, not only from the fact that many are common, but also
because many pass a portion of their life attached to spiders,
myriapods, and insects. These mites have, as a rule, a hard,
leathery integument ; some, however, are soft-bodied ; they are
broad, flat, short-legged, devoid of eyes, but exceedingly sensitive
in point of touch ; some of these mites can run rapidly, and leap,
while others ai'e lethargic, and seek protection when disturbed l)y
feigning death. In some species the mouth-parts can be com-
pletely withdrawn into the body. Normally tlie mandibles are
chelate, and the "fingers" denticulated. Examples occur in
whicli these organs are elongate and styliform, and hence adapted
for piercing.

Family GAMASID.^\

Tliis is an extensive family, of world-wide distribution, and
including many genera and species. And here, again, in working
over literature, the student is brought face to face with the fact
that more species have been described and recorded from New
Guinea than from Australia. Doubtless some of the Papuan
forms will, when the subject is properly worked, be found to
(jccur upon our island continent. For a description of tlie internal
anatomy of tlie Gamasidje, and a description of their mode of
coition, which latter is marvellous, and doubtless unique in
nature, see Michael's paper " On the Variations in the Internal
Anatomy of the Gamasina^."^' Species of Gamasida? have been re-
corded not only from Arthropods, but also from tlie ears of cattle
and horses and from the bodies of moles, and nests of the
latter ; son)e have been recorded as living on mosses and various
plants. Amongst insects infested with these mites are beetles.

11 Michael— Trans. Linn. Soc, v., pt. 8, 1892, p. 281, et seq.

172 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

bees and ants ; some Gamasids feed upon the dead bodies of the
latter. A species of Lcdaps has been observed to jump upon an
ant and ride about on it, without in any way disconcerting the
Formicid. Each species of mite is said to prefer to live with a
particular species of ant, although several kinds have been found
in one nest. When the ants quit the nest the mites disappear
also. Protonymphs have been collected from plants, and deuto-
nymphs and tritonymphs from meals — flour, etc. — and houses.

Genus Cel^nopsis, Kram.

A number of mites from various parts of the world,
including one from Australia, have been associated with Koch's
o-enus Ceke.no, which was founded in 1835. This name, however,
cannot stand for the Arachnida, as it was preoccupied for the
Mammalia, Leach having in 1822 proposed Gekeiio for a bat.
For the present, therefore, I suggest that as CeUeno, Koch, has to
sink into the ranks of synonymy, Kramer's Celcejiopsis be used
instead.

CELiENOPSIS AUSTRALIANA, Canest.

Cekenopsis australicma, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (6), ii., 1885, p.
715, pL vi., fig. 2.

ffost. — Beetles — type found upon a Cetonid.
Ilab. — Australia.

Genus L.ELAPS, Koch.
L.ELAPS dolic[h]anthus, Ganest.

Leelaps dolic[h]aidhus, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (6), ii., 1885, p.
709. pi. vii., f. 2 and 3.

Jlost. — Beetles — type found upon a Lamelicorn. We have in
our collection, specimens probably referable to this species, from
beetles and spiders collected by Mr. S. J. H. Moreau, at Antonio,
near Bydal, N. S. Wales.

Jlab. — Australia.

L.ELAPS CONIFERUS, Canest.

LfpJaps coniferus, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (6), ii., 1885, p. 711,
pi. vii., f. 4.

ffost. — Beetles — type found upon a Longicorn.
Hab. — Australia.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA — RAINBOW. 173

L^ELAPS STILOSUS, Cane.st.

L(daps stilosus, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (6), ii., 1<S85, p. 711,
pi. ix., f. 3.

Host. — Beetles — type found upon a Longicorn.
Hub. — Australia.

Genus Seius, Koch.

Species of this genus have been recorded as occurring upon
moss, and in caves ; and protonymphs upon plants. Only one
species has, so far, been described from Australia.

Seius acanthurus, Canest.

Seuis acanthurus, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (6), ii., 1885, p. 712,
pi. ix., f. 1 and 2.

Hah. — Australia.

Genus Gamasus, Latr.

Gam ASUS flavolimbatus, L. Koch.

Gamasns flavolimbatus, L. Koch, Verhandl. K. zool. hot. Ges.
Wien, 1867, p. 242.

Hah. — Queensland.

Genus Berlesia, Canest.

Berlesia rapax, Canest.

Berlesia rapax, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (6), ii., 1885, p. 714,
pi. ix., f. 4.

Hab. — Australia.

Family DERMANYSSID^.

The mites included in this family are soft-skinned, and parasitic
on warm-blooded animals. Banks considers that whilst these
Acarids differ much in general appearance from the Gamasida?, to
which they are closely allied by structure, it would nevertheless
be better to abandon the group. The best character for separa-

174 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

tion fi'om the Gamasidse is their parasitic habits.^- The family,
as at present constituted, is divided into two sub-families, the
Dermanyssinfe and Halarachnin?^, and they are distinguished
from one another by, in the first of these, the presence of an anal
plate, and in the latter, the absence thereof.

These mites are pai'asitic on bats, mice, rats and birds, and
some of them have followed their hosts in their travels from
place to place, and so have become not only widely distributed,
but in some instances, cosmopolitan. Two species of Dermany)<sns
have found a home in many lands, and they ai'e recorded below
as parasitic on domestic bii'ds. By the uninformed they are fre-
quently confused with Bird Lice. Other forms doubtless occur,
but none have been described from Australia.

Genus Dermanyssus, Dugea.

Dermanyssus GALLiXiE, De Geer.

Dermanyssua galli7ice, De Geer, Mem. Inst., vii., 177S, p. 11.

Acarus yallince, De Geer, loc. cit.

Dei'manyssiis gallinre, Oudem., Tidjs. Voor Entom., xlv., 1902,
p. 13, pi. i., f. 2, 3.

Hosts. — Domestic fowls.

Hah. — Cosmopolitan ; Australia (inti"oduced).

Dermanyssus avium, Duges.

Dermanyssus avium, Duges, Ann. Sci. Nat., (2), i., 1834, p. 18.

Dermanyssus avium, Murray, Econom. Entom. (n. d.), p. 169,
2 f. in text.

Ho.9its. — Pigeons, canaries, domestic fowls.

Hab. — Cosmopolitan ; Australia (introduced).

Obs. — This species has been recorded as occurring on human
beings, but it was accidental, and due to the individuals coming
into contact with infested birds. It is also recorded that the
removal of an infested henroost resulted in the cure of a case of
supposed phthiriasis. The subject, a woman, was, but for these
pests, clean and healthy.

1'^ Banks — Loc. cif., p. 59.

A SYNOPSIS OK AL'STKAT.IAN ACAKIXA — RAINBOW. 175

Family UKOPODIDJi.
The Uropodidie are distinct from the two preceding famiUes in
general appearance. The mites are small. They are usually
found attached to insects, and are remarkable for the length of
their mandibles, which are often twice as long as the body,
slender, and terminating in delicate chelfe. They are not, strictly
speaking, parasitic, their presence upon insects being for the
purpose of transportation ; moreover, those found upon insects,
are attached by a pedicel of excrement, and owing to the fact
that they are immature, have been termed nympha pfdiinculata.
Up to the present two species have been described from Australia.

Gpiuis Uropoda, Lafv.

UrOPODA SPINULIPES, Cdtif'sf.

Uropnda spmul'i])f'i<, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (C), ii., li^So, p.
7U.

Hah. — Australia (on a Geotrupid).

GenvH Fedrizzia, Caufxf.

Fedrizzia grossipes, Canest.

Fedrizzia yrosi^ijjes, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (G), ii., l^So, p.
707, pi. viii., f. 1 and 2.

/lab. — Australia (on a Geotrupid).

Super-familn ORIBATOIDEA.

The Acarids included in this group are popularly known as
" Beetle Mites." They ai'e small and hard ; some have rather
short legs, and others extremely long ambulatory limbs. Super-
ficially, these mites have a very beetle-like appearance, and this is
doubtless the origin of the popular name. Oribatids may be
easily distinguislied from all other Acarids by the presence of a
hair or seta which is seated on either side of the cephalothorax,
and this arises from a small \xnv. Tliese are usually termed
jjseudu-stiyniaUe, and their function is unknown. The super-
family under consideration is an extensive one and widely
distributed. The species occur on dead wood, lichens, in moss,
amongst dead leaves and forest debris generally ; some are
aquatic, occurring in mangrove swamps and on fresli-water and
marine Algie ; a few species are amphibious. These Acarids

176 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

are never parasitic, but are vegetable feeders. Usually they are
oviparous, sometimes ovo-viviparous, and rarely viviparous. When
the young emerge they have only three pairs of legs, but in the
next stage they have four ; two other changes or ecdyses occur,
however, before the adult stage is attained. About twenty
genera ai-e included in the Oribatoidea, and thtse include many
species, but tlie group has not been touched in Australia, notwith-
standing the fact that quite a number of species occur, and some
are stored away in private collections I have seen specimens
from the Jenolan District. In 1897 Canestrini described several
from German New Guinea. Tryon has recorded one under the
name Leisonia, sp., from Durundur, Q., but this is the only
reference I can find.

Family ORIBATID^.
Genus LiACARUS, Michael.
= Leisonia, Nicolet (nom. prceoc).
LiACARUS SP., Tryon.
Liacarus sp., Tryon, Insect and Fungus Pests, 1889, p. 160.
Leisonia sp., Tryon, loc. cit.
Hah. — Durundur, Queensland

Family TARSONEMID^.

There ai*e not many genera or species included in this family,
but some forms are of the highest economic importance. These
Acarids are exceedingly minute — in fact microscopic. All the
species are parasitic — some on vegetation, some on cereals, such
as grasses, rice and grain, and some on insects ; one species has
been found upon a mole. In Queensland, pine-apples and sugar-
cane are afiected. The Tarsonemidfe are soft-bodied mites, the
males conforming somewhat to the Tyroglyphid type ; but the
females differ not only from them, but from all other Acarians in
having a clavate organ of uncertain use between legs i. and li.^^^
The mouth-parts are formed for sucking ; mandibles slender and
needle-like ; palpi minute, barely visible ; legs short and composed
of five or six joints ; anterior tarsi always terminated with one
claw, the others have usually two and often a sucker; the
posterior pairs of legs ai-e widely remote from anterior pairs ; in

13 Banks — Loc. cit., p. 74.

A SYNOPSIS UF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA — RAINBOW. 177

the males of Tarsonetnua they are ahiiost at the tip of the
abdomen ; in some species the abdomen shows traces of segmen-
tation. One species of Pediculoides and two of Tarsonenius have
been recorded from Australia.

Genus Pediculoides, Targioid-Tozzetti.

■=■ Heteropus, Pal.

Pediculoides alastoris, Frogg.

Fediculoidex alastoris, Frogg., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ix.,
(2), 1894, p. 259.

Heteropus alastoris, Frogg., loc. cit.

Host. — Alastor eriurgus, Sauss. (a solitary wasp).

Hab. — Granville, N. S. Wales.

Obs. — Some exotic species of this genus are parasitic on
destructive insects. In the gravid female the abdomen swells
prodigiously. This is due to the development of the eggs. These
not only hatch within the parent, but the young obtain their
entire nourishment there, and issue as sexually mature males and
females. The new brood usually wander for a time over the
mother's body and then pair. Banks figures a normal and a
gravid female."

Genus Tarsonemus, Cu7u:st.

Tarsonemus bancrofti, Mich, fin.s.j

'J'arsiiiiciiiKs hancrofti, Mich, (m.s.). Bull. Roy. Gardens Kew,
1890, p. 85.

TarsoneniHs bancrnfti, Insect Life, iii., 1890, p. 31.

Tars(ine)ni(s bancrofti, March., Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1902, pp.
103, 104.

'Tdrsoju'iini.^ bancrofti. Banks, Proc. U. States Nat. Mus., xxviii.,
1904, p. 77

Host Vlant — Sugar canes, Sacchannii (i/ficinarimi.

Hab. — Queensland and Barbadoes.

(Ws. — T. bancrofti, Michael, is associated with the sugar-cane
disease known in Queensland as "Red Rust." Tliis disease has
been long established in Queensland, Dr. Bancroft having in

1^ Bunks- Loc. Hi., ]i\\ T-i, 75. f. 144, 146.

178 RECOKDS OF THE AUSTKAI.IAN MUSEUM.

1876 reported the matter to Parliament. In a "Bulletin of the
Royal Gardens, Kew/'^'' I read as follows : "It appears not im-
probable that the disease is identical with one which has been
noted in the Malaj^an Archipelago, and in the Mauritius,^'"' in the
Society Islands according to Professoi' Livei'sidge, and in Bahia."

Tarsoxemus ananas, Tri/oll.

Tarsononus ananas, Tiyon, Queensl. Agric. Journ., iii., pt. 6,
1898, pp. 462-464, pi. Ixxi., f. 1, 2, 5, 6.

Tarsdui'imof anam', Banks, Proc. U. States Nat. Mus., xxviii.,
1904, p. 77.

Hast I'hdit. — Pine apples f A>ia)ta.'<a sy. y.
Hah. — 8. (^)ueeiisland.

Faimli/ TYROGLYPHID^.

This is anotlier small family of mites, yet notwithstanding, one
of great economic importance, seeing that it embraces species
notorious by reason of their infesting foods — cheese, cereals,
tubers, bulbs ; some are also found attached to living mammals
and insects during what is termed the hypopial stage. For
species in this stage three genera were proposed on the supposition
that they were adult Acarids. These were Hi/ixiinis, Duges,
Hoiiuipiis, Koch, and TricJiti(lacti/li(s, Duf. Megnin" made
lengthy observations on the zoological position and economy of
Acarids described under these generic names, and showed that
they were all earlier stages of cei'tain Tyroglyphid?e. The two
latter names were therefore di'opped, whilst the first was retained
and is still used as a name to distinguish these Acarids at a
certain stage of their development — the "nymphe cuirassee,
adventive, heteromorphe."

Tyroglyphid mites are very small, pale-coloured, very soft, and
have usually prominent chelate mandibles and moderately long
legs, the tarsi terminating with one claw ; the body is about
twice as long as broad. The adults are certainly blind, but in
some hypopial foi'ms there are organs which have never been
satisfactorih^ defined and which may possibly be eyes. The
division between the cephalothorax and abdomen is invariablj-

1-5 Michael— Bull. Roy. Gardens Kew, 1890, p. 86.

1" Liversidge — Journ. Roy. Hort. Soc, New Ser.,ii., 189u, pp. cxxxi.-cxxxii. ;

loc. cit., iii., 1891, pp. 14-17.
" Megnin— Comp. Rend., Ixxvii., 1878, pp. 129-132, and pp. 492-3.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTliALIAN ACARINA— ItAIMiOW. 179

distinct, and the upper part of the body is furnished with a few
hairs, and these are generally long. We are indebted to the
labours of Michael^'' and ISalepa^''^ for our knowledge of the
anatomy of these animals, and to their writings students are
directed. The mode of coition in the Tyroglyphidce is exactly
similar to that of the Analgesidte. Behind the (diks there is a
small ojaening — the copulative aperture. In (iluciiilnKins, the
h}irm copalatrix projects externally into a small cone. Copu-
lation is not performed through the vulva, but by this special
opening. -^^ This opening leads to a receptaciilinii sciiiinis, which
connects by a small duct to the ovaries. The transformations of
these animals are amongst the most marvellous of the animal
kingdom. All Tyroglyphidte (except Carpoi/lyphiis, Robin) appear
to lay eggs, sometimes of a large size. The young on hatching
are six-legged, and after moulting obtain two more. From thence
they may pass on to the adult state in the normal way, but more
frequently they pass through what has been already referrefl to
as the lu/jKipial stai/c. The Hi/popiix is very distinct from the
octopod nymph from which it has developed. The body is liard
and chitinous ; there is no mouth orifice, and no distinct mt)uth
parts. The legs are short and ill-adapted for walking. On the
ventral surface at the posterior extremity there is an area distinct
from tlie general surface. This area is provided with sucking-
discs, by means of which the animal clings to the body of an
insect or other creature, and so the Acarid is carried about until
it finds a suitable locality to undergo its next great change or
molt, which transforms it into an octojiod nymph that will feed
and ultimately develop into an adult mite. Hence the hypopai
stage is a phase in tlie life of a Tyroglyjjhid for the purpose of
migration, but the causes which induce a nymph to transform to
the Hypopiis are not known.

When Tyroglyphids swarm in stored foods — cereals and the
like — or buildings it is exceedingly difticult to combat them, since
as they have no traclue they are not very susceptible to fumiga-
tion, though some will succumb to the treatment. The writer
once saw a grain merchant's store in Sydney in which these little
wretches swarmed in countless millions, to eradicate which much
time and no little expense had to be devoted.

Two indigenous species of Tyroglypliidje have been recorded
from Australia, but in addition to these others occur which have
a more or less cosmopolitan range.

i« Michael— Journ. Quek. Club, 1879, pp. 223-230, pi. xiii.

19 Nalepa— Sitz. K. Akad. Wicn., 1883, xc, pp. 197-228; Aim. Mac;. Nat.

Hist., xiv., 1883, pp. 3t)9-371 (al)strac-t).

20 Banks— Proe. U. States Nat. Musouni, xxviii., 1894, p. 79, 8U.

180 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRAr.IAN MUSEUM.

Genus Tyroglyphus, Latr.

Tyroglyphus queenslandicus, (jancst.

Ti/ror/li/phiisi ijiicenslaudiciis, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (6), ii., 1885,
p.' 721.

fhib. — Queensland (on a Cetonid beetle).

Tyroglyphus entomophagus, Lahoub.

Tyrofilyphus entonuiphagiis, Laboub., An. Soc. Ent. France, 1862.
Tt/roc/lyjjJiK.s entomop/KK/Ks, Murray, Econom. Entom. (n.d.), p.
263.

Hab. — Cosmopolitan ; Australia (introduced). Attacks en-
tomological collections. According to Murray, " large insects,
with the body full of fatty particles, those which have not lived
long or which have been brought up in captivity, and which have
not paired, and those which have become iireosi/ (to use the
technical expression), are most liable to attack."

Tyroglyphus siro, Linn.
Ti/ronlt/ji/iiis sini, Linn., Syst. Nat., x. ed., 1758, p. 616.
Acan(s .s/ro, Linn., loc. cit.

Tijroiili/jihiis fiirn, Murra}^, Econom. Entom., (n.d.), p. 267, with
figs.

Hab. — Cosmopolitan; Australia (introduced). Infests cheese,
grain, dried meats.

Geniix. PuLTEA, Canest.

PULTEA DISCOIDALIS, Canest.

Fiiltea (liacoidalh, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (6), ii., 1885, p. 720,
pi. vi., f. 1.

Hab. — Australia (on a phytophagus beetle).

Genus Aleurobius, Canest.

Aleurobius farix.e, De Geev.

Aleurobius farime, De Geer, Mem. Inst., vii., 1778, p. 97.
Acarns fariniE, De Geer, loc. cit.

Hab. — Cosmopolitan ; Australia (introduced). Infests flour,
grain, and stored foods. Does not appear to be common.

06s.— Tryon refers to and figures a fungus-eating Tyroglyphid
mite (? gen. et sp.).'^

■21 Ti-yon — Qiieensl. Agric. Journ., 1898, p. -i56, pi. Ixxi., f. 3, 4.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACAKIXA — RAINBOW. ISl

Creniis Glyciphagus, Herin;/.

Glyciphagus DOMESTICUS, Be Liccr.

Glyciphagus doniesticns, De Geer, Mem. Ins., vii., 1778, p. 89.

Acarus domestic us, De Geer, lor. cit.

Glyciphcuius doiuesticus, Oudm., Tidjs. Voor. Entom., xL, 1897, p.
251.'

.' Ghicipluujus pnnKiruiii, Hering, Die Kratzmilben, 1835, p. 619.

Hab. — Cosmopolitan ; Australia (introduced). This species is
sometimes found in cork, dust, tobacco, collections of herbaria,
meals (such as Hour), furniture. When it occurs in the latter it
may be present in thousands. I have seen furniture in a house
at Paddington, Sydney, where these Acarids were literally
swarming. They feed on the animal fats of horse-hair when the
latter has not been thoroughly cleaned. The species is also known
to infest all kinds of dried vegetable and animal matter which is
not too hard ; hay and fodder in stables, many vegetables and
dungs, dried insects and fruits, sugar, and condensed milk which
has been left exposed, (z. dumesticus is probably synonymous with
Hering's G. prunoruui, but the latter cannot be satisfactorily
determined from the original description and figure which is
lacking in certtiin important details. This Acarid is responsible
for what is known as "grocers' itch." G. do)iiesticus has also been
recorded from the European " Blue Tit:" Parus aerulens, Linn.

(>bs. — Other species of this genus probably occur here, as in
other parts of the world, seeing that bulbs and tubers are infested
by them.

Family ANALGESID^.

The Analgesidye or " Bird Mites," is an extensive family
including about thirty-one genera and seven sub-genera. These
Acarids are found on birds all over the world, and their presence
is regarded as beneficial to a host, from the fact that tliey keep
the feathers and skin clean. Except the ticks few Acarids are
better known than tlie Analgesidaj. Birds being so sought after
by museums as well as private collectors, it is only natural that
these little animals should find their way into collections, and so
receive attention at the hands of systematists. A few species
liave been recorded from Australia and these are enumerated
below. The Analgesiclfe are more or less elongated animals with
soft and transversely wrinkled skin ; usually the cephalothorax
and abdomen are well-defined, but they are not endowed with

182 liECORDS OF TMK AUSTHALIAN MUSEUM.

eyen nor stigmata ; the legs are usually short and stout, and
arranged in two distinct groujDs ; the limbs have five joints, are
provided with a few rather long hairs, systematically arranged,
and eacli terminates with a rather large concave sucker, known
as the aiiihidacrum ; sometimes only one tarsal c\elw is present,
and sometimes two. The mandibles are usually chelate, and
finely toothed at the tip. The upper surface of the body is pro-
vided with a series of stiff bristles, and these present helpful
specific characters. In dealing with the preceding family refer-
ence was made to the method of coition of the Tyi'oglyphida? and
Analgesidfe, so that the matter need not be referred to again
liere. The development and life history of this famih' is not
well understood, but some species, at any rate, are known to pass
througli a hypopial stage. The egg is described as being large,
elongate, slightly curved ; the newly liatched larva has usually
six legs, but some forms occur in which only four are apparent.
Although the nymph has the general form of the adult mite, it
lacks tlie genital organs.

(tcuhh Freyana, Haller.

Sub-Genus Eufreyaxa, Cawst. d' Kraiii.

Freyana (E.) tarandus, Troaea. <(■ Xcu))i.

Frei/cma I E. ) tarandus, Troues. ct Neum., Bull. Sci. France
Belgique, 1888, xxix., p. 333, pi. xxii., f. 1 and 2.

Hosts. — Ibis ntdanocepJiala, Lath., /. strietipenuis, J. Gd., /.
itiolucca, Cuv., and Tlwristicus vielannpis, Gm.

Rab. — India ; Moluccas, Australia, and Patagonia.

Sub-Genus Michaelia, Troues.
Freyana (M.) caput-medus.e, Troues.

Freyana ( M. ) (-aput-medusa, Troues., Bull. Soc. Angers, xvi.,

1886, p. 100.
Michaelia caput-meduseB, Troues. it Neum., Bull. Sci. France

Belgique, xix., 1888, p. 374.

Hosts. — Sula bassana, Linn., and other species of the same
genus.

Hab. — Australia, New Zealand, Europe, N. America.

A SYNOPSIS OF AL'STIiALIAN ACAKINA RAINBOW. 183

GeuHK Pterolichus, liohin.

Sub-Genus Eupterolichus, Canest.

Pterolichus (E.) ornatus, Mci/n. <(■ Troues.

PtiTdlicliiis ( E. ) ()rnatWi,M.egn. k Ti'oue.s., Journ. Microi^raph.,
viii., 1884, p. 258, f. 2.

Hdsfs. — Papega is, sjiji.

Hah. — Australia, New Guinea, India.

Ptkkolichus (E.) piiylloproctus, car. minor, Mri/u. li- Tnnu's.

I'trrolicJiHs (1\.) ji/iiilldjiriictus, var. minor, Megn. and Troues.,
■Journ. Micrograph., viii., 1884, p. 334.

Hosts. — Haliastur indiis var. (jirrencra, Vieill.
Hub.- — Au.stralia.

SHb-denus Protolichus, Troues.

Pterolichus (Pr.) brachiatus, car. crassior, Troues.

I'terolir/ius ( I'r. J brachiatus, var. crassior, Troues., Journ. Micro-
graph., viii., 1884, p. 529.

Hosts. — Triclioijlossus none/iollantliic, Gm., (rlossojisittacus coji-
^■innus, G. Shaw, Loriculus sclateri. Wall.

Hah. — Australia, New Guinea, Celebes.

Pterolichus (Pr.) lunula, Robin.

Pterolichus (Pr.) lunula, Robin, Journ. Anat. et Physiol., xiii., p.
411, ph xxiii., f. 1-3.

Host. — Melopsittacus undiilatus, G. Shaw.
Hab. — A ustralia.

Pterolichus (Pr.) ciiira(;ricus, Mnjn. <{'■ Troues.

I'terolieJius ( Pr. ) chirat/ricus, Megn. ti' Troues., Journ. Micrograph.,

viii., 1884, p. 261.
Pterolichus ajfinis (part), Megn. tt Troues., loc. cit., p. 262.

Hosts. — Pezoporus fortuosiis, Latli., Platj/cenus flareolus, J. Gd.,
and P. elet/ans, Gm.

Hab. — Australia, New Zeahiiid.

184 KECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Pterolichus (Pr.) velifer, Meijn. <(• Tmm's.

Fterolichnx (Pr.) velifer, Megn. & Troues., Journ. Micrograph.,
viii., 1884, p. 262.

Pterolichus (Pr.) ajfitiis (part), Megn. & Troues., loc. cit., p. 262.

„ velifer, Troues., Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1898,

p. 290.

Hosts. — NyDijihicus cornntus, Gm., Pi/rrJiitlopsis jx'rsonatajG. R.
Gray, and Platijcercus Jiareohis, J. Gd.

Hah. — Fiji, "Sew Caledonia, Australia.

Pterolichus (Pr.) favettei, Troues.

Fterolichus f Pr. ) favettei, Troues., Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1898,
p. 290.

Hosts. — Nestor notabilis, J. Gd., X. vwridioualis, Gm., Psephotus
xanthorrhous, Bp., and Micruglossus aterrinius, Gm.

Hab. — Australia, New Guinea, New Zealand.

Pterolichus (Pr.) falculiger, Troues.

Pterolichus (Pr.j falculii/er, Troues., Journ. Micrograph., viii.,
1884, p. 531. ■

Host. — Glossopsittacus concinnus, G. Shaw.

Hab. — Australia.

Sub-Genus Pseudalloptes, Troues.

Pterolichus (Ps.) aquilinus, rar. milvulina, Troues.

Pterolichus (Ps.) aquilinus, var. milvulina, Troues., Journ. Micro-
graph., viii., 1884, p. 573.

Hosts. — Milvus nrihms, Linn., and Haliaster indus var. (firrenera,
Viell.

Hah. — Australia and New Guinea.

Pterolichus (Ps.) spathuliger, Troues.

Pterolichus (Ps.) sfathuli(ier, Troues., Journ. Micrograph., viii.,
1884, p. 577.
Host. — Cali/ptorJii/ncIius wacrorhynchus, J. Gd.
Ilab. — Australia.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARIXA — RAINBOW. 185

Pterolichus (Ps.) cultriventris, Trouoi.

Pterolichus (Ps.) cidtriventris, Troues., Journ. Micrograph., viii.,
1884, p. 577.

W)st. — Glossopsittaais (■o)tcinnus, G. Shaw.
Mab. — Australia.

Genus Analoes, Xitz>ich.

Analoes tetracentrus, Troues.

Anahies tetracentrm, Troues., Bull. Soc. Angers, xxviii., 1899, p.
■30.

Most. — Psej)Jtotus /uciiiato)iatus, J. Gd.
Hal). — A ustralia.

Genus Protal(;es, Troues.

Protaloes australis, Troues.

Protahjes australis, Troues., Bull. 8oc. Angers, xiv., 1885, p. 55.

Host. — (yli/cip/n'la fasciata, J. Ckl.
Uab. — A ustralia.

Protal(;es cartas, Troues.

Protal;/es eartus, Troues., Bull. 80c. Angers, xiv., 1885, p. 56.

Host. — Platyeercus elei/ans, Gni.
Hub. — Australia.

Genus Alloptes, Canest.
Alloptes lobulatus, Troues.
Alloptes lobulatus, Troues., Bull. Soc. Angers, xiv., 1885, p. 65.
Host. — Meliornis sericeus, J. Gd.
Hah. — ^ Australia.

Alloptes securi(;er, Troues.
Alloptes seciiriger, Troues., Bull. Soc. Angers, xiv., 1885, p. 65.
Host. — Dic(eum hirundinaceuni, Shaw and Nodd.
Hab. — ^ Australia.

186 RECORDS OF THE AUSTKALIAN MUSEUM.

Alloptes corymbophorus, Troues. & Neuni.

Alkyptfs coryinhophorus, Troues. & Neum., Bull. Sci. France
Belgique, xix., 1888, p. 367, pi. xxv., f. 4.

Host. — Ibis mitliicca, Cuv.
Ilnb. — Australia.

Alloptes major, Troues.

Alloptps major, Troues., Bull. Soc. Angers, xiv., 1885, p. 78.

Host. — Mewura superha, Davies.
Hah. — Australia.

(Tenus Trouessartia, Canest.

= Fferocolus, Schcen., (nom. pjrcpoc.)

Trouessartia caudacuta, Troues.

Trouessartia caudac^ita, Troues., Bull. Soc. Angers, xxviii., 1899,
p. 171.

Pterocolus caudacutus, Troues., loc. cit.

Host. — Lohivanellits lobntns, Lath.
I/ab. — Australia.

Genus Pterodectes, Robin.

Pterodectes paradisiacus, Troues,

Pterodectes paradisiacus, Troues.^ Bull. Soc. Angers, xiv., 1885,
p. 80.

Hosts. — Pardisea minor, G. Shaw, and Sericulus melimi^s. Lath.
Hah. — Australia and New Guinea.

Pterodectes maxicatus, Troues.

Pterodectes mauichfus, Troues., Bull. Soc. Angers, xiv., 1885, p.
81.

Host. — Glijci/philaf'nsciata, J. Gd.
J/ah. — Australia.

A SY,\01'SIS OF AUSTKALIAN ACARINA — RAINBOW. 187

Family LISTROPHORID^.

Only one species of tliis small family has been recorded from
the Australian region, and that from Tasmania. These parasites
live upon small mammals, including bats. They are small, the
body usually tapering a little posteriorly, legs widely separated,
sometimes — accoi'ding to those who have studied the family —
each pair is at an equal distance from the adjoining ones ; dorsally
there are a few short hairs with longer ones at the tip ; the surface
is usually transversely striate, and the rostrum or beak forms a
distinct cone on the front of the head ; palpi simple, filiform,
three-jointed ; mandibles veiy small, commonly chelate ; genital
apertures situate between third and fourth coxte ; anus at tip of
body. Males invariably differently shaped to females and pro-
vided with a pair of copulatory suckers near tip of venter.-^

The Listrophoridte feed on the hairs of their hosts.

GcnUH CAAfPYLOCHIRUS, Ttouph

Campylociiirus chelopus, Troues.

Campylochirus chflopns, Troues., Compt. Rend. 8oe. Biol., xlv.,
1893, p. 699.

Host. — Opossum (Fseu'lochims cooki, Desm.).

Hah. — Tasmania.

Finnlji 8ARC0PTID.i\

This family includes a numljer of species whicli are, unquestion-
ably, the most disgusting of the entire Acarid Group. These
microscopic animals are notorious for their parasitism on the
Imman subject and domesticated animals, causing intense
physical suffering and often great monetary loss. HarcopUa
scahvd, Geer, is unfortunately common in Australia, and
affects human beings. It is responsible for what is probably
one of the oldest skin diseases known. The Greeks called
it if/Mpa (from i/'w, I rub) and the ancient Romans .scabies
(from scahi'i-i', to scratch). Tn England it is itrli, scald, ijuck
(mark(jp,) ; (jale in France ; K7-dfze and Krdtzaasschlay in Ger-
many ; scabia, roc/na and raspa in Italy ; and sarna, ro/la in
Spain. Speaking more accurately, scabies is known to medical
science as acariasis. The history of the disease is a most in-
teresting one which the reader may peruse for himself.*'

■^'•^ Banks — Loc. cit., p. 94.

'•^^ Neumann — Para-sites and Parasitic Diseases ol" Domesticated Animals,
traTislated by George Fleming, London, 189?, pp. 112-116.

188 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

The tSarcoptida? are white, semi-globose ; the body entire ;
surface transversely striated and provided with a few bristles,
often short, stout and sharp-pointed ; legs short and arranged in
two groujjs, and of these the posterior pairs ai'e usually the
shorter ; the tarsi usually terminate with a sharp claw and a long
pedicellate sucker ; the claw or sucker may, however, be absent
and in place thereof there may be a long bristle : the beak is pro-
minent and the palpi small and three-jointed, and lie closely
pressed to the sides of the beak beneath.

The female Sarcoptid burrows into the skin of its host, de
positing its eggs as it goes. On hatching out, the young, which
are six-legged, start burrowing on their own account, so that
the sufierei- may be affected in patches. The cunicidi or burrows
are close to the surface, so that as the epidermis loosens scaly
effects are produced. The irritation produced causes vesicles or
pustules to occur, and these may become ulcerated by sci'atching.
When the female has completed the task of depositing her eggs,
she dies at the end of her burrow. The pi'esence of Sarcoptids on
the lower animals is the cause of what is popularly known as mange.
The latter disease is common enough on dogs and cats ; it oc-
casionally occurs on horses and sheep, but no cases are on lecord
in respect of cattle ; pigs, too, I am informed by Mr. J. D,
Stewart, Government Veterinary Surgeon, are in New South
Wales at any rate, free from Sarcoptid troubles, and I believe I
am correct in saying that the same remark applies to the other
States.

Genus NoTOKDRES Raill

NOTOEDRES CATI, Heriiig.

Notoedres cati, Hering, N. Acta. Ac. Leop., xviii.. 1838, p. 605,
pi. xliv., f. 9, 10.

Sarcoptes cati, Hering, Joe. cit.

Sarcoptes cati, Neum., Parasites and Parasitic Diseases of Domes-
ticated Animals (Fleming trans.), 1892, p. 125, f. 72 and p.
208.

Sarcoptes notoedres, var. cati, Megn., Paras., 1880, p. 174.

Xotedrus cati, Canest., Prosp. Acarof., vi., 1894, p. 752.

JVotedrus cati, Berl., Acari. Myriap. Scorp. Italia, fasc. 79, (2),
1896.

Sarcoptes minor, Fiirstenb., Kratzm., 1861, p. 215, pi. 8.

Jlosts. — Cats, rabbits.

Hah. — Europe, Australia (introduced).

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA — RAINBOW. 189

Genus Sarcoptes, Lafr.
Sarcoptes canis, Gerl.

Sarcoptes canis, Gerl., Kratz., 1857, p. 141, pi. ii. ami iii., f.
11-14.

Sarcoptes canis, Canest., Prosp. Acarof., vi., 1894, jd. 741, pi. Ixiii.,
f. 1-3.

Sarcoptes canis, Neum., Parasites and Parasitic Diseases of Do-
mesticated Animals, 1892, p. 124 and p. 202.

Sarcoptes canis, Berl., Acari. Myriap. Scorp. Italia, fasc. 79, (1),
1896.

Sarcoptes sqiiamiferns (part), Fxirstenl)., Kratzm., 1861, p. 214,
pi. iv.

Hosts. — The dog, and sometimes man.

Hah. — Cosmopolitan ; Australia (introduced).

Sarcoptes equi, Gerl.

Sarcoptes equi, Gerl. (non Sarcoptes equi, Hering, 1838), Kratz.,

1857, p 72, pi. ii., f. 8-10.
Sarcoptes eqtii, Canest., Prosp. Acarof., vi., 1894, p. 745.
Sarcoptes scabiei, var. equi, Megn., Paras., 1880, p. 164, pi. ix.
Sarcoptes scabiei, var. equi, Neum., Parasites and Parasitic Diseases

of Domesticated Animals, 1892, pp. 122, 123, f. 65-69.

Hosts. — The horse ; sometimes man.

Hab. — Cosmopolitan ; Australia (introduced).

Sarcoptes scabiei, Geer.

Sarcoptes scabiei, Geer, Mem. Hist. Ins., vii., 1778, p. 94, pi. v.,

f. 12, 13.
Acarus scabei, Geer, loc. cit.
Acarus siro (part) + Acarns exulcerans 1 Linn., Syst. Nat. ed.

X., 1758, pp. 616, 617.
Sarcoptes hominis, Hering, N. Acta. Ac. Leop., 1838, xviii., p.

584.
Sarcoptes scabiei, var. hominis, Megn., Paras., 1880, p. 169.
Sarcoptes hominis, Canest., Prosp. Acarof., vi., 1894, p. 738, pi.

70.
Sarcoptes hominis, Banks, Proc. U. States Nat. Mus., xxviii ,

1904, pp. 96, 97, f. 181, 182 and 184.
Sarcoptes communis (part), Delaf. tt Bourg., Mem. Pres. Ac.

France, xvi., 1862, p. 290.

190 RECOKUS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Hoit. — The human subject.

Ohs.—l am indebted to Prof. D. A. Welsh and Dr. H. G
Chapman, of the Sydney University, for much generous assis-
tance in my study of parasites affecting the human subject-
From the former, who kindly communicated with Dr. F. A-
Beimet, I learn that scahiea is fairly common amongst patients
presenting themselves at the Royal Prince Alfred Hospital. Dr.
Corbin, Medical Superintendent at the Sydney Hospital, informs
me that scabies is one of the commonest skin diseases ; and from
Dr. Chapman who, on my behalf, communicated with Dr. Noyes
of Melbourne, I learn that much the same condition of things
obtains in the Victorian capital.

I/ab. — Cosmopolitan; Australia (introduced)

Sarcoptes wombati, Jiaill.

'iarcoptes wombati, Raill., Zool., 2nd ed., 1893, p. 659.
Sarcoptes scabiei, var. wombati, Raill., loc. cit.

Hosts. — The Tasmanian Wombat ( PhascuJomys ut'siinis, G.
Shaw) ; sometimes found upon man.

Hab — Tasmania.

Genus Cnemidocoptes, Filrsth.
Cnemidocoptes mutans, Robin.

Cnemidocoptes mntans, Robin, Bull. Soc. Moscou, xxxiii., 1860, p.

184.
SarcojJtes mutans, Robin, Joe. cit.
Cnemidocoptes imitans, Canest., Prosp. Acarof., \i., 1894, p. 755,

pi. Ixv., f. 1-.3, pi. Ixvi., f. 1-4.
Cnemidocoptes mutaus, Berl., Acari. Myriap. Scorp. Italia, fasc.

84, (6), 1897.
Sarcoptes anacanthes, Delaf. k Bourgn., Mem. Pres. Ac. France,

xvi., 1862, p. 261.
Knemidokoptes viviparus, Fiirstenb., Mt. Ver. Vorpomm., ii.,

1870, p. 56.
Sarcoptes mutans, Brads., N. S. Wales Agric. Gaz., xvii., 1906, pp.

125-131, pi. and text figs.

Hosts. — Domestic fowls. This mite, C. mutaiis, is responsible
for the disease in poultry known as " Scaly Leg."

Hab. — Cosmopolitan ; Rockdale, N.S.W. (introduced).

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTKALIAN ACAKINA — KAIM'.OW. 101

Genni) PsoKOPTES, CTfiri:
PsoROPTKS EQUi, Iln-iuji.

Psoroptes eqiii, Hering, N. Acta. Ac. Leup., x\iii., lf^3iS, p. 5^5,

p]. xliii., f. 1, 2.
Sarcoptes equi, Heriiig, loc. cif.

Dermatodectes equi, Gerl., Kratz., 1857, p. 90, pi. iv.
Psm-optes longirostris, vav. equi, Megn., Paras., 1880, p. 191, pi.

xiii.
Psoroptes equi, Caiiest., Prcsp. Acarof., \i., 1894, p. 761.
Psoroptes comniuitis var. equi, Neum., Parasites and Parasitic

Diseases of Domesticated Animals, 1892, pp. 126-129, f. 73-79.
Dermatocoptes eqxd, Fiirstenb., Kratz., 1861, p. 220, pis. 12-15

Hosts. — Horse, ass.

Hob. — Cosmopolitan ; Australia (introduced).

Genus Chorioptes, Gerv.

? CnoRioPTES ovis, Raill.

? Chorioptes ovis, Raill., Zool,, 2nd ed., 1893, p. 675.
Chorioptes symhiotes, var. ovis, Raill., loc. cit.

Host. — Sheep. This species is, I believe, C. ovis of Railliet.
The form occurring in Australia was introduced on sheep from
America. The species included in this genus are restricted in
their attacks to certain parts of the animal, as the feet, the ears
or neck. In this State the feet ai-e attacked, and give rise to
what is known as " foot mange." Cases of this trouble are, how-
ever, few and far between.

Hah. — Europe?, America?, Australia (introduced).

Family ERIOPHYID^.

The family, although including only a few genera is rather
extensive in point of species. Only one form has, so far, been
recorded from Australia — Eryophes pyri, Scheuten, and this
is parasitic on the pear. All the species are of strictly
phytophagus habits, and many of them cause galls to
form on the leaves of their food plants. The early history
of the study of these animals is interesting. Some indi-
viduals in the old school of botanists regarded Eriophyd galls
as Crytogams, and described them as such under the generic
names Erinium, etc. These gall mites are an exti'aordinary

192 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

group, and it is scarcely to be marvelled that they should, before
they were properly understood, have been regarded as occupying
a position in the domain of botany. These mites differ from all
others in that the adults have only four legs, all seated near the
anterior part of the body. The animal is long and tapering,
divided into two parts — cephalothorax and abdomen ; the former
is short and broad, the latter long and multi-articulate.

Genus Eriophes, Sieh. & Nal.

Eriophes pyri, Payenst.

Eriophes pyri, Pagenst., Verb. Ver. Heidelberg, i., 1857, p. 48.
Phytojjhus pyri, Nal., Anz. Ak. Wien., xxvi., 1889, p. 162; Sitzb.

Ak. Wien, xcix., 1890, p. 50, pi. iv., f. 1, 2.
Phytophus arianus + P. cofoneast7-i + P. sorhi, Canest., Atti.

Soc. Ven.-Trent., xii., 1890, pp. 16, 20, 21, pi., f. 7-9, pi. vi.,

f. 14.
Phytophus aronicf, Canest., Difesa dai Parassiti, i., 1890, p. 282.
Phytophus pyri, French, Handb. Destruc. Ins. Vict., pt. 1, 1891,

pp. 119-123, pi. xiv.
Eriophyes piri, Nal., Das Tier., Lief. 4, 1898, p. 25.

Host Plmd. — Pear trees.

Hah. — Cosmopolitan ; Australia (introduced).

Family DEMODECID^.

A small family consisting of one genus and a few species.
The species are all parasitic, the host affected being the human
subject, domesticated animals and Mtis muscidus, Linn. The
mites lurk in the sebaceous glands and hair follicles ; they are
small, elongate, with eight three-jointed legs, thorax broad,
abdomen tapering, transversely striated above and below, and
rounded off at posterior extremity. One species only appears to
be known as occurring here. Stringent quarantine laws are
responsible for the immunity of our domestic animals.

Gemis Demodex, Owen.

Demodex folliculorum, G. Simon.

Demodex folliculorum., G. Simon, Arach. Anat. Physiol. Med.,

1842, pp. 218-237, pi. xi.
Acarus folliculornm, G. Simon, loc. cit.
Dermodex folliciilorum,, Owen, Lect. Invert. Anat., 1843, p. 252.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA — RAINROW, 193

Bermodex hominis, Leydig, Arch. Naturg., xxv., 1859, p. 3-15, pi.

xiii., f. 6.
Dermodex follicidorum, var. hominis, Megn,, Journ. Anat. et

Physiol., xiii., 1877, p. 112.
Dermodex follicrdorum, var. hominis, RailL, ZooL, 2nd ed., 1893,

p. 634.
Macroqaster platypus, Meischer, Ber. Ges. Basel, v., 1843, p. 191-

198.

Host. — The human subject.

Hah. — Cosmopolitan ; Australia (introduced).

In concluding this Synopsis I desire to express my indebted-
ness to Mr. S. Johnston, B.Sc, of the Technological Museum,
who kindly lent me his collection of microscopic slides of Aus-
tralian Acarid parasites for reference and study.

DESCRIPTIONS of axd NOTES ox some AUSTRALIAN
AND TASMANIAN FISHES.

By Edoar R. Waite, F.L.S., Zoologist.

(Plates xxxiv.-xxxvi.).

In October 1905 I spent three weeks in Melbourne and vicinity,
and devoted some time to collecting fishes. In this connection I
have to acknowlege the kindness of the Victorian Railway Com-
missioners in granting me concessions over all their lines
traversed. I also desire to thank Mr. C. W. Maclean, Chief
Inspector of Fisheries, for much personal assistance, and permis-
sion for the use of nets in closed waters, poisons, and other
methods employed in my investigations. I paid almost daily
visits to the Melbourne Fish Markets and also collected on the
coast, principally at Queensclift", whei'e I received every attention
and assistance from Inspector Brady. While in Melbourne I met
Mr. Joseph Gabriel, who is interested in Mollusca, and he has
since kindly sent to the Trustees some small fishes, taken by
means of the dredge.

In consequence of leaving Australia for New Zealand I have
been unable to deal with all the fishes obtained, and liave indeed
devoted attention to comparatively few species. A few fishes
from N. S. Wales and Tasmania are also included.

The new species are : —

* ^Diplocrepis parvijnnnis, N. S. Wales.

* Oj)hioclimis yahr-ieli, Victoria.

* ,, gracilis, N. S. Wales.

The following known species, not being included in Mr. A. H.
S. Lucas' " Census " of 1 890,"^ are regarded as additions to the
Victorian fauna.

Stolejjhorus rohustits, Ogilby,

* CheilohraiicMis rn-fiis, Macleay,

* Grepidogaster spatula, Gunther,
Diplocrepis costatus, Ogilby.

1 The species marked * are figured, the drawings being made by Mr. A. R.

McCulloch.
^ Lucas — Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., (2), ii., 1890, p. 15, et seq.

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN AND TASMANIAN FISHES — WAITi;. 195

Some species, not recognised in Victoria since first described,
were retaken, and their claims to inclusion in the fauna (upon
which doubt had been cast), fully established. The Melbourne
Sole described as Rhombosolea bassensL^, Castlenau, is now placed
in the genus Pelto7-hamphu><. The name Sderopteryx is used
generically for Ophioe/in/is dpvisi, Ogilby.

Additional species redescribed or furnishing material for some
remark are : —

Gobivs imicosus, Giinther, S. Australia, Victoria,
N. S. Wales.

* Dip/oc'fepis cardiitalis, Ramsay, Tasmania,

* Rhombosolea J{esoidei<, Giinther, Victoi'ia,

* BJp.nniiis tasinanianus, Richardson, Tasmania, Vic-

toria, N. S. Wales.

Stolephorus, Lacqiede, 1803.
Stolephorus robustus, OyiJbij, sp.

Spratrlloides robt/stHS, Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii.

1897, p. 64.

This small Herring has not been previously recorded from
Victoriaii waters. I obtained several examples from Queenscliff
and it is pr(jbal)le that many more would have been secured if a
smaller meshed net had been used.

Tliese southern examples have all the habit of .S'. dp/iedtidus,
Bennett, being of slender body, unlike typical examples of .S'.
robiiKtus. The specimens collected have had most of their scales
rubbed off in transit, but as far as can be ascertained these are
smaller and more numerous than in *S'. ddicafuhts, which feature
provides the readiest means of determination, if indeed the
species be distinct.

Cheilobranchus, Richa7'dso7i, 1845.

Cheilobranchus rufus, Madeay.

(Plate xxxvi., fig. 1).

Chilobrdvrhus rufus, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, vi.,
1881, p. 266.

The length of the head is one-eighth of the total, or 2-3 in the
distance between the gill-opening and the vent, and that between
the end of the snout and the vent is 1-5 in the remaining por-

196 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

tion ; the height of the body is 8*6 in the total. The eye is 3 "4
in the length of the head and partially concealed by membrane ;
the nostril is placed close to its anterior upper margin ; the
mouth is small, almost horizontal and the maxilla reaches nearly
to below the middle of the eye.

The dorsal fin commences, as nearly as can be ascertained,
above the vent and joins the anal round the end of the tail ; the
anal arises at a third of the distance between the vent and the
end of the caudal.

Colours. — The general colour is red with six or seven large
purple spots along the middle of each side ; these do not extend
posteriorly beyond the origin of the anal fin^ and may not be
evenly disposed on both sides.

Richardson,'^ in describing the gill-opening of C. dorsalis,
writes : — "A transverse lip, which rises above the adjoining in-
tegument, and has its outer ends free, foi^ms the posterior edge of
the orifice, and appears to be capable of closing it very completely
when the inflected edge of the membrane is pressed against it."
This " lip " is also present in C. rufxs ; it is not a median pro-
cess as might be inferred, but really a pair of organs which to my
eye are nothing but rudimentary pectoral fins. They lie rather
low down on the body, some distance apart, close behind, but
quite free from the gill-membranes, and it is very doubtful if they
have any function in connection therewith, as supposed by
Richardson.

The specimen above described was forwarded by Mr. Gabriel
from Port Phillip, and constitutes a record for Victoria. It is
indistinguishable from examples taken in Tasmania and New
South Wales, and as far as may be decided, without specimens for
comparison, from Richardson's species also. The example
recorded by this author from South Victoria Land (Penguin
Island, 72° S. Lat.) under the name C. aptenodyhim^ is placed by
Dr. Giinther as synonymous with C. dorsalis from N. \\ .
Australia. If the species be the same, the extremes of latitude
reached, furnish a remarkable instance of geographical range.

Local examples of this little eel exhibit some colour variations :
some are marked as above described, others are intense carmine
all over, and a few specimens are similar but mottled with lighter
tints.

•^ Richardson — Voy. Ereb. & Terr , 1845, p. 50, pi. xxx., fig. 1-
■* Richardson — Loc. cif , p. 51.

NOTES OX AUSTRALIAN AND TASMANIAN FISHKS — WAITE. 19T

Rhombosolea, Giinther, 1862.

Rhombosolea flesoides, Giinther.

(Plate XXXV.).

Rhombosolea flesoides, Giinther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), xi.,

1863, p. 117.
Plenronectesl victoria', Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i., 1872,

p. 168.
Rhombosolea victoria', Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,.

vi., 1881, p. 133.

Flounder,

D. 66, A. 47 ; P. 12 ; V. dex. 6, sin. O. : C. 12 + 4 ; Sc. 72.

Length of head 3.5 ; depth of body 2-1, and length of caudal
4-2 in the total length. Eyes on the right side, separated by a
smooth narrow space, one-fourth the diameter of the eye ; the
lower eye is noticeably in advance of the upper and the diameter
is 4 '8 in the length of the head, or but slightly less than that of
the snout ; the latter is produced into a fleshy process directed
downwards over the mouth. The anterior nostril may be closed
by a trilobed process. The hinder one lies posterior to the front
edge of the lower eye and is a simple pore. The mouth is of
moderate size extending to nearly below the anterior margin of
the eye : it is more extensive on the blind side, and has two
rows of teeth in each jaw ; the nostrils have a higher and
more anterior position than on the right side. Gill-raker&
small, conical, and smooth, slightly fenibriated on the inner
side ; about thirteen in number on the lower limb, scarcel}^
developed on the hinder one. Gills three and a half, a slit
behind the last, equal to the diameter of the eye. The gill
openings are small, not extending to the ujDper angle of the
pectoral above, and closed below the preopercular angle beneath.

Fins.— The dorsal commences on the rostral process, about an
eye diameter from its extremity. Though partially free anteriorly,
all the rays are connected by membrane. They are highest about
the middle of the fin where they form a conspicuous angle, the
thirty-fifth or longest ray being 1*9 in the length of the head.
The rays are continued to within an eye-diameter of the caudal
rays. The ventral commences beneath the middle of the eye and
is quite continuous with tlie anal, the apparent omission of one
ray only indicating the distinction. The vent is situated on the
left side contiguous to this space. The anal is similar to the
dorsal the sixteenth ray being the longest. The right jiectoral is

198 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

pointed above, its length being 1 -5 in the length of the head : the
left fin is shorter, 1 '9 in the same, and is symmetrical, the central
rays being the longest. The caudal is truncate or very slightly
rounded, and the depth of the peduncle is 2-2 in the head.

Scales. — The forepart of the head, the interorbital space, the
margins of the opercula and the bases of the pectorals are naked ;
the body is covered on both sides with cycloid scales, non-imbri-
cate on the anterior portion, but overlapping behind, and upon
the caudal peduncle. Fins scaleless.

The lateral line runs almost straight, there being a slight curve
over the anterior half of the pectox'al, which is less marked on the
blind side ; anteriorh^ on both sides, the line is continued over
the head to the base of the seventh or eighth dorsal ray.

Colours. — Uniform grey above and yellow beneath

Length 242 mm.

This species was commonly offered for sale in Melbourne, and
at Queenscliff examples were taken in the seine. At the latter
place a long series of pools extend between the railway and the
harbour, the home of shoals of Atherines. While wading in the
pools I commonly disturbed some fishes which zigzagged on the
bottom, and raised small clouds of mud. I discovered these to be
young flounders, from one inch to three inches in length When
disturbed they swam rapidh' away as described, for two or three
yards, and then usually doubled back along their tracks, so that
when the mud settled it was not possible to locate them. Nearly
<ill those caught were obtained under my feet, whence they had
evidently gone for the purpose of hiding, for an old boot, bucket
or other object, on being lifted, was found to harbour many young
flounders.

Peltorhamphus, G anther, 1862.

, Peltorhamphus bassensis, Castelnau, sp.

(Plate xxxiv.).

RhoDihosuIea bassensis, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i., 1872,
p. 167.

Sole.

D. 79 ; A. 54 ; P. d-,x. 11, sin. 9 ; V. dex. 7, sin. 4 ; C. 12 + 4 ;

Sc. 79.

Length of head 4'0 ; depth of body 1-74 in total length
exclusive of the caudal which equals the head in length. Eyes, on
the right side, separated by a flat scaly space, less than half their

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN AND TASMANIAN FISHES — WAITE. 199

diameter, which is 4-8 in tlie head. The length of the snout
is one-fifth more than the diameter of the eye, or one-fourth
the lengtli of the head, it is produced into a fleshy process which
covers the mouth ant^M'iorly. The lower eye is slightly in advance
of the upper one. Both nostrils are tubular and arise from the
only naked part of the head ; the anterior one has a valve-like
flap behind. The mouth is small and toothless on the coloured
side and is wholly in advance of the eyes and nostrils : it is large
on the left side, extending far beyond the sinistral nostrils, and
is furnished with se\ eral rows of movable teeth in both jaws. The
nostrils occupy a slightly more dorsal position than those on the
right side. Gill-rakers" 11 -F 2, reduced to mere knobs, the
anterior ones scarcely apparent. Gills four and a half, a small
slit, not more than a third the diameter of the eye, behind the
last. The gill openings extend to the upper angles of the
pectorals, but are arrested below by membrane beneath the
middle of the eye.

Scales. — Head, with the exception of a small space round each
pair of nostrils, body and fins, wholly clothed with small ctenoid
scales, almost equally de\eloped on both sides ; no accessory
scales.

Fi7ts. — The dorsal fin commences at the extremity of the nasal
process : tlie anterior rays are quite free of membrane and the
tips of those following are fi'ee to above the opercular margin, the
first seventeen rays are serrate behind. The highest rays occur
about tlie middle of the fin where they are rather more than half
the length of the head. Tlie rigiit ventral commences at the
symphysis of the lower jaw and is connected by membrane with
the anal. The left venti"al is small having its rays close togetlier
and situated in advance of the vent. The anal is similar to the
dcjrsal and terminates evenly with it. The pectorals are of similar
length, half that of the head, but the right one has more rays and
a rounded margin ; in tlie left the central rays are much the
longest, producing a lanceolate shaj^ed fin. The caudal is slightly
rounded, its peduncle deej), being 1-6 in the length of tlie head.

Colours. — Brownish grey above, white below.

Total length, 234 mm.

This is the common sole of the Mellx>urne markets where I
obtained the specimens examined. I also netted it at QueensclifF.

Though described by Castelnau under the genus Rhomhosoha it
is clear that it cannot be there assigned ; the scales are stated to
be " strongly ciliated which makes the fish feel rough to the
touch." Cycloid scales are a character of the genus. Though

200 KECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

this authoi" writes of the dorsal and anal fins in the singular, he
describes the \ entrals in the plural, which tends to confirm the
natural supposition that Castelnau's fish and mine are identical.
The characters of this species all point to Peltor-hamphus Giinther,
of which one species only P. novK-zealandice' was previously
identified. The Victorian fish differs from the description of the
New Zealand one, among other characters, by having the dorsal
and anal rays covered with scales.

GoBius, Limueus, 1758.
GoBius Mucosus, Giinther.

Gobius mucosus, Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871, p. 663, pi. Ixiii.,

fig. A.
Gohins depressus, Ramsay & Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales,

(2), i., 1886, p. 4.

D. vi. i. 10 ; A. i. 9 ; V. i. 5 ,; P. 17 ; C. 17.

Length of head 3 '6 ; height of body 5-5, and length of caudal
3*0 in the total. Eyes 3 "2 in the length of the head, cutting the
profile and less than a diameter apart ; their diameter greater
than the length of the snout. Cleft of mouth approaching the
vertical, the lower jaw the longer ; the maxilla does not nearly
reach the orbit. Head much depressed, the skin of which is
thrown into sharp folds ; the plications on the snout are irregular,
those on the cheeks vertical, a pair of transverse folds on the
occiput, followed by two longitudinal ones, and another long pair
on each side arising from the margins of the upper and lower jaw
respectively ; the inferior aspect of each ramus of the lower jaw
bears a series of about a dozen short transverse bars, resembling
the teeth of a cog-wheel.

Fins. — The fourth dorsal spine is the longest, one-half the
length of the head ; the anal commences evenly with the soft
dorsal and terminates in advance of the posterior rays ; the
pectorals attain to below the origin of the soft dorsal, and the
ventrals do not reach the vent ; caudal long and pointed.

Anal papilla small, rounded.

Colours. — Yellow, marbled with brown ; under surface, as far
as the vent, white. All the fins, except the ventrals, spotted
with black or dark brown forming bars, longitudinally disposed
on the dorsal and anal, and transversely on the pectoral and

3 Giinther— Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., iv., 1862, p. 461.

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN AND TASMANIAN FISHES WAITE. 201

caiulal fins. The head is devoid of scales and is deeper in tint
than tlie l)odv, the plications being darker still.

Giinther attributed these folds to mucous, but they are distinctly
dermal in nature. A comparison of the type of (r. depressus witli
examples forwarded from Port Phillip by Mr. Gabriel, shows
them to be identical, while there can be little doubt that they are
correctly referred to G. niucosus, descibed by Giinther from
South Australia.

Pentaro(;k, (riiitthrr, ISOO.

Pkntakooe marmorata, Cuvier <t V<dc)tciennes, s}).

ApiKfns marnioratus, Cuvier it Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.,
iv., 1829, p. 416 ; Valenciennes, Reg. Anim. 111. Poiss., pi.
xxiv., fig. 3.

Pentarogp marmoroM, Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., ii., 1860,
p. 132 ; Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i., 1872, p. 82.

CohhJer.

Castelnau remarks that this fish is scarce at Melbourne, and
gives its local name as " Barber." I found it to be very common at
Queenscliff, where it is as well-known and as equally dreaded as
the "Fortesque" (Centropoyo'n australis) of the .Sydney fishermen.
It was taken by scores in every haul of the seine and recognised
under the name " Cobbler," both at Queenscliff and in the
Melbourne market.

The markings appear to be very constant and remarkably well-
defined ; the similarity to those of the Cenfropogon mentioned,
being noticeable. Valencieinies' figure of a Timor specimen does
not well represent the species as found in Victorian waters.

Crepidog ASTER, Giinther, 1861.
Crepidogaster SPATULA, Giinther.

(Plate xxxvi., fig. 4).

Crepidor/aster spatula, Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit.. Mus., iii., 1861,
p. 508.

D. 6 ; A. 6 ; P. 26 ; \. i. 4 ; C. 12 + x Vert. 16 + 16.

Length of head 2-6 ; width 3-5 ; height of body 5-0 ; width 4-7
in the total length. The snout is broad at the level of the eyes
but narrows anteriorly, its length being one-third that of the head.
The mouth is large extending to nearly beneath the middle of the

202 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

eye ; the upper jaw, which is the longer, has a complete reflexed
lip ; ill the lower jaw the lips do not meet at the symphysis.
Teeth in both jaws very small, villiform, the anterior ones in the
upper jaw forming a patch. The nostrils are near to the front
margin of the eye, the anterior one beaiing a small tentacle.
The eye is round, 4*2 in the length of the head and little more
than half the inter-orbital space, which is flat.

The head is very bi'oad and depressed and the body is sub-
cylindrical anteriorly, but compressed behind. No subcutaneous
spine on the opercle, nor on the preopercle.

The distance between the end of the snout and the origin of the
dorsal is nearly twice that between the latter point and the end of
the caudal. The dorsal fin is very short, its base being equal to
its distance from the caudal. The pectoral is broad and rounded,
its length 2 b in that of the head ; the ventral is attached to
its sixteenth ray. The adhesive disc is broader than long, its
length half the width of the head. The distance of the vent
from the disc is twice that from the anal. This fin is precisely
similar to the dorsal in form and situation. The caudal is
rounded, its length being equal to half that of the liead, and
the height of the peduncle equal to its own length.

Colours. — Colour throughout yellow, the head and body above
and on the sides ornamented with crowded carmine spots,
those on the head round, those on the body lengthened ; the
upper ones arranged transversely to form closely packed bands.
Fins and lower surfaces without markings.

Total length 64 mm.

Three specimens forwarded by Mr. Gabriel, are additions to the
recorded fauna of Victoria. Previously the species was known
from Swa;i River, Western Australia. It is a well-marked form,
readily distinguishable by the short and oppositely placed vf^rtieal
fins, and the backward position of the vent.

DiPLOCKEPiS, (rlinthfr, 1861.
DiPLOfRKPIS PARVIPIXXIS, .sp. nOV.

(Plate xxxvi., fig. 3).

D. 5; A. 5; P. 16 + X ; C. 9.

Length of head 3-2 ; width 4-0 : and heiglit of body 6-1.
The snout is much narrower than the head, shorter than the
eye and 4-1 in the length of the head. The maxilla extends
to just beyond the antei'ior margin of the orbit. The teeth

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN AND TASMANIAN FISIIKS — WAITE. 203

are conical, disposed in a patch within each jaw, and a single
series of larger teeth along the sides. Tlie nostrils lie close to-
gether in front of the eye, the anterior one bearing a tentacle.
The eye is large, it cuts the upper profile and is 3-7 in the length
of the head. The inter-orbital breadth is narr<jw, etpial to the
length of the eye.

Head depressed, body cylindrical.

The distance b;'tween the origin of the dorsal and the end of
the caudal is 1 vS in that between the former point and the end of
the snout. Both dorsal and anal fins are widely separated from tlie
caudal : the former is slightly in advance of tlie anal which com-
mences beneath its second ray. The pectoral is rounded, the
middle rays being loiigest, 3-2 in the length of the head, the lower
rays rapidly decrease in length and the ventral is attached to the
sixteenth ra}'. The posterior sucking disc is almost circular, a
little broader than lo)ig, and I'eaches only to beneath the middle of
the pectoral : the distance of the vent from the disc is thrice that
between it and the anal. The caudal is slightly rounded, its length
2-4 in that of the head ; the length of the peduncle is more than
twice its depth.

Colours. — In life, olive gix^en, uniform, or with Ijrown spots on
the body, arranged as bands, or with bands fully defined which
are four in number ; a brown or red mark on the side of the
snout through the eye to the preopercle.

Length 2-5 mm.

This diminutive species was first brought to my notice by Mr.
A. R. McCulloch, who found it on a seaweed, identified by Mr. T.
Whitelegge as Phyllo-tpora comosa, Agard. It proves to be a
common fish on the coast of New South Wales, and examples in the
collection of the ^[useum were pi'eviously regarded as young
specimens of another species.

DiPLOCREPIS COSTATUS, OijilblJ.

Diphicrepl-t costatus, Ogilby, Proc. Liini. 8oc. X. 8. AVales, x.,
1<S85, p. 270 ; AVaite, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 1904, pi. xxiv.,
fig. 1.

]\Ir. Gabriel's collection includes a single example of this
species, an addition to the Victorian fauna.

204 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

DiPLOCREPis CARDiNALis, Ramsay, sj).

(Plate xxxvi., fig. 1).

Gohiesox cardinalis, Ramsay, Proc. Linn. kSoc. N. S. Wales, vii.,
1882, p. 148.

D. 10; A. 7; P. 22; C. 11.

Length of head 2-7 ; width 3"0 ; height of body 5-1 ; width 4-3
in the total length. The snout is obtusely pointed, short, its
length 4-0 in that of the head. The angle of the mouth is
beneath the anterior fourth of the eye and is almost concealed by
the overhanging px'eopercles. A patch of conical teeth in each
jaw, the outer series the larger. The opercle is represented by a
bony rod ending in a long spine, and the preopercle bears a smaller
spine, both being concealed beneath the skin. Both nostrils are
furnished with tentacles, of which the anterior is the larger. The
eye is 5-0 in the head and equal to half the inter-orbital breadth.

The distance between the origin of the dorsal and the end of
the caudal is 1 "7 in that between the foi'mer point and the end
of the snout. Both dorsal and anal fins lie close to the caudal
but are not connected with it : the anal commences below the
middle of the dorsal and has a slightly more posterior termina-
tion. The length of the pectoral is 2-7 in that of the head and
the ventral is attaclied to its fourteenth ray. The posterior
sucking disc has a free anterior margin and is much broader than
long, its width being 1 -4 in the breadth of the head ; it extends
to beneath the end of the pectoral. The vent is nearer to the
disc tlian to the anal, the relative distance being as 3 to 5. The
caudal is subtruncate, its length a little more than half that of
the head.

Colotirs. — The life colours are not known. In fluid, all ex-
amples are uniform yellow.

Length 70 mm.

Three specimens from near Launceston, Tasmania, collected in
1879, by Mr. K. Broadlient, and three from Ulverstone, Tasmania,
forwarded by the Curator of the Victoria Museum, Launceston, in
1 903. One of the formerbatch is very possibly the type of the species,
but the characters above given are derived from one of the more
recent acquisitions. The somewhat shrivelled condition of the
author's specimens, if such they be, may account for the differ-
ences noted. In the flrst place the structure of the posterior
sucking disc is not that of Gobiesox, and the number of dorsal and
anal rays is understated. Otherwise the specimens agree well
with the description and I have no hesitation whatever in

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN AND TASMANIAN FISHES — AVAITE. "205

assigning them to this species : the opercular spine is charact^er-
istic, as is also the presence of tentacles on both nostrils. The
word " compressed " in the description of the head is an obvious
error.

The four known species of DipJocrcpis may be recognised by
the following characters : —

DiPLOCREPis PUNiCKrs, Eichardson, sp.

Lepidoga.ster puuiceiis, Ricliardson, Vov. Ereb. & Terr., 1846, p. 71, pi. xliii.,
fig. 1-7.

D. 11 ; A. 5. The anal fin commences behind the middle of the dorsal ; the
Tent is placed close to the sucking disc, at a great distance from the anal.

Hah. — New Zealand.

DiPLOCEKPIS CARDINALIS, Rdlliuri/. sp.

Gobiesox cardinalis, Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc, N. vS. Wales, vii., 1882 p. 148.
Diplocrepis cardinalis, Waite, antea, p. 204, pi. xxxvi., fig. 1

D. 10 ; A. 7. The anal fin commences below the middle of the dorsal ; the
Tent is placed somewhat nearer to the sucking disc than to the anal.

Loc. — Ulverstone, Tasmania.

Diplocrepis costatus, Ogilhy.

Diplocrepis costatus, Ogilbj, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, x., 1885, p. 270 ;
Waite, Rec. Aiistr. Mus., v., 1904, pi. xxiv., fig. 1.

D. 8 ; A. 7. The anal fin commences slightly behind the origin of the dorsal ;
both are close to the caudal. The vent is placed much nearer to the anal than
to the sucking disc.

Hah. — N. S. Wales, Loi-d Howe Island, Yictoria.

Diplocrepis parvipinnis, Waite.

Diplocrepis parvipinnis, Waite, antea, p. 202, pi. xxxvi., fig 3.

D. 5 ; A. 5, The anal commences beneath the second dorsal ray, and both
are far removed from the caudal ; the vent is placed much nearer to the anal
than to the sucking disc.

Hah — N. S. Wales.

Blennius, Liniueus, 1758.

Blennius tasmanianus, Richardson.

(Plate xxxvi., fig. 5).

Blennius tasmanianus, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1839, p. 99 ;
Tran.s. Zool. Soc, iii., 1849, p. 129.

D. xii. 18 ; A. 20 ; P. U ; V. 2 ; C. 7 + 6.

Length of head 3-7 ; height of body 3-8 ; and length of the
caudal 4-8 in the length of the fish. Eyes large, cutting the pi'o-

206 HKCOKDS OF THE AUSTKALIAN JIUSEIM.

file less than lialf a diametei- a[)art, 3-1 in the length of the head
and a little longer than the snout. Orbital tentacles not longer
than tlie depth of the eye, simple and fringed behind. Small
pores occur around the eye and on the preopercular margin.
The maxilla extends to beneath tlie centre of the eve. The teeth
are as is usual in the genus with posterior canines.

Fitis. — The dorsal fin commences behind the vertical of the
preopercle ; the first spine is a little shorter than the eye, the 4-7
spines are equal, and slightly longer than the diameter of the eye,
and the last spine is the shortest, half the length of the first ray ;
the 3-12 I'ays are equal, twice the length of the first spine, winch
latter is about the same height as the last ray. Tlie base of the
soft is one-seventh longer than that of the spinous portion ; the
anterior anal rays are orAy one-half the height of the median
dorsal ones, the}' inci*ease slightly in height posteriorly. The
pectoral is jwinted, the ninth and longest ray being nearlv equal
to the head in length, extends to the anal fin. The inner ventral
ray is half the length of the head. The caudal is sub-truncate and
the least depth of its peduncle is one-third the length of the head.
The lateral line is composed of about twenty-four tubes of which
seventeen form an arch over the pectoral ; the others, which are
less defined and more widely spaced, are horizontally disposed :
there are no pores on the posterior half of tlie bod}'.

Colour. — The ground colour is olive, darker above than below ;
the head is marked with three obliquely vertical bars, of which
the first passes through the eye and forms a V with its
fellow on the throat, the second diverges from the first below
the eye backwards to the edge of the gill membrane, and
the thii'd occurs behind the preopercle ; the body is marked with
nine transverse bars formed each of two series of black spots,
which do not attain the lower surface. Thei'e is a bhuik spot
between the first two dorsal spines, and the base of the fin is
shaded in accord with the body bars ; the anal bears a dark sub-
mai-ginal band. There are no markings on the other fins.

Total length 47 mm.

The single specimen examined was dredged by Mr. Gabriel in
Western Port. It is the one illustrated, and is a half-grown
example. Specimens of this age differ from the adults by the
shorter oi'bital tentacle, the much longer and pointed pectoral fin,
the simple anal papilla, and the much larger eye, in addition to
constant markings which do not appear to be maintained to
adult age.

Mr. A. M. Lea, Government Entomologist, Tasmania, has
forwarded to the Trustees a nice series of this species. I am not

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN AND TASMANIAN FISHES — WAITK. 207

aware of the coloui-s of the adult during Ufe : presened examples
undergo peculiar changes similar to members of the Kyphosid{e :
these are usually manifested as large irregular l)lutches of black
or brown on a pale yellow ground. The markings are adven-
titious, not alike in two fishes, and both sides of the same speci-
men are usually quite dissimilar.

Ophioclinus, Castplnau, 1873.

OpHIOCLINUS GRACILIS, Sp. nov.

(Plate xxxvi., fig. 6).

D. xliii. + 1 ; A. iii. 29 : P. 13 ; V. 2 ; C. 11 + 4 ; Yert.
19 + 32 = 51.

Length of head 4-9 ; height of body at the anal fin 7-4 ; length
of caudal 9-0 in the total. The diameter of the eye is one-fifth
the length of the head, equal to the interorbital space, and three-
fourths the length of the snout. The anterior nostril is in a
short tube, a little nearer to the end of the snout than to the eye :
the posterior nostril is one of numerous large pores, disposed on
the snout, around the eye, on the occiput, preopercle, and lower
jaw.

Twih. — A patch of conical teeth within each jaw, and a
narrow band on eadi side ; teeth on the vomer, none on the
palatines.

Fins. — The dorsal commences in advance of the operculum, the
first spine is two-thirds the diameter of the eye and the fin
increases in height backwards, the single ray being twice the
length of the first spine and joined to the caudal. The anal fin
commences below the seventeenth dorsal spine and is formed of
three short spines, followed by longer rays which are slightly
longer than the corresponding dorsal spines. The pectoral is
rounded, about one-half the length of the head and somewhat
shorter than the inner ventral ray. The caudal is truncate, the
depth of its peduncle more than one-third the height of the body.

Scales. — Head naked, body covered with small non-imbricate
scales (not shown in the illustration). The lateral line commences
beneatli the first dorsal spine ; it is strongly arched and is not
continued beyond the end of the pectoral : a median depression to
the caudal may be traced in some examples, but this is appar-
ently not a true " lateral line."

Colours. — The general colour is brown above and 3^ellowish
beneath, but great variations occur. The illustration represents

208 KECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

a specimen in which the markings are very well defined and such
consist of a longitudinal black band which passes from the snout,
through the eye to the tail : it deepens posteriorly and embraces
the body and caudal peduncle and is also continued in blotches
on to the dorsal and anal fins. The top of the head and the
back including the fin is white. In other examples the band is
brown, sometimes very faint, and the vertical fins may be of the
same tint ; when the head-band is pale in colour it may have a
black lower margin ; the extension of the band posteriorly may
be indicated by some spots on the side of the tail. The pectorals
are generally and the ventrals always white, and if the vertical
fins are coloured they have a light margin.

Of many specimens examined, the largest measured 57 mm. in
length. This species has been taken at various times in rock
pools at Long Bay, near Sydney, by Mr. A. R. McCulloch.

OpHIOCLINUS flABRIELI, sp. nov.

(Plate xxxvi., fig. 7).

D. li. + 1 ; A. 36 ; P. 12 ; V. 2 ; C. 1 1+ 4 ; Vert. 21 + 39 = 60.

Length of head 5-3 ; height of body, at the origin of the anal,
7*5 ; length of caudal 8-0 in the total. Eye prominent, large,
close to the upper profile, 4-2 in the length of the head, and twice
the interorbital space. Length of snout little more than half the
diameter of the eye and bearing two short tentacles, immediately
above the upper lip. The maxilla i-eaches to beneath the third
fourth of the eye.

Teeth. — An extensive patch of small granular teeth within the
margin of each jaw, followed by a narrow band on each side ;
teeth on the vomer but none on the palatines. A broad frenum
in the upper jaw.

Fins. — -The dorsal commences above the opercle, but its origin
is not well defined, and is composed wholly of spines with the excep-
tion of one ray, the last,w]uch is joined to the caudal : the fin rises
rapidly to the fourth spint; and thence is of fairly uniform height,
the spines lengthening somewhat posteriorly ; the median height
of the fin is about one-third that of the body at the commence-
ment of the anal.

The anal fin arises beneath the nineteenth or twentieth dorsal
spine and is formed wliolly of soft rays ; it is similar to, but
slightly higher than the dorsal and is joined to the caudal. The
pectoral is short and rounded, its middle rays 2-4 in the length of
the head. The ventrals are jugular in position, close together

XOTES OX AUSTRALIAN AND TASMANIAN FISHES— WAITE. 209

and formed, each of two stout rays, the inner being the longer, a
little more than lialf the length of the head. The caudal is
rounded, and the depth of its peduncle 2-5 times in the height of
the body.

Scales. — The scales are scarcely apparent, they are deeply im-
bedded, small and widely separated anteriorly, larger and closer
together posteriorly. The head is naked but bears a number of
large pores, especially developed on the snout, around the eyes,
and within the margin of the preopercle. The lateral line is de-
veloped anteriorly only, and is placed above the pectoral but does
not extend as far as the margin of the fin.

Colours. — The general colour is brown, lighter beneath. A
dark band passes through the eye to the preopercle which latter
has no defined edge, being included in the common covering of
the head. The lower and posterior portions of the body bear
some light marbled markings, which extend on to the anal and
caudal fins ; the other fins are without markings.

Three examples were dredged by Mr. Gabriel, the largest of
which measures 102 mm. in length. They are fully adult, the
two females carrying young. These can be distinctly seen through
the abdominal integument and in one individual numbered thirty-
six, each being 12 mm. long.

The genus Ophiodinus was defined by Castelnau'' in 1873, with
0. antarcticufi as the type species. In 1894 Ogilby* described a
fish from Queensland under the name 0. devisi and remarked that
" the neglect of Castelnau to even mention the pectorals is negative
evidence as to their existence in his genus." In his generic
definition Castelnau distinctly refers to the pectorals as follows : —
" Ventral fins inserted in front of the pectorals," and again in his
specific description : — "pectorals much shorter than the ventrals,
of ten rays." I have examined the type of 0. devid and find
that pectorals are not present, and it follows therefore that it cannot
enter Ophiodinus and may tentatively be regarded as the type of
Sderopteryx^ a name proposed by De Vis, but which apparently
never reached beyond the manuscript stage. Ogilby's definition
of Ophiodinus will therefore apply to Hdcropteryx, and not to
Castelnau's genus.

0. yahrieli differs from 0. antarcticus by having two instead of
three ventral rays, and by the smaller number of spines and rays
in the dorsal and anal fin respectively.

7 Castelnau — Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., ii , 1873, p. 69.

*> Ogilby— Proc Linn. Soc. N S. Wales, (2), ix., 1894, p. 373.

210 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

PsEUDOMONACAXTHUS, Bleeker, 1866.

PSEUDOMONACANTHUS CxRANULATUS, ShatV, sp.

Balistps f/ramilafa, »Shaw, in Wliite's Voy. N.S.Wales, 1790, p. 295,
pi. "(p. 254), fig. 2.

This is another species wliose existence in Victorian waters is
regarded by Mr. A. H. S. Lucas as doubtful, no one having,
apparently, identified it since Klunzinger first recorded it from
Port Phillip. I obtained specimens in the Melbourne Fish
Market.

Spileroides, Dnmeril, 1806.

Sph^roides richei, FreminriUe, sp.

Tetraodon richei, Freminville, Nouv. Bull. Philom., ii., p. 250,
pi. iv., fig. 2.

This species is included in the Victorian fauna, apparently only
on the authority of Klunzinger.'' I found it to be not uncommon
at Queenscliff" where it was taken by nreans of the seine net.

Castelnau " observed two sorts [of Tefrodon] on the shores of
Hobson's ^ Bay," namely : — T. hamiltmii, Richardson, and T.
hispidiis, Linnfeus. It is quite evident however, from his desci'ip-
tion, that the species recorded under the lattei* name is really
referable to >S. richei, and that in all probability T. hispidus does
not occur in Hobson's Bay. tS. hamilkmi was found to be
extremely common, and apj^ears to attain larger dimensions than
in Port Jackson.

Klunzinger— Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien., Ixxx., 1879, p 425.

MOLLUSC A FROM THREE HUNDRED FATH0M8,
OFF SYDNEY.

By C. Hedley, Couchologi.st, and W. F. Petterd.

(Plates xxxvii. and xxxiii.).

Various excursions have reaped a supei'ficial knowledge of the
MoUusca of our Continental Shelf. In a recent issue of these
Records a collection was described which Mr. G. H. Halligan
obtained in one hundred and ten fathoms ofF Cape Byron. A
haul made by the same gentleman and one of us in one hundred
fathoms off Wollongong, supplemented the collections trawled by
the " Thetis " Expedition in from twenty to eighty fathoms
between Jervis Bay and the Manning River.

It was evident that at a greater distance from the coast, in
deeper and colder water, another fauna would appear. To search
this zone the writers organised a dredging trip. We were greatly
aided by the kindness of Mr. H. E. Farmer, who, on behalf of
Messrs. Bullivant, generously placed at our disposal a reel and
five hundred fathoms of wire rope. A serviceable steamer of
seventy-four tons, the " Woy Woy," fitted with steam winding-
gear, was engaged for the trip. We enjoyed the company and
assistance of Dr. R. Pulleine, Messrs. E. R. Waite, G. A. Water-
house, F. E. Grant and A. R. McCulloch. The weather on the
chosen date was excellent. Taking our departure at 8 a.m. on
March 27, 1905, from mid-channel between Port Jackson Heads,
we set a due east (true, not magnetic) course, and ran by the
patent log, twenty-seven and a half miles. On sounding no
bottom was got at two hundred and fifty fathoms. Estimating
the depth at three hundred fathoms, we put the bucket dredge
over and paid out most of our wire rope. A full load of sandy
mud, coloured green by glauconite, rewarded us. The tempera-
ture of the mud when it arrived on board was 60° F.

Before again sinking the bucket we fastened a dredge to its
taper end by forty fathoms of rope. This length allowed the
dredge to follow on the ocean floor a track different to that of the
bucket. If tied closer it would in pursuing tiie same path have
only collected material already crushed by the passage of the
bucket. Both bucket anfl dredge returned with a satisfactory
load, but a final descent of the dredge alone proved a failure.

212 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Wliile dredging we had drifted inshore and estimated that the
second haul was in a depth of two hundred and fifty fathoms, at
a distance of twenty-three miles due east of South Head. We
returned to port after an absence of twelve hours.

The study of the Crustacea was undertaken by Mr. F. E.
Grant, and liis paper^ has already appeared.

The Corals have been examined by Mr. J. Dennant, who will
shortly publish an account of them.

An Elasipod Holothurian was determined by Mr. T. White-
legge as Pannychia moseleyi, Theel. There was also a fine Sea-
pen of the genus Kophohelemnon,. Representatives of other
groups have been handed to various specialists and it is hoped
that further I'eports on them may appear. The types of all new
species described in this article are presented to the Trustees of
the Australian Museum.

The decided change of fauna between the one hundred fathom
level and the zone touched by our dredge, appears to us to
indicate that the animals obtained grew below the wai-m southerly
current.

About twenty-five miles south-south-west of the position of our
dredging lies the "Challenger" Station 164 B., where, in four hun-
dred and ten fathoms, a large series of mollusca are reputed to
have been obtained. A large proportion of these were well-
known Atlantic species. This incongruous mixture has been con-
sidered by Crosse-^ and other writers as clear evidence of error.
One of us has discussed* the matter at length and recommended
the rejection of the whole tainted haul.

Perhaps the most important result of our excursion is the re-
discovery of about half of the new " 164 B" shells, but none of
the European species occurred with them. It is evident that the
"Challenger" collectors had mixed gatherings from different oceans,
and while those here recognised are rehabilitated, the balance
had best be carried to a suspense account awaiting further
investigation.

It is no longer possible to clieck the " Challenger " results by
dredging at 164 B, because the submarine telegraph cable to New
Zealand crosses the place.

More than a hundred species of shells are contained in the
collection, some are fragmentary, or for other reasons cannot be
determined. The following is a list of those identified.

1 Gi-ant— Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, xxx., 1905, pp. 312-324.

'^ Crosse — .lourn. de Conch., xliii., 1895, p. 257.

3 Hedlev— Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxvi., 1901, p. 22.

MOLLUSCA FKOM THKEE HUXDRED FATHOMS HEDLEY. 213

Amiisium thetidls, Hedley.
Adaciuirca sqticwiea, HecUev.
Asf.fh' glyi>tns, Watson.

Bathytoma agnata, Hedley and Petteixl.
Biftium fuscocapitulvm, Hedley and Pctterd.
Bulla incomnioda, Smith.
Bullina scabra, Gmelin.

Cadulus spretus, Tate and May.

CanceUaria ftcohitia, Hedley and Petterd.

Capulns devot)(i<, Hedley.

Carditellfi, anyasi, 8niith.

Cardhim pidcheJhim^ Gray.

Carinaria ausfralis, Quoy and Gaimard.

Cassidea 2)i/rttm, Lamk.

Cavolinia yibbosa, Hang.

„ injlexa^ Lesueur.

,, longirostris, Lesueur.

,, quadridentata, Lesueur.

,, tridentata, Forskal.

,, frispinosa, Lesueur.

Cerithiopsis cacnminatus, Hedley and Petterd
Chlamys asperrimns, Lamai'ck.
Clio pyramidata, Linne.
„ snbida, Quoy and Gaimard.
„ virgnla, Rang.
Cocculiiia fasmanica, Pilsbry.
Columbariuvi pagodoides, Watson.
Coralliophila lischkei, Dunker.
Cuna delta, Tate and May.
Cuspidaria angasi, Smith.
Cuvierina columnella, Rang.
Cyclostrema johnstoni, Beddome.
Cylichna oi'dinai'ia, Smith.
,, p>rotuviida, Hedley.
,, thetidis, Hedley.
Cyniatium kam]>yla, Watson.
Cyrilla dalli, Hedley.

Daphnella vestalis, Hedley.
Dentalium erectaim, Sowerby.
Drillia coxi, Angas.

,, crossei, Smith.

,, tricarinata, Ten. Woods.

,, tvoodsi, Beddome.
Ectorisma granulata, Tate.

214 RECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM,

Emavijinula auperba, Hedley and Pctterd.
Euthi'ia tahida, Hedley.
Hemithyris coluniHS, Hedley.
Leda incypinnta, Smith.

,, miliacea, Hedley.

,, 7'amsaiji, Smith.
Limea murrayi, Smith.
Limopsls tenisoni. Ten. Woods.

,, erpctus, Hedley and Pettei'd.

.]/!iti(jfli<( cmiua, Hedley.

,, watsotii, Smith.

Maryinella ayapeta, AV'atson.

,, allporti, Ten. Woods.

,, h)-azieri, Smith.

,, ciutericula, Tate and May.

„ hevigata, Bi'azier.

,, ochracea, Angas.

„ stilla, Hedley.

,, stramjp.i, Angas.

Mathilda decoixita, Hedley.
Mo)iiU(i arata, Hedley.

,, oleacea, Hedley and Petterd.

,, phili2)pensis, Watson.
Mureoi licinus, Hedley and Petterd.

Xassa jacksojcensis, Quoy and Gaimard.

Pleu7'otoina casea7-ia, Hedley and Petterd.
Polinices snhcostatus, Ten. Woods.
Pm-oleda e^isictda, Angas.
Poromya tcndosa, Hedley and Petterd.

Rissoa filocincta, Hedley and Petterd.
Rochefortia acuminata, Smith.

,, lactea, Hedley.

Seal a ntorchii, Angas.

Terehra laureJanap^ Ten. Woods.
Tihpria nitidula, A. Adams.
TfopluDh carduelis, Watson.
,, laminatnn, Petterd.

,, simplex, Hedley.

7'iirl/iinilla coitfitricta. Smith.
'/'/n-fitrlla (jodpffroyaua, Donald.

,, incisa, Reeve.

,, p/iilippeusis, Watson.

., siniiafa, Reeve.

MOLLUSCA FROM THREE HUNDRED FATHOMS HEDLEY. 215

Venericardia cavatica, Hedley.
Vertico7-dia rhomhoidea, Hedley.
Valuta undidata, Lamarck.
Vnlpecida minmda, Smith.

„ tasmatiica, Ten. Woods.

Xenoplwra tatei, Harris.
Tlie new and notewurtliy sjiecies include the following : —

COCCLLINA TASMAXICA, FdsbriJ, Sp.

Afwia-a parva, Angas, var. tasmanica, Pilsbry, The Nautilus,
viii., 1895, p. 128 ; Xacella tasmanica, Tate and May, Proc.
Linn. .Soc. jST. S. Wales, xxvi., 1901, p. 411, pi. xxvii., f. 89-
90 ; Coccidina nie7-idio?ialis, Hedley, Mem. Austr. ]\Ius., iv
1902, p. .S31, f. 64.

The presence of an inrolled often caducous apex directed the
assignment of this species to Coccidina, and as that genus liad not
been reported from Australasia, the shell was by one of us described
as new. Mr. W. L. May pointed out the similarity between JS^.
tasmanica and C. meridionalis. After interchange of specimens
we agree that they are identical. Mr. H. Suter, who holds a co-
type and joined in the discussion, arrives at the same conclusion.
The species has recently occurred in deep water off the New Zea-
land coast.

MONILEA OLEATA, sp. nov.

(Plate xxxvii., fig. 1).

Shell rather large, thin, regularly turbinate, base tlattened,
periphery subangled, spire elevated. Whorls seven, gi'adually
increasing, regularly rounded except a narrow flat step below the
suture. Colour beneatli white, above pale cinnamon with darker
radial streaks on the last whorl. Entire surface glossy, as if well
oiled. Sculpture : closely scored by sharp spiral cuts, which are
deepest about the periphery, fainter midway up the whorl and
vanish from the base and from the first four whorls. On the
penultimate whorl between the insertion of the lip and the suture,
there are sixteen of these impressed spirals. The flat interspaces are
obliquely ci'ossed by faint irregular growth lines. Aperture veiy
oblique ovate, upper insertion carried far forward, connected with
the lower by a thin dull film of callus. Lip quite sharp, within a
white edge is followed by a brown border anfl that again bv a
nacreous layer. This seijuence again appears along tiie interior

216 RECORDS OF THE AUSTKALIAN MUSEUM

suture. Umbilicus a broad open funnel, penetrating to the
initial whorl, margined by a beaded funicle which ends in an
expansion on the columella base. The interior of the umbilicus
is spirally scored like the periphery, and is undercut at the
junction of each whorl. Height 12 mm.; major diameter 16
mm. ; minor diameter 13 mm.

A single perfect specimen from two hundred and fifty fathoms,
twenty-three miles east of Sydney.

Emarginula superba, sj^- ''^ov.
(Plate xxxvii., figs. 7 and 8).

Shell large, elevated, oval, rather thin, apex much incurved and
overhanging at five-sixths of the length. The sides are arched so
that the shell only touches a plane surface by its extremities.
Colour, exterior gray, interior white. Fissure deeply slit.
Sculpture : about sixty sharp elevated radiate riblets whic-h frill
the interior margin and are parted by narrow deep interstices in
which arise fine secondary riblets. A concentric series of
numerous dense imbricating scales traverse both I'ibs and fuxTows.
Slit fasciole elevated, two thin erect walls include fine close
curved transverse scales. The interior of the fasciole is marked
by a heavy streak of callus. Length 24 mm. ; breadth 18 mm. ;
height 9 mm.

A single specimen from two hundred and fifty fathoms.

This is the largest Australian species, and only two or three
species in the world exceed it in size.

Cyclostrema .tohnstoni, Beddome.

Cydostrema johnstoni, Beddome, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1882
(1883), p. 168; Id., Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxiii.,
1899, p. 215, pi. vii., f. "i a, h.

Two specimens of this Tasmanian species from three hundred
fathoms, are the means of adding it to the fauna of this State.

TiBERiA nitidula, A. Adams, sp.
(Plate xxxviii., fig. 13).

Syrnola nitidula, A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1860, (3),

vi., p. 335.
Pyraviidella nitidida, Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xv., 1865, Pyiami-

della, pi. v., f. 35.

MOLLUSCA FROM THREE HUNDRED FATHOMS HEDLEY. 217

Odosfoiiiia (OMiscxs) nifidnia, Watson, Chall. Rep., ZooL, xv.,

1886, p. 487.

"This species," remarks Dr. AV. H. Dall,^ "is very widely dis-
tributed, both in area and depth." Its range extends from Japan
to the Mediterranean and West Indies, but it has not been
recorded before fi-om the .Southern Hemisphere. In our collection
it is represented b}- a single specimen 7 mm. long, taken in two
hundred and fifty fathoms.

RiSSOA FILOCINCTA, sp. nOV.

(Plate xxxvii., fig. 2).

Shell small, opaque and rather solid, broadly ovate, narrowly
perforate. Whorls five, of which one and a half compose the
protoconch, ventricose, the earlier whorls angled above, the last
rounded, rapidly increasing, not descending at the aperture,
sharply constricted at the sutures. Sculpture : protoconch
smooth, in adult shell the radials first predominate, gradually
grow denser and finer and ai'e at last exceeded by the spirals.
The body whorl carries twelve sharp, erect, wide spaced spirals,
of which the upper are latticed by forty-two radial riblets pro-
ceeding from the suture and fading at the periphery. Twenty
stronger radial ribs, whose interstices are traversed by five spirals,
cross the penultimate whorl. The remaining whorl and a half
has twenty-one coarse, wide set radials, with a spiral thread above
and below. Aperture perpendicular ovate, fortified by a thick
-outstanding varix. Length 3 mm.; breadth 1-7 mm.

Several specimens from both hauls.

BiTTIUM FUSCOCAPITULUM, S^). UOV,

(Plate xxxviii., figs. 10 and 11).

Shell rather large, thin, broad at the base, with straight sides,
tapering to a sharp point, angled and contracted at the base.
Colour pale purple, granules white, protoconch chocolate brown.
The individual drawn has fifteen whorls in a length of eleven mm.,
but a larger decapitated example is thirteen and a half mm. for

< Dall— Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xviii., 1889, p. 334.

218 KECOKDS UF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

eleven remaining whorls. Sculpture : the adult sliell commences
with simple ribs springing fi'om the surface above and below and
projecting at the periphery. The gradual appearance of spiral
sculpture depresses the ribs in the middle and elevates them above
and below in angular tubei'cles. Finally the ribs break up into
bead rows, the last whorl having a smooth central belt through
which runs a spiral thread, on either side lie first a large and then
a small bead row, containing about nineteen grains to a whorl ;
no varix is present. The suture is impressed and sinuous. Pro-
tococh sharply differentiated by substance, colour and sculpture,
of four whorls with a double keel and delicate radial riblets,
tei'minating in a deep bay above a long and nai-row lobe. The
concave base meets the periphery at a sharp angle and is orna-
mented by a few shallow, wide spaced concentric grooves.
Aperture oblique, subquadrate ; lip sharp, simple, the short canal
is merely a deep sinus. Length 1 1 mm. ; breadth 3 mm.

A few dead shells.

After Bittium granarimn, the novelty is one of the largest
Australian members of the genus. The presence of a sinusigera
protoconch is of interest, but we have not sufficient data to now
discuss its teleolo";ical significance.

Cerithiopsis cacumixatus, sp. nov.

(Plate xxxvii., fig. 4).

Our broken specimens, though exhibiting features sufficient to
separate them from known species, do not supply the material for
a complete description. Shell very long, slender and gradually
tapering to an inflated two-whorled protoconch, each whorl o^er-
hanging its successor pagoda-wise. Colour grey. Whorls at
least nineteen. Sculpture : each whorl carries about thirteen
longitudinal folds which taper upwards and do not continue from
whorl to whorl. Three spiral belts and intervening shallow
furrows of corresponding width develop beads on the radials.
The lowest chain of beads is the most prominent, and those above
diminish in succession. Beneath the largest bead row is a narrow
revolving double thread. The beads are more polished than the
interstices. Towards the summit the spiral sculpture fades away,
a sutural furrov/ persisting longest. T.ie first two adult whorls
have only radial ribbing. Length of imperfect specimen 1 mm. ;
lireadth 2 mm.

MOLLUSCA FROM THREE HUNDRED FATHOMS HEDLEY. 219

The slender tapering spire and triple i"ow of unequal beads
marks tlie species as clearly different from Australian co-generic
forms.

Two specimens from two hundred and fifty fathoms.

Cymatium kampyla, Waf><ou, sp.

J/'assaria kampi/la, AVatson, Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool., xvi., 1883, p.
594; JV. camjjyln,^ dtfion, Chall. Re})., Zool., xv., 1886, p.
405, pi. xiv., f. 12 ; Lampusia nodocostata, Tate and May,
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxiv., 1900, p. 90; Id., Proc.
Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxvi., 1901, p. 355, pi. xxiii., f. 2;
Lotorium nodocofitafnm, Kesteven, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, xxvii., 1902, pp. 463, 479, f. 1 and 4.

A full series taken in each haul by the " Woy Woy," and
reference to a " Challenge " co-type, enables us to connect the
immature shell described by Tate and May with the adult foi-m
discovered by the " Challenger." All codes of nomenclature
agree that an author is not permitted to alter a name once pub-
lished, the first form of the specific name is therefore here
adopted. The change from " kampyla " to " campyla " proposed
by Dr. Watson would be particular!}' inconvenient for an index.

CORALLIOPHILA LISCHKEAXA, Dunkev, Sp.

Rdijiuia lischkeana, Dunker, Index Moll. Alar. Jap., 1882, p. 43,
pi. i.. f. 1,2, pi. xiii., f. 26, 27 : Purpura serfata, Hedley,
Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., 1903, p. 382, f. 95, 96; Id., Prit-
chai'd and GatlifF, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., (n.s. ), wiii.,
1906, p. 44.

Several specimens, one alive, of this Japanese species were
captui'ed at two hundred and fifty fathoms. This series connects
the adult with the young shell described as Furjiura sertatu.

MUREX LICINUS, sp. nov.

(Plate xxxvii., fig. 6).

Shell rather small, short, broad, angled at the shoulder, obliijuely
biconical. Canal short, open. Apex acute, bent away from the

220 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN JlUSEUJl.

shell's axis. Colour pale brown, inner lip light purple. Whorls
six and a half, rapidly inci-easing. Sculpture : numerous varices,
eight to the last whorl, beset the shell. They are low, but erect,
feebly denticulate, descend obliquely from the shoulder to the
base, above the shoulder converge very obliquely to the suture
across an excavate unribbed space. On the upper whorls they
fade rapidly, becoming extinct on the penultimate. The inter-
variceal spaces are traversed by stout spiral ribs divided by broad
deei^ grooves, about a dozen appearing behind the aperture, no
scales occur on ribs or in grooves. Outer lip expanded, smooth,
within, denticulate without, edged with concentric frills. Inner
lip straight below, arched medially, its margin expanded, free.
Length 17 mm. ; breadth 13 mm.

A single living specimen from two hundred and fifty fathoms,
which may not be adult.

Plburotoma oasearia, sp. nov.

(Plate xxxvii., fig. 5).

.Shell thin, slender, fusiform, spire keeled and turreted, base
contracted. Whorls seven, including a whorl and a half of pro-
toconch, parted by linear rather oblique impressed sutures.
Colour varying from pearl grey to pale orange, usually cheese
colour. Sculpture : the protoconch is glassy with rounded whorls,
the adult smooth and somewhat glossy though duller tlian the
protoconcli. The periphery is sharply produced into a projecting
keel, the fasciole set with pointed radiating tubercles, of which
the penultimate whorl bears eighteen, these tubercles continue
upwards, diminisliing proportionately to the protoconch, but
downwards they degenerate on the last whorl to imbricating
scales. The unarmed keel slightly rises at its termination,
bringing the shelf above it nearer to the liorizontal. The fasciole
ends in a deep and narrow slit. Canal open, produced, bent a
little to the right. Under the lens, delicate growth lines appear
vrhich diverge acutely above and below the keel, crossing the base
they are fiexecl. Aperture narrowly pyriform, a callus spread on
tlie inner lip. Length 13 mm. ; breadth 5 mm.

Several specimens were obtained.

Bathytoma agnata, sp. nov.
(Plate xxxvii., fig. 3).
Shell fusiform, biconical, solid, each spire whorl prominently

MOLLUSCA FROM THREE HUNDRED FATHOMS — HEDLEY. 221

angled at its centre by a tuberculate keel. In the series before
us the proportion of length to breadth varies considerably.
Whorls eight, including a protoeonch of a whorl and a half.
Colour pale cream with an evanescent purple tinge in the aperture.
Sculpture : the suture is slightly puckered by small radiating
folds which run out before reaching half way to the keel. Along
the keel are prominent wide spaced tubercles, numbering on the
penultimate about seventeen, each truncated in front and sloping
at the back to the base of its j^i'edecessor. Behind the aperture
these sometimes degenerate into crowded imbricate scales.
Below the keel the radial sculpture is resumed at indistinct for-
wardly curved riblets. Fine raised spiral threads extend fi'om
the tip of the canal to the protoeonch. In the hollow supra-
carinal shelf they are small and close together ; below the keel,
amounting on tlie last whorl to about forty, they are wider
spaced, often alternating in size and tend to be knotted by the
radials. Protoeonch smooth and very gh^ssy, dome shaped, a
whorl and a half, ending with a sinus. Aperture narrow, perpen-
dicular. Outer lip very deeply insinuate at the keel, then
sweeping forward in a full curve. Columella broad, heavily
calloused, excavate above, swollen and twistefl below. Length
1 7 mm. ; breadth 1 1 mm.

Several specimens from two hundred and fifty fathoms.

The lines of specific distinction appear to be drawn narrowly in
this genus and to depend chiefly upon sculjiture. The novelty
appears intimately related to Plenrotoma (GenofAa) engoiiia,
Watson,'^ differing by the sharper keel, more elevated tubercles
and generally coarser sculpture.

It was evidant from literature that in size, shape and substance
our species made a near approach to certain Tertiary forms named
by Prof. R Tate. We therefore sought the opinion of Mr. J. Den-
nant on their inter-relationship, who very kindly replied, 14th
March, 1906, as follows :—

" The Bathytoma submitted is allied to B. pritchardi^ Tate,"
from the Gippsland Miocene, and to B.fontinnUi<, Tate,' a common
shell in the Oligocene beds at Spring Creek. From the first it is

^ Watson — Jouni. Linn. Soc, xv., 1881, p. 40.5; Id. — Cliall. Rep., Zuol.,
XV., 1886, p. 300, pi. XX., f. 7.

« Tate— Journ. Roy. Soc. N. S.Wales, xxvii., 1893 (1894), p. 175, pi. x., f. 4.

"^ Tate — hoc. cif., \\. 175, \A. x., f. 4.

222 KECOUDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

distinguished Ijy its sharper keels, plain sutures, and far finer
ornament ; and from the second by its less ornate keels, as well
as by the convexity of the posterior sutural areas. Of the two
remaining species in Victorian Tertiary strata, B. decomjMsita,
Tate, has a much shorter spire, while B. angustifi'ons, Tate, is
characterized by rounded keels and overlapping sutures. The
recent species is thus easily separable from any of its fossil
cono"eners."

Tekebra lauretan^, Ten. Woods.

(Plate xxxvii., fig. 9).

Tcrdrm lauretmuc. Ten. Woods, Proc. Linn. 8oc. N. S. Wales, ii.,
IS 78, p. 262. '

This unfigured species has hitherto been known only from a
single specimen, the type now in the Australian Musem, which
has ten whorls in a length of twenty millimetres. A fine specimen
with sixteen whorls in a length of forty-one millimetres was taken
in three hundred fathoms, and provided the material for the
illustration now presented.

Caxcellakia scobixa, xJj. 1tOV.

(Plate xxxviii., fig. 12).

Shell small, solid, bicunical, tabulate, imperforate, rough
sculptured. Colour grey ("? bleached). Whorls five, including
the protoconch, each with a broad concave shelf on the summit,
perpendicular at the sides and contracted at the base. Proto-
conch papillate, smooth, a whorl and a half wound obliquely to
the axis of the main shell. Sculpture : sharp crested wave ribs
traverse the whorls obliquely, between and parallel to these are
fine growth lines ; on the last whorl the ribs amount to fifteen.
The radials are crossed by sjDiral raised cords, which develop a
tubercle at the passage of each radial, between e^ich cord one or
more raised threads. Aperture oblique, subtriangular. Columella
witii three plaits, the upper very oblique. Inner lip overlaid with
a niicroscopically granular callus ; outer grooved internally.
Length 8 mm. ; breadth 5 mm.

The new species can best be compai'ed with a Port Curtis form
provisionally identified as C. australis, Sowerby, than which the

MOLLUSCA FHOM TUKKI': IIU.VDRED FATHOMS — HKDLEV. 223

novelty is less harslily sculptured, has a different protoconch, and
is smaller in projaortion to the number of whorls.

One dead specimen from three hundred fathoms, another from
two hundred and fifty fathoms.

Carinaria australis, Quoy & Gaimard.

Cariuaria au><traHs, Quuy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.,
ii., 18.33, p. 394^, pi. xxix., f. 9, 13; Id., Smith, Challenger
Rep., Zool., xxiii., 1888, pt. Ixxii., p. 35 ; Id., Vayssiere,
Result. Camp. Scient. Prince Monaco, fas., xxvi., 190-1, p.
22, pi. i., f. 11, 16 ; Id., Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr.,
xxix., 1905, p. 171.

Our single specimen adds a genus and a species to the fauna of
this State. After a lapse of more than seventy year's, during
which no examples were reported, it was retaken within a few
weeks here and off the South Australian coast.

Amusium thetidis, Redley.

(Plate xxxviii., figs. 18 and 19).

AniusiiDu thetidis, Hedley, Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., 1902, p. 304,
f. 49.

No complete specimen of this species has been taken. Both the
"Woy Woy" hauls produced a series of separate right valves, and
on a right valve the species was founded. In their company
appeared a series of separate Amusium left valves of corresponding
size and shape, but of discrepant sculpture, one of which is here
figured. In related forms the exterior of the right and left ^■alves
are differently ornamented, so pending the proof of attached
valves, we accept these; left valves as the missing halves of A.
thetidis.

LiMKA MURRAYI, Smith, sp.

Lima murrayi, Smitli, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1891, [>. 444, pi. xx.w.,
f. 26.

Limpa acdinis, Hedley, Rec. Austr., Mus., vi., 1905, p. 46, f. 10.

224 l.'ECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

The figure of L. tmirrayl indicates radial ribs divergent along
the median line, a featui-e not mentioned in the description.
Partly in reliance on this, and partly prejudiced against the
Australian habitat by the European species reputed to have oc-
curred with it, Limea accUnis was distinguished as new. Having
now recognised several of the "Challenger" 164 B niollusca and
confirmed their Australian habitat, we would withdraw L.
ardinis as a piobable synonym of L. inutTnyl, and follow the
description of the latter wJierc it conflicts witli the illustration.

Ll.MOPSIS EKECTUS, Sp. nov.

(Plate xxxviii., figs. 14 and 1-^).

Shell small, solid, nearl}' equilateral, less oblique than usual,
comparatively higli and short. Colour wlut_>. Sculpture : about
twenty concentric reverse-imbricating folds, the inner weaker and
more wide spaced, crossed by faint radiating riblets. Hmall pits
and interlocking tubercles are set round the inner bevelled margin
but ascend only half way from the ventral edge. The teeth are
disposed in two series, parted by a blank space, anteriorly about
seven, nearly perpendicular, posteriorly about six, passing from
oblique to horizontal. Area extremely deep, with a narrow
median chondrophore. Height 4 nun. ; length 3-7 mm.

The unusual depth of the area, and diverse inclination of the
anterior and posterior teeth, difi'erentiate this from other Aus-
tralian species.

Two separate and worn valves from two hundred and fifty
fathoms.

POROMYA UNDOSA, S}). noV.

(Plate xxxviii., figs. 16 and 17).

81iell small, oblong, moderately inflated, anterior end rounded
ventral margin produced, posterior end rather square, dorsal
margin rather straight. A low oblique wave ridge, preceded by
a shallow hollow, runs from the umbo to the posterior \entral
angle, where it projects. Umbo prominent, inflated, the space in
front of it deeply excavate. Abrasions exhibit a smooth nacreous
white shell beneath the tliin pale yellow epidermis. The latter
carries dense minute warts, increasing in size towards the margin.

MOLLUSCA FROM THREP: HUNDRED FATHOMS — -HEDLEY. 225

and disposed in radiate and concentric lines. Interior brilliantly
pearly, the muscle scars indistinguishable in our specimen. The
inner ventral margin faintly minutely crenulated. Length 5-5 ;
height 4-8 mm.

This appears to most resemble P. cymata, Dall,'' from the west
tropical Atlantic, than which it seems to be shorter, with a more
feeble and oblique fold.

Two odd valves from two hundred and fifty fathoms, and
fragments of larger specimens from three hundred fathoms.

Dall- Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xii., 1889, p. 289, pi. viii., f. 4.

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN SHARKS, No. 3.

By Edgar R, Waite, F.L.S., Zoologist.

(Plates xxxix.-xli.).

Carch ARIAS BRACHYURUS, Gilnther.

(Plate xxxix.).

Carcharias hrachynrvs, Giintlier, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., viii.,
1870, p. 369.

Carcharias tnacrurus, Ramsay and Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wales, (2), ii., 1887, p. 163.

Dr. Giinther's description was based upon a stuffed example,
and under the circumstances, such plastic characters as the shape
of the mouth and the snout can scarcely be regarded as affording
reliable specific characters. Messrs. Ramsay and Ogilby, however,
draw attention to these features as providing recognisable points
whereby to distinguish a species described as new.

The omission of C. macrurus from my " Synopsis of the Fishes
of N.S. Wales "^ would indicate that I regarded this name as a
synonym, an opinion strengthened by the examination of a speci-
men recently received in the flesh. This was forwarded from
Lake Macquarie by Mr. James R. Rumsey, and is a female, 840
mm. in length. It is illustrated on the accompanying plate,
which provides an accurate representation. Messrs. Ramsay and
Ogilby describe the eyes as being rather nearer to the end of the
snout than to the anterior gill opening ; the former measurement
was evidently taken round the curve of the snout, and yields a
much longer line than can be shovvn in a profile drawing. The
phrase " the space between the dorsal fins being rather more than
one-third of the distance between the end of the second and the
base of the caudal" is incorrect, and should read "the space
between the dorsal fins is three times that between the second
dorsal and the base of the caudal." The position of the anal 'is
not mentioned in the desci'iption of C. macrurus : I find its

1 Waite—Mem. N. S. Wales Nat. Club., No. 2, 1904, p. 7.

STUDIKS IN AUSTRALIAN SHARKS — WAITE. 227

origin to be beneath the middle of the second dorsal while Dr.
Oiinther describes it as being ojDposite to that fin.

This shark is locally known as the "Whaler," and the following
account is by the late Mr. Edward 8. Hill,-^ written over thirty
years ago, when the species seems to have been commoner tliaii
now.

'•This shark attains only in its adult state to the length of
five or six feet ; the mouth is of a crescent shape, armed under-
neath and around with three or four rows of sharp teeth, and the
point of the nose is almost of a transparent substance ; it is gre-
garious, and may be caught on a moonliglit night, in the early
part of the year, by the score, provided you have good tackle.

A boat was in search of the mullet one fine night, just north of
the .Sydney Heads, with a long and strong net, when the crew of
fishermen saw what to them appeared a fine school, and shot
round it ; Ijut, to their astonishment it was whalers, and tliey
succeeded in hauling over one hundred and fifty of these sharks,
averaging about five feet long.

In strong tide rips like that of Port Stephens, at the Spit in
Middle Harbour, or on the shallows near the Sow and Pigs and
off Heeny's Head in Botany, they are troublesome, and will bite
off as many hooks as 3'ou please ; they afford good sport when you
ai'e inclined that way and have good lines and hooks.

At Middle Harljour we were ^■ery successful wlien we went on
purpose to fish for these sharks ; then we had hooks protected
with wire, and of a good size. The female when caught was fre-
quently opened, to examine the ovaries and count the young-
sharks attached to the outside of each egg by the umbilical cord.
Tliese were three or four inches long, and the moment they were
liberated would swim about and become a prey to the others.

The whaler at this season, and in such position, will take a Ijait
of any kind pretty well, even in day-time, and pull tolerably
strong, and depend on the sharp teeth to cut the line whenever
they please. It is curious and interesting to see their manteuvres,
endeavouring to get free when they are secured with good tackle.
First they will run ; then they will get their shoulder towards
the line, so that they might cut it across with the corner of their
mouth ; this failing they will then have recourse to rolling, to try
their main strength. However, as you continue to haul them in,
they will unroll, and try every dodge to get loose, till a blow with

2 mn—Si/diiej/ Moil, 187-i.

228

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

a club on the point of the nose quietens them. It is astonishing
how easily they are stunned by a blow on that part ; on any
other place the same would have no eftect."

Egg-cases of the Cat Sharks.

The two types of egg-cases illustrated on Pis. xl. and xli. are
not uncommon on the coasts in the neighbourhood of Port Jackson^
but so far I have not succeeded in determining to what species of
Shark they resjDectively belong. The majority of the cases which
I have examined have been cast-up on the beaches, empty. The
few I have seen alive have had the embryos insufficiently de-
veloped to make determination a certainty. They doubtless
belong to the Scyliorhinidpe, of which we have two members,

assigned to the genera Catulus and Paras-

cyllium I'espectively.

Catulus analis, Ogilby, sp.
(Plate xl., and Fig. .38).

Scyllhmi anale, Ogilby, Proc. Lima. Soc.

N. S. Wales, X., 1885, pp .445, 464.
Scylliorhinus analis, Ogilby, loc. cit., (2), iv.,

1889, p. 180.
Catulus analis, Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus.,

iv., 1899, p. 31, pi. ii., fig. 1.

This, the smaller of the Cat Sharks, attains
a length of 570 mm., and to it I tentatively
assign the egg-case illustrated on PI. xl.
The body of the case is comparatively long
and narrow, maximum examples measuring
73 mm. in length and 25 mm. in width. The
exact size and sliape of a large specimen is
depicted at fig. 38, and a contained embryo
measuring 32 mm. in length, was developed
only sufficiently to enable it to be identified
as a member of the family. The plate shows
an egg-case in situ, attached by its tendrils
to a sea-weed (Phyllospora coniosa). In
colour, the egg-(;ase of the Spotted Cat Shark
is usually dark brown, though some speci-
mens are much lighter in tint.

Fig. 38.
Catulus analis, Ogilbj'.

STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN SHARKS — WAITE. 229

Parascyllium coll are, Ramsay c5 0(jUh;/.

(Plate xli.).

Parascyllium collare, Ramsay and Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, (2), iii., 1888, p. 1310; 'Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus.,
iv., pi. ii., fig. 2.

The Collared Cat Shark reaches larger dimensions than the
fore named species, attaining the length of 825 mm. The egg-
case, which I believe to be of this species, is of considerable
capacity, measuring 73 mm. in length and 38 mm. in breadth, and
is light horn-colour in tint. The illustration shows its shape very
well, and rejaresents an example trawled on the " Thetis " Expedi-
tion in 1898, and obtained at a depth of 63-75 fathoms off Port
Kembla. Another living egg was trawled off Botany Bay in 79-
80 fathoms. The former specimen is attached to a Gorgonia
(Plu^nareJla peniia, Lamarck), and contained an embryo measuring
43 mm. in length.

I take this opportunity of correcting an error in the explanation
of the plate, published in the Memoirs of this Museum and quoted
above. " Fig. 2. Male, three-fourths natural size," should read
"less than one-fourth natural size."

ON A VARIETY of GOURA COROSATA.

By Alfred J. North, C.M.Z.S., Ornithologist.

While tlie Curator was engaged in re-arranging the foreign
bird collection, he brought under my notice a mounted specimen
of (ruHi-a coronata which was entirely different from another
typical example of this species in a different part of the case.
The specimen under consideration is in markings and size similar
to the well-known form of Crowned Pigeon, but almost the entire
plumage, except the white wing-speculum and apical tail-band,
had a distinct blackish wash, only a few small places about the
head, breast, wings and tail revealing here and there the bluish
slaty-grey plumage, the chestnut tips of the upper wing-coverts
and band across the back, also being much darker. The locality
of the sjiecimen is unknown, and after a careful compaiison I
concluded it was a melanistic variety of Goura coronata. Subse-
quent research by the Assistant Taxidermist revealed another
skin in the foreign collection. This specimen was received in
1897 as a donation from the Director of the Botanic Gardens,
iSydne}^ the habitat recorded in the register as Java, being undoub-
tedly erroneous. With the exceptions pointed out in the mounted
example, the remainder of the plumage may be described as deep
sooty bluish-black including the head and crest plumes. The only
indications of the normal bluish slaty-grey plumage of Goura
coronata, may be seen in some places on the quills and tail
feathers. It measures — Total length 24-5 inches, wing 12-75, tail
9-2, exposed portion of bill 1-3, tarsus 3-.5, and is distinctly
smaller than typical examples of Goura coronata. Whether the
dark plumage is due to climatic influence, confinement, or typical
of a distijict species, I am unable to say, but I purpose to distin-
guish the latter specimen under the name of Goura coroyuata, var.
niyra.

OCCASIOJNAL NOTES.

IY._CRU8TACEA xkw to AUSTRALIA.

Anyone studying the Australian marine fauna must be struck
with the large number of species, originally described from Japan,
which have been traced south thi'ough the East Indian Archi-
pelago and eventually recognised from Northern and Eastern
Australia.

Examples of two such species, hitherto unrecorded from the
latter- region, have been acquired by the Trustees. The first is a
beautiful specimen of Lamhrus validus, de Haan, the carapace of
which is 40 mm. in length, and was presented by Mr. Thomas
Temperley, who collected it at Dalmer Island, in the estuary of
the Clarence River, N. S. Wales. From Japan, the original
habitat, the lange of this species was extended by Bleeker^ to
.Sumatra.

Again, a fine beach-dried example of Scyllm-iis sieholdi, de
Haan, measuring 410 mm., was obtained from Lord Howe
Island. It has been observed, according to Dr. A. Ortmama,- in
Japan, the Aru Islands and Amboina, so the present record ex-
tends its distribution southward by about one thousand and five
hundred miles.

Allan R. McCulloch.

1 Eleeker -Act. Soc. Iiido-Xeerl. Batavia, ii., ]<S57, p. 17.
'■^ Ortmann — Zool. Jahrb., vii., 1S95, p. 4 5.

iu^*

)X^^^\

RECORDS

OF THE

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM,

EDITED BY THE CURATOR.

Vol. VI., No. 4.

PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES.
R. ETHERIDGE, Junr., J.P.,

SYDNEY, JANUARY 23, 1907.

The 8wi{t FrintinsT Oo., Ltd.. 5 Jamieson Lane, Sydnev.

CONTENTS.

PA»E,
Aboriginal Workshops on the Coast of JVew South Wales, and their

Contents. By R. Ethericlge, Junr., and Thomas Whitelegge ... 233

On the OJigochseta from the Bhie Lake, Mount Kosciusko. By W. B.

Benham, D.Sc. M.A „ '. ... 251

Mineralogical Notes : No. IV. — Orthoclase in New Soutli Wales. By

C. Anderson, M. A., B.Sc .'. 265

The Results of Deep Sea Inrestigation in the Tasman Sea. I. The Ex-
pedition of H.M.C.S. " Miner."

1. Introductory Note on tJie First Deej^-Sea Cruise. By W. A.

Haswell and C. Hedley '. ... 271

2. The Colonial Radiolaria ot the Tasman Sea By Prof.

W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc .' ... 273

3. Mollusca from Eighty Fathoms off Narrabeen. By C.

Hedley, ... .' ' ... 283

4. Foraminiferal Sand Dredged Twenty-two Miles east of

Sydney at a Depth of Eighty Fathoms. By E. J. God-

dard, B.A., B.Sc ' 305

Note upon Mus fompsoni, Ramsay. By Allan R. McCulloch... ... 312

Two New Species of CoUemboIa. By W. J. Rainbow ... ... ... 313

Occasional Notes —

V. — The (xeneric Name Crejndogasier. By E. R. Wait« ... 315

VI. — Note on an Unusvial Set of Stoneplover's Eggs. By A. J.

North ' ... 315

ABORIGINAL WORKSHOPS ox the COAST of NEW
SOUTH WALES, and their CONTENTS.

By R. ETiiERiDrjE, Juur., Cui-atdr, iuid Thomas WniTELEorjE,

Records of the Amtralian J/meum, vol. xi, pt. 3.

ERRATA.

P. 204, for fig. 1 i-ead fig. 2 (B. mrdiualis)

P. 205,

" " jj

Explanation of Plate xxxvi.

Fig. 2 read Diplocrepis cardlnalis.

Fig. 4 read CrejAdogaster (Asj)asmo<jasU^r) .spatula.

Transpose figs. 6 and 7.

of small weapons and implements of various kinds on tJie South
Australian sea-hoard, but there is no indication as to whether
these stone implements were found scattered over the surface
generally or derived from " workshops." The instruments are

1 Etheridge— Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 4, i;»(K), pp. 148 and 165.
'^ Howcliin- -Proc-. Austr. Assoc. Adv Sci., v., 1S93, p. 522.

ABORIGINAL W0RKSH0P8 ox the C0A8T of NEW
SOUTH WALE8, and their CONTENTS.

By R. ETHERiDrjE, Junr., Curator, and Thomas AX'niTELEruiE,

Senior Zoologist.

(Plates xlii.-xlv., and figs. 394.3).

T. — Introduction.

A preliminary account of this subject appeared in the Curator's
Report for 1900.' The report reads as follows: — "A very
remarkable discovery was made by Mr. T. Whitelegge in the
earh' part of the year, along the local sea-board. A series of
heavy gales displaced the sand hummocks at Bondi and Maioubra
Bays, iJee Why Lagoon, etc., exposing what appeared to be an old
land surface. On the latter Mr. Whitelegge found revealed,
what we had never before imagined to exist, a series of aboriginal
' workshops ' where for generations the blacks of the Port Jack-
son District must have manufactured chips, splinters and points
foi' insertion along the distal margins of their spears and for
other purposes. The old land surface at Bondi, as I saw it, in
company with the discoverer, was covered with thousands of these
chips, some of them exquisitely made, with core pieces, chippers
and rubbers. The lithological character of the material used was
very varied, from pure white crystalline (juartz, (jpacpie amorphous
quartz, eveiy variety of chert and quartzite, to rocks of a meta-
morphic character. It is quite clear that the siliceous material
was derived in a great measure from the surrounding Hawkesbury
Sandstone, but the others were probably obtained from distant
sources. I regard this as one of tlie most important ethnological
discoveries made in New South Wales for many years."

Mr. Walter Howchin- appears to have discovered a large number
of small weapons and implements of various kinds on the South
Australian sea-board, but there is no indication as to whether
these stone implements were found scattered over the surface
generally or deiived from " workshops." The instruments are

1 Etheridge--Rec. Aiistr. Miis., ir., 4, ]90U, pp. 148 and 165.
'' Howc-liin — Prof. Aiistr. A.^soc. Adv. Sci., v., 1893, p. 522.

234 RECORDS OF THE AUSTWALIAN MUSEUM.

enumerated as follows : — (1) 8tone points ; (2) Flakes (knives), in
seven vai-ieties of single-edged, ridged, flat and polygonal, lanceo-
late, broad, serrated and trimmed ; (3) Spearlieads of a type
which seems to be restricted to a narrow coastal belt ; (4) Chisels ;
(5) Gouges ; (6) Awls ; (7) Scrajaers, divided into eleven distinct
varieties; (8) Hammers; (9) Anvils; (10) Fabricators; (11)
Cores.

Mr. Brough 8mytli- ga\e tlie following account as to the
use of stone implements : — "The Western Australians use small
splinters of quartz for making the long deep cuts which may be
seen on almost every native — both men and women — across the
breast and arms, with a similar fragment stuck to the end of a
stick they dress and cut their kangaroo skins in preparing them
for use as cloaks. They also stick thin splinters of quartz, broken
by their teeth, to the side of a slutrt stick to serve as a saw."

II. — Desckiption of Localities.

During the early part of the year 1899, in wandering over the
northern end of the sandhills at Maroubra, the attention of one of
us (T.W.) was attracted by sundry Hint chips. Having found
many flints of various kinds on the Lancashire and Yorkshire
moorlands, these flakes were at once recognised as haA'ing been
made by man. On i-eaching the sunmiit of the sandhill, a strange
feature presented itself, instead of the usual bare waste of sand,
the whole surface was studded with butts of Banksia trees two or
three feet high, and one or two feet in diameter. The inter-
vening spaces were covered with a scrubby growth, c(.)nsisting of
the stems and roots of various plants, many of which wei'e
standing Pandanus-like, having the roots covered with lime from
a (juarter to half-an-inch thick. Whilst the interiors of the lime
tubes were lined with a thin cylinder of bark, in other parts the
bark cylinders were standing alone without the calcareous
envelope. The whole area appeared like a miniature skeleton
f Oldest, of black and white stems and roots.

The ground between was strewn with thousands of st(jnes that
had been used by the Aborigines for some purpose or other, and
had all been taken to the top of the sandhills, many of tlie stones
being fjuite foreign to the district. Here would be found a patch
of black flint chips about a yard in diameter, there another of
I'ed or yellow jasper, just as if the native artist in stone-working

Brougli Smjtli — Aborigines of Victoria, ii., 1878. app., p. 520.

AHOUKilXAL AYORKSHOPS ETHEHIDCiK AND WHITKLEGiiE. 235

had only left tlie ground a few minutes before. In fact this was
an abf)riginal " workshop " from which the workers may have
disappeared liunfh-eds of years ago.

After a thorough survey of the ground all the smaller instru-
ments available were carefully collected, the larger heavy instru-
ments being gatliered aiul duly interred to be attended toon some
future occasion. The weapons collected were very valuable,
inclucHng tomahawks, grindstones, a nose ornament, knives,
scrapers, gravers, drills, and spear points such as were used for
fighting or "death" spears, and lastly a very peculiar lancet-like
surgical knife or scarificator. The latter is one of the most
interesting of tlie finds inasnuich as instruments of the same
shape liave been found in America, India, England, and Ireland,
and in tlie latter country they were met with on the tops of the
sandhills just as we saw them at Maroubra and Bondi.

The "• workshops " at Bondi were far more extensive than those
at Maroubra, the whole length of the back of the beach was more
or less covered with tons of stones, all of which had been taken
there and put to some use. In the centre of the beach there was
a kind of delta upon wliicli the coarser materials were deposited,
the sand having been washed ciway on this area ; thousands of
implements, whicla had evidently been used, were found, and chips
or flakes were few and far between. For many months the
original ground at Maroubra, and also the more extended area at
Bondi, yielded an al)undance of implements and at each visit we
invariably returned with as much as we could carry. Unfor-
tunately tilt; new road across Bondi has now covered most of the
sites that afforded the best ground for collecting. Still there are a
few patches left at Bondi, which after certain gales would be well
worth visiting ; the same remarks apply equally well to Maroubra
and other places.

The workshops exposed at Rocklily, Dee Why, and other
places north of Manly, are very small and patchy, the northern
end of Curl Curl Beach is generally good ground to collect on
after a strong north-east wind, but otherwise there is scarcely
anything but sand. During our researches one of us (T.W.)
visited Newcastle, but with little result ; the most likely place on
this extensive beach would be the end of (Stockton Beach towards
Port Stephens.

A few stone implements were found at Botany Bay and at
Kurnell, but there does not appear to be any extensive accumu-
lations at these i)laces. The northern end of Cronulla Beach is

236

UECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

extreniel}- licli in stone weapons, chips and Hakes. It is covered
wich many mounds of oyster and other shells, some of which are
nearly a hundred feet or so in height. The whole surface in
addition to the shells is sprinklerl with chips, flakes and weapons,
and many of the best found were obtained on or near the base of
these oyster mounds. Some distance to the south of the latter
there exists a series of extensive flats and hummocks more or less
co\ered with pumice stone. On this ground a large number of
implements were found, all of which had evidently been used, but
there was an absence of chips or flakes, such as are usually present
on the " workshop " grounds.

A few worked implements accompanied by chips and flakes
have been met with on several wind-swept sandy patches on the
Waterloo 8wamps between Kensington and Bourke Street,
Red fern.

During a short stay at Mr. Mark Toy's Valley Farm, Kanimbla
Valley, Medio w Bath, Blue Mountains, one of us (T.W.) found
the soil on the escarpment slopes, as well as on the flats and the
banks of the creeks, more or less charged with chips, flakes, and
many worked implements, among which were numerous examples
made of white quartz, the latter exhibiting verj- distinct chipping,
in a manner more perfect than in any instruments of quartz
previously found.

During our researches traces of minor " workshops "' which
yielded various weapons, chips, flakes, and other objects of interest
w^ere found at Gerringong, Redhead, Ulladulla and Milton on the
South Coast. There is also evidence of a large " workshop '' on
the southern end of Wollongong Beach, a little distance from the
racecourse stand. The most extensive '' workshop " met with,
however, is situated at Bellambi Beach (PL xlv.). Tliis area is
many acres in extent, and is more or less densely strewn with
stones of all descriptions, at least such as are usually found on
sliell heaps, camping grounds or workshops. Of the larger stones
observed, many consisted of irregular pieces of sandstone (fire
stones ?), fragments of siliceous fossil ti-ee stems, oval or rounded
flattish boulders, probably used as grindstones for pounding seeds,
others of the same shape but smaller, or such as were suitable for
the manufacture of tomahawks. The latter were verj^ numerous,
and also other thicker stones frequently with central pits as if
the}^ had been used as anvils for cracking large seeds or fruit-
stones on.

The smaller stones fit for use were pi'esent in vast numbers, and
eonsistefl for the most part of waterworn pebbles, more or less egg-

ai50kh;i\al workshops — kthkkiu(;e and \vnnKLE(;(;K. l'o(

shaped. They are verv varial)le in size and also in composition ;
a large number of them had ah-eady been tested as to suitability
for cores or from which instruments had l^een manufactured.
The rest of the ground was covered witli innumerable chips, Hakes,
cores, together with a fair sprinkling of carefully-worked weapons,
as well as others upon which much labour had evidenth' been ex-
pended, and yet through a Haw in the stone, or want of care or
skill on the part of the opei-ator, proved to be " wasters.'"

There is ample evidence that many of the sand dunes were at
one time much higher than they are now, and also that in some
parts thev had been covered with vegetation interspersed with
native camping groinids, upon which ^-ast quantities of shells were
deposited ; in course of time the vegetation w^as covered by sand
drifts, other shell heaps formed at the summit, and the whole
again buried. The period of time required for these various
changes must have been very great, and it has I'equired a still
greater lapse of time to produce the present condition. The
shells, probably owing to the rainfall, have in many instances
been dissolved and the constituent lime deposited around the
roots and stems of the plants which lived on the surface. Many
instances proving the correctness of the \'iews as above related may
be seen on the coast at Maroubra and Bondi, but more especially
at Cronulla and Bellambi. In other spots the beds of sliells are
still visible, but in various stages of decay, either having been
accumulated more recently or protected by thick layers of black
soil and covered wuth vegetation. Tlie edges of some of the
sand cliffs at Cronulla, ]Maroubra and Bellambi afford many sec-
tions illustrative of the above remarks. These cliffs are gradually
being denuded by the action of the wind, and constant falls are
taking place, leaving the shells and stones either at the foot of a
cliif or around the base of some large mound on which vegetation,
soil and other shells and stones are still in situ. The sand and
soil are then rapidly blown away, leaving the shells and stones
scattered about the surface ; a gale from one (juarler will cover
the area, and windy squalls from another will lay it bare.

TIT. — Deschiptiox of thk Implements a\u Weapons.

The \arious stone implements obtained from the '' workshops,
camping grounds, kitchen-middens, and alluvial deposits will now
be described in the order of importance as exhibiting flaking,
chipping, or skill in manipulation. Opinions as to the uses of the
implements, with a few exceptions, must be taken as speculati^'e.

238 RECORDS OF TflE AUSTRALIAN MUSIUM.

In soaie instances the use to wliieli any .^iven manufactiu-ed stone
implement was put is known from the fact tliat observers both in
Austraba, America, and elsewhere have seen the natives using the
instruments for various purposes of daily life. Other stone im-
plements whicli no doubt were largely used by the Aborigines
ai-e difficult to define, and we can only surmise as to what use
they were put. Recent weapons and implements, such as are
now made in Northern and Western Australia, afford a clue to
the uses of these carefully-prepared stone tools or weapons, and
also illustrate how the smallest fragments of flint or quartz were
fully utilized in the manufacture of fighting or " death " spear
barbs, saws, surgical lancets, gouges, etc.

No I. — Plate xlil. Group 2.

The most imi:)ortant instrument from an Ethnological point of
view is what we would prefer to call chipped-back surgical knives
(fig. 39). Various authorities have figured and described them,
but so far as we can gather they have never
been found in such quantities as obtained on
the coast of New South Wales. The most
remai-kable feature in connection with these
instrvmients is their more or less uniform
shape, irrespective of size. The thick worked
back is generally curved, and in section is
cuneiform or triangular ; the thin cutting
edge is usually sub-crescentic, sometimes
straight but rarely convex. Judging both
from the vuifinished and perfect instruments
they were manufactured from pebbles about
the size of a duck's egg ; the stone would be
divided transv'ersely in the middle and tlie
instruments struck off from each half. As
to the working or chipping, it is impossible
^"ig- 39. ^Q gay whether this was done before or after

the formation of the implement, but from the fact that
numerous similarlj'-shaped instruments have been found witli,
perhaps, a broken poiiit, which do not exhibit any chip-
ping, we are inclined to the opinion that the thick convex
part of the instrument was worked after the flake of
the recpiisite shape had been obtained. .So far as the cutting
edge or point is concei^ned, there is no evidence rewaled in the
instruments of chipping or grijiding, as the original sliarp edges
and points have not l)een interfered with in any way. As regards

AnORIGIXAL WORKSHOPS ETHKRID(;E AX1> WIIITKLFJiflK.

•239

size the instruments vary greatly, the largest obtained is ahout
50 ni.m. in length, 10 m.m. in breadth, and 7 or 8 ai.ni. in thick-
ness ; the smallef't measures 10 m.m. in length, ■') m.m. in In-caiitli,
and 2 to 4 m.m. at the delicately carved back.

The lithological character of the stone used in
making these implements is extremely variable,
viz., quartzite, fossil wood, white chert, black
flint, red and yellow jaspei-, and other siliceous
materials, most of which were from places remote
from the metropolitan district ; shell was oc-
casionally employed (tig. 40). To what use these
knives were put, we can only surmise. It seems
probable that the Australian Aborigines ha^■e
ceased to manufacture this form of lancet at the
present day — at least from stone. Neither Prof.
W. B Spencer or Dr. W. E. Rotli had any know-
ledge of such implements from any part of
Austiulia

Fii;. 40.

The liteiature relating to these knives is scanty, and so far only
one authority has been found who gives a definite statement as to
their use. all the rest of the opinions, including those herein ex-
pressed, being purely speculative.

Under the title of " Minute 8tone Tmplemeiits from India." *
l)r. Thomas Wilson figui'es and describes knives wliich are iden-
tical in every particular with those found so abundantly on the
sand-dunes along our coast. It is also remarkable that the im
plements are similar in lithological characters : they were " found
in the caves and rock-shelters amongst the Vindhj'a Hills, in
places difficult of access and unknown to the ordinary traveller."
The author states that " the similarity of form and mode of manu-
facture .... is evidence showing the same intention on
the part of the makers, although we are quite in the dark as what

that intention was It is not easy to determine the

purpose of these small imjilemeiits, especially the crescent, trape
zoid and scalene triangular, which have neither known pi'ototype
or antitj'pe ; some of the smaller and straighter objects might
ha\'e served as needles or perforators. .'V possible use akin to that

■* Wilson — .Inn. Report Regents Siiiithsoniaii Inst. (U. S. Xat. Miis.
Rei)ort) for IS92 (1893), j). 4.").-j, ]A. v'n.

240 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

of tattooiui;- might liave been tliat of tlie medicine man for bleed-
ing or scarifying. "

Tlie same autlior in a paper on " Arrow-points, .Spearheads and
Knives of Preliistoric Times," "' figures several flaked stones wjiich
have a strong resemblance to those he describes from India ; we
refer to PL vii., figs. 6 and 9 from Lake Bienne, Switzerland ;
PL XXV., fig. 29 from the island of Crete, and PL xxxix.,
figs. 2 and 3.

The best account to come under our notice of these peculiar in-
struments is that given by Mr. W. K. Moorehead in his " Prehis-
toric Implements.'"" Under the heading of "Scarificators. —
' Delicate Splinters of Flint,' '"' he gives a description of the
finding of the instruments in burial places on Santa Rosa Island
and San. Nicholas Islands. About a ijuart of these implements
was obtained. " They were finely made of j^ellowish-brown
jaspeiy or flinty rock. They were all together when found, hav-
ing evidently been buried with their former owner. Not finding
;iny other specimens in our extensive explorations, extending over
a period of three weeks search for relics, I was convinced that
they were not objects of general use, but were part of the para-
phernalia of a medicine man among the natives, and that their
manufacture required the exercise of unusual skill, and would
only be made by certain individuals of the tribe possessing the
necessary (lualification. Some ten years after the discovery I had
the opportunity to interview some of tlie few representatives of
the former aborigines, and from them learned their uses. They
said they were used by tlie medicine men in the cure of disease, by
scarifying the skin over the affected part, and applying one end of a
bone or stone tube over . . . the scarified parts and exhaust-
ing the air from the tube by sucking applied by the lips of the
operator, thus causing blood to be drawn from the wounds made

by these splinters Hugo Reid says of tlie Indians

of Los Angeles county, that local inflammatien was treated by
scarifying with pieces of sharp flint and procuring as much blood
as possible from the part. (See Overland ^Nlonthlv for August,
1K96).'"

■■ WIImhi Anil. Report Regents Sinitlisonian lust. (U. S. Xtit. Miis.
Kei)ort), for 1897 (1899), pt. 1, p. 811.

•^ Moorelieiul— Prchistoriu Iin))leinents, Ciiu-innati, Ohio, 1900.

' Moorehoad -Loc ciL, p. 246, fig. .379 (p. 247).

ABORICIXAL WORKSHOPS — ETHERIDOE AND AVHITELF.fiGE. 241

Considering the similarity of these instruments, hotli as to
their uniformity in general shape, Haking and lithological cha-
racters, it may be inferred that they were used as surgical lancets,
and in the hands of a skilful medicine man might be used for
purposes other than those enumerated above, such as " crimping "
the skin of the arms, chest and back, to form the numerous
cicatrices so frequently seen on the bodies of the Australian
Aborigines.

A large tiaked-back knife is figured by Sir John Evans,- from
Australia, which diifers little from the smaller instruments, the
only points of difference being the size and the convex cutting edge,
which is rarely the case in those lierein described. The knife
may be more useful in producing the larger cicatrices, but the
smallest kind might also be employed for the lesser tribal marks,
etc.

Very similar olijects have been found in Britain, although of
rather larger size. Evans" figures four, two of which at least, from
Newhaven and Seaford, respectively, are very like indeed. Rather
similar chips are also tigui-ed by Brough Smyth^" as used for this
purpose. We are informed by Mr. E. Bonney'' that in the
Bungyarlee and Parkungi tribes of the Darling River, stone chips
called carnee moolee were actually used to produce the cicatrices,
or raised scars, known to these tribesmen as nincka ; other
similar references could be given.

No. TI. — Plate xlii.. Group 1.

The second group contains many knives of various shapes and
sizes, some of which are neatly flaked or chipped, so as to produce
a fine sharp edge, but the majority were flaked from the core in
such a perfect condition as to cutting edge, that secondary
chipping was not required, and were evidently satisfactory to the
maker.

No. IIT. — Plate xliv.. Group 5.

Large series of implements, probably scrapers of a peculiar
pattern were obtained, which are invariably carefully chipped on
one or both surfaces ; they are more or less lenticular in sliape and

** Eviuis — AiU'ic'iit Stone Iiiiploiuents, Weajioiis and Ornament [< of Great

Britain, 1872, ]). 264, f. 198.
» Evans -io^. cit., p. 251, figs. 190-198.
10 Brough Sni_vtli--Lof. cit., i., p. 381, figs. 2()8-9.
1' Bonnev Jourii. Antliroji. In>t., xiii.. 1SS4, ]i. 12().

242 RECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

some poi-tion of the periphery generally presents a sharp cutting
edge. As to tlie use of this particular form of instrument, littla
is known. Wilson in his "Arrow-points, Spear-heads and Knives
of Prehistoric Tinies,"'^ gives a short description of tliese small
flaked implements, and on PI. xii. lie figures about thirty-six
specimens which are practically identical with the Australian
examples depicted (PI. xliv.. Group 5).

Dr. Wilson gives an interesting account of the discovery of a
scraper "workshop" on the west coast of Brittany, France.
Working in company with M. Gaillard, a visit was paid to the
extreme point of the promontory of Quiberon. Here " a liigh
rocky point level with the surrounding surface, but forty or fifty
feet above the water. It was severed from the mainlanfl by a
crevice a few feet in width passable only at low tide. The entire
mass was of granite rock. It was covered by a layer of soil which
was nearly bare on the ocean side, but on the inside edge it was
three-and-a-lialf feet thick. Beginning at the outside edge by
screening, examining, and throwing the dirt behind us, bits of
broken and wrought flint and fragments of pottery were soon
found. We saved everything. Our work continued across the
point until we had thousands of objects, principally scrapers in
all stages of manufacture. It was a prehistoric scraper 'workshop.
The pecularity of these were their diminutive size : many perfectly
finished were no larger than a man's thuml) nail. At the edge
farthest from . . . the ocean we unearthed the skeleton of a
workman, a man of middle age, he wlio probably had made these
prehistoric implements, who had here lived and had here died,
and had been buried in his workshop and habitation."' In size
the Australian worked scrapei's agree a\ ith those above described.

Brough Smyth" figures a chip for skinning, etc., dug out of a
ruirrnyony heap, with some relation to those of the present
group, but our coastal chips are much more highly flaked, and
usuallv with a central ridae.

No. IV. — Platf, xmh.. Group 1.

Another instrument (flg. 41) which often displays chipping,
flaking and notcliing, was found in great numl)ers. The shape is

1- Wilson — Ann. Keport Regents Smitlisoniaii Inst. (I'.S. Nat. Mus. Ee])ort)

for 1897 (1899), pt. i., p. 867.
!■' Brongli Sinvtli - Loc. nit., i., p. 382, fiji. 217.

A];oi!i(;ix.\i, wdKivsudi's KriiKKiixiK AN'U \viiiTi:ij:< ii ;K.

•J 4:5

in-etty uiiifurni, but in size they are \ery vari-
able. They are generally oblong with the bases
truncate and the apices more or less rounded by
chipping, the lateral margins usually have clear
cut sharp edges just as if they were flaked from
the core, but in some instances secondary' chip-
ping has been resorted to, to make the requisite
sjiarp edge on one or both sides. In the majority
of specimens the sides are notched so as to pro-
(hice a series of saw-like teeth, fine on one side
and coarse on the other. There is little doul)t
that these implemenrs were used as gravers, by
the aid of which the elaborate line work was
made on boomerangs and other weapons. One
of us'* in 1890 gave a full and definite account
of this class of implement which has often
been figurcnl fi-om many parts of the world. The evidence as to
the purposes to whicli these instruments were i)ut was fi'oiii a
reliable eye-witness.

In the description it was stated that "the two cliips exhibited
were given to me by Mr. George 8weet, of Brunswick, Melbourne,
who saw them used by 'Jerry,' of the Telebra Tribe at Marathon,
Central Queensland, to produce the indented lines ornamenting
wooden weapons. They are composed of a black brecciated chert,
with glossy lustre, and a subconchoidal fracture, but appear to
have been fortuitous fragments chipped from larger masses, and
more or less triangular in form. Mr. Sweet informs me that tlie
chips ai'e held tightly between the fingers of the right hand, the
weapon to be worked reposing on the left, and supported by tlie
left ai-m. The chip is then used as a chisel, the carving, in the
practiced hand of the black, i:>roceeding with great rapidity." The
specimens figured on PI. xliii.. Group 1, will fully prove these
gravers are not "fortuitous fragments," as at first supposed, but
implements that liave been deliberately manufactui-ed for a
definite purpose.

Judging from the instruments generally, apart from the tri-
angular form, they appear to be usually adapted for use by the
index finger and tlunnb ; the truncated base is somewhat oblique
and well calculated to afford a firm hold when applied to the
fleshy part of the thuml) ; the rounded apex also forms a surface

1' Etlicridge Xoti-s on Aiijitr. Al»oriy;inal Stone VVeajioiis and lni|>l-;. (Vroc.
Linn. Sor. X. S. WmI.-. v.. |s<)(). p. :!(17, f. i:!).

244 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

around wliicli the index finger can be slightly bent, and thus
provide a firm grip of the tool when in use.

No. V. — Pl. xlii., Group 3.

Included in this group are a number of straight, slender points,
with clean cut edges, and devoid of any secondary working ; they
are generally more or less triangular in section in the distal two-
thirds, while the proximal third has been flaked off, so that in
section they are four-sided.

No. VI. — Pl. xlil. Group 4.

There are a number of instruments generally slaaped like spear-
heads or ai-row-points, frequently triangular in outline, mostly
longer than broad, and sometimes elongate. It is difficult to con-
jecture wdiat they were used for, but it appears highly probable
that most of them were intended to be mounted on the end of a
short handle of wood, the larger kind forming a short spear and
the smaller being vised as knives, drills, skinners, or perhajjs even for
shredding bark fibre. They are mostly clean cut, and secondary
working is evident only in the form of small notches on one or
both mai'gins.

No. VII.— Pl. xliv.. Group 2.

By far the most abundant objects obtained were flakes resem-
bling those formerly, and still, used for making one form of
barbed spear. Although mere flakes, without any trace of
secondary chipping or flaking, these implements, when well made,
have usually a very definite character, irrespective of their size
or exact contour, and ai^e very neat in outline.

The most perfect forms are triangular in outline, tlie basal part
is thick and often elongate centrally, at least on one side ; in
many examples there is a longitudinal ridge, and from the latter
the surface slopes away to the lateral margins. One or both
edges are extremely thin, and, in many specimens, often jagged
in outline ; the edge on one side is thick or blunt, or the stone
may be flaked a little to produce a non-cutting edge. Apart
from the well-formed bai'bs there are many thin flakes which
were used for the same purpose. The implements were manufac-
tured in great numbers as barbs for the fighting or " death "
spear, which had a shaft eight or ten feet long, and the terminal
or distal portion grooved on one or both sides, the grooves start-
ing at a short distance from tlie point of the spear for about

ABORKUNAL WORKSIIOPiS — ETHERHKJE AND VVHITHLECJGE. 245

eighteen inches backwai-ds. The stones above described are
inserted in the grooves with the base downwards and the thin
cutting edge directed forwards, while the blunt edge, if present,
is directed backwards ; the stones were selected according to size,
the smaller being placed near the tip of the spear, and the whole
cemented into the gi'ooves, leaving about two-thirds of the barbs
projecting, It appears highly probable that the blunt-edged
barbs are designed to prevent the extraction of the spear with-
out leaving some of the chips in the wound.

As illustrating the use of the " death " spear, Collins''' supplies
the following account of a man who was emploj'ed to shoot game
for Governor Phillip. He states that " on the tenth of Decem-
ber a convict employed by Governor Phillip to shoot for him was
dangerously wounded by a native named Pe-mul-wy whilst in
quest of game at some considerable distance in the woods. When
brought in he declared, and at a time when he thought himself
dying, that he did not give any olfence to the man who wounded
him ; that he had even quitted his arms to induce him to look
upon him as a friend, when the savage threw his spear, at a dis-
tance of about ten yards, witli a skill that was fatally unerring.
When the spear was extracted (which was not till suppuration
took place) it was found to have entered his body under the left
arm to a depth of seven-and-a-half inches, and was armed for
five or six inches from the point M^th ragged pieces of shells
fastened in with gum, His recovery was pronounced by the sur-
geon to be very doubtful On the twenty-second the

man employed to shoot for the Governor expired of the wound he
had received from the native. On opening the spear appeared to
have wounded the left lobe of the lungs, which were found
adhering to the side. In the cavity were discovered some of the
pieces of stone and shell with which the weapon had been armed."
Other cases as to the fatal effects of the death spear are on record,
but unfortunately at the moment of writing the exact references
cannot be given. It is rather singular that the aboriginal in-
habitants of Sweden should have used a barbed arrow-head (fig.
42) of the same type as the spear formerly used by the natives of
the Port Jackson District, and which is still manufactured by
the blacks in West and North Australia. The only difference
between the two weapons is that the Swedish arrow-head (fig. 42)
was made of bone as far as the apical portion was concerned,

'" C'ullnis- Acfount of the English Colony of N. 8. Wales, 1SU4, jiji. 1 Ifs
and 12:5.

246

RKCORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

M

Fig. 42.

wliilst the Australian examples were of wood. The
flakes or barbs used, however, appear to liave been
the same, and any jagged fragment of suitable size
was used to fix into the grooves of this fatal form
of spear.

The following quotation from Wilson's'" "Arrow-
points, Spear-heads and Knives of Prehistoric
Times," is of interest: — "Fig. 191 is one of the
peculiar forms restricted in number and locality.
Its restrictions in both these regards are so close
that the author has not deemed it necssary to
assign it a class or give it a name. These forms
ax'e confined to Scandinavia and are extremely rare
even in that country. The specimen figured is
from Sweden, was procured by the author and
forms part of the collection in the U.S. National
Museum. It is an arrow-point of bone (fig. 42),
sharped to a fine point, is extremely hard and stiff,
and could pierce equal to any flint weapon. Either
side is opened with a deep and narrow groo\e, into
which have been inserted tiny bits of flint flakes,
with sliarp cutting edges, fastened with bitumen or
gum. Some of these bits of flint have been lost
out of the original specimen, but enough remains
to show its character and effectiveness as a
weapon." It may be that this particular arrow
had been used and the missing chips left in the
body of some unfortunate victim.

Figures and casual references to the stone-barbed
or " death "-spear are fairly numerous, but little
information is available as to their manufacture
or method of use by the natives. Considering
the natives of West and North Australia still make
and use these spears, often substituting glass
splinters, it would